Old Subchapter J - United States Coast Guard

Old Subchapter "J" “1981”

OCS NCOE Email: [email protected]

OCS NCOE Website: //www.dco.uscg.mil/OCSNCOE/

mailto:[email protected]

(Page Intentionally left Blank)

CHAPTER I-COAST GUARD, DEPARTMENTOF TRANSPORTATION (Continued)

(This Book contains Parts 110 to 139)

SUBCHAPTER J-ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

Part Page110 General provisions ........................................................ 4111 Electrical system; general requirements ................... 24112 Emergency lighting and power system ...................... 127113 Communication and alarm systems and equip-

m ent .............................................................................. 138114-139 [Reserved]

In dex ................................................................................ 159

Title 46-Shipping


PART 110-GENERAL PROVISIONS

Subpart 110.01-Basis and Purpose ofRegulations

Sec.110.01-1 Purpose of regulations.110.01-5 Assignment of functions.110.01-10 Authority for regulations.

Subpart 110.05-Application

110.05-1 Vessels subject to the require-ments of this subchapter.

110.05-3 Amendments to the regulations.110.05-5 Specific application noted in text.110.05-8 Electrical systems internal to

pressure vessels for human occupancy.(PHVO)

Subpart 110.10-Reference Specifications,Standards, and Codes

110,10-1 General.110.10-5 Copies of specifications, standards

and codes.

Subpart 110.15-Definition of Terms Used inThis Subchapter

110.15-1 Approved.110.15-5 Boat deck.110.15-10 Bulkhead deck.110.15-15 Cable terms.110.15-20 Coast Guard District Command-

er.110.15-25 Coastwise.110.15-30 Commandant.110.15-35 Control equipment terms.110.15-40 Corrosion-resistant finishes.110.15-45 Corrosion-resistant or noncorro-

dible materials.110.15-50 Electrochemistry.110.15-55 Embarkation deck.110.15-60 Emergency squad.110.15-65 Equipment enclosure terms.110.15-70 Equivalent.110.15-75 Ferry.110.15-80 Flashpoint.110.15-85 Generation and distribution

terms.110.15-90 Great Lakes.110.15-95 Headquarters.110.15-100 Instrument and meter terms.110.15-105 International voyage.110.15-110 Lakes, bays, and sounds.110.15-115 Locations.110.15-120 Marine inspector or inspector.110.15-125 Motorboat.110.15-128 Nuclear energy, radioactive ma-

terial, and nuclear vessel.110.15-130 Ocean.

Sec.110.15-135 Officer in Charge, Marine In-

spection.110.15-140 Passenger.110.15-155 Propulsion engine.110.15-160 Qualified person.110.15-165 Rivers.110.15-170 Recognized classification soci-

ety.110.15-175 Rotating machinery; enclosure,

ventilation and protection terms.110.15-177 Rules of the Road.110.15-180 Short international voyage.110.15-185 Switching equipment.110.15-190 Vessel.110.15-195 Western rivers.

Subpart 110.20-Equivalents

110.20-1 Conditions under which equiv-alents may be used.

Subpart 110.25-Special Provisions

110.25-1 Vessels acquired or documentedunder the Act of August 9, 1954.

110.25-5 Installations of equipment madeduring the Unlimited National Emergen-cy declared by the President on May 27,1941.

AUTHORITY: R.S. 4405, as amended, 4462,as amended, sec. 6(b)(1), 80 Stat. 938; 46U.S.C. 375, 416, 49 U.S.C. 1655(b); 49 CFR1.46(b) (35 FR 4959). Interpret or apply R.S.4399, as amended, 4400, as amended, 4417,as amended, 4417a, as amended, 4418, asamended, 4421, as amended, 4426, as amend-ed, 4427, as amended, 4433, as amended,4453, as amended, 4488, as amended, 4491,as amended, sec. 14, 29 Stat. 690, as amend-ed, sec. 10, 35 Stat. 428, as amended, 41 Stat.305, as amended, sec. 5, 49 Stat. 1384, asamended, secs. 1, 2, 49 Stat. 1544, 1545, asamended, sec. 17, 54 Stat. 166, as amended,sec. 3, 54 Stat. 347, as amended, sec. 3, 70Stat. 152, sec. 3, 68 Stat. 675; 46 U.S.C. 361,362, 391, 391a, 392, 399, 404, 405, 411, 435,481, 489, 366, 395, 363, 369, 367, 526p, 1333,390b, 50 U.S.C. 198; E.O. 11239, July 31,1965, 30 FR 9671, 3 CFR, 1965 Supp. unlessotherwise noted.

SOURCE: CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 17036, Dec.30, 1965, unless otherwise noted.

Subpart 110.01 -Basis and Purposeof Regulations

§ 110.01-1 Purpose of regulations.

(a) The purpose of the regulations inthis subchapter is to set forth uniformminimum requirements for electrical

§ 110.01-1

Chapter I-Coast Guard, Dept. of Transportation

apparatus and equipment when in-stalled on various types of vessels inaccordance with the intent of Title 52of the Revised Statutes and actsamendatory thereof or supplementalthereto, as well as to implement var-ious international conventions forsafety of life at sea and other treatieswhich contain requirements regardingelectrical apparatus or equipment. Theregulations are necessary to imple-ment the various provisions of law pro-mulgated for the purpose of improvingor promoting safety of life at sea.

§ 110.01-5 Assignment of functions.(a) The Department of Transporta-

tion Act (Pub. L. 89-670, 80 Stat. 931-950, 49 U.S.C. 1651-1659), transferredto and vested in the Secretary ofTransportation "* * * all functions,powers, and duties, relating to theCoast Guard, of the Secretary of theTreasury and of other officers and of-fices of the Department of the Treas-ury" (subsection 6(b)(1), 49 U.S.C.1655(b)). This transfer is subject tocertain conditions, modifications, andexceptions as set forth in such act. Bya rule in 49 CPR 1.4(a) the Secretaryof Transportation delegated to theCommandant, U.S. Coast Guard, au-thority to exercise certain functions,powers, and duties as set forth in sub-sections 6(a)(4), 6(b)(1), and 6(g) ofsuch act (49 U.S.C. 1655), subject toconditions, exceptions and modifica-tions as described in 49 CPR Part 1.By a rule in 49 CFR 1.9 the Secretaryof Transportation continued in effectactions taken prior to April 1, 1967.

(b) The Commandant, U.S. CoastGuard, in a notice dated March 31,1967, and effective April 1, 1967 (32FR 5611), approved the continuationof orders, rules, regulations, policies,procedures, privileges, waivers, andother actions, which had been made,allowed, granted, or issued prior toApril 1, 1967, and provided that theyshall continue in effect according totheir terms until modified, terminated,repealed, superseded, or set aside byappropriate authority.[CGPR 68-32, 33 FR 5720, Apr. 12, 1968J

§ 110.01-10 Authority for regulations.(a) General. (1) The authority to

prescribe regulations generally is set

forth in R.S. 4405 and 4462, as amend-ed (46 U.S.C. 375 and 416), as well as inother provisions of Title 52 of the Re-vised Statutes and acts amendatorythereof or supplemental thereto.Under the provisions of R.S. 4403, asamended (46 USC 372), the Comman-dant, United States Coast Guard, su-perintends the administration of thevessel inspection laws and is requiredto produce a correct and uniform ad-ministration of the inspection laws,rules, and regulations.

(b) Tank vessels. The regulations re-garding electrical apparatus andequipment which may be used on tankvessels interpret or apply R.S. 4417aand sec. 3(c) of Pub. L. 569, 83d Cong.,68 Stat. 676 (46 U.S.C. 391a, 50 U.S.C.198), as well as Executive Order 11239;30 FR 9671, 3 CPR, 1965 Supp.

(c) Passenger vessels. (1) The regula-tions regarding electrical apparatusand equipment which may be used onpassenger vessels interpret or applyR.S. 4399, 4400, 4417, 4418, 4421, 4426,4433, 4453, and 4488, as amended, sec-tion 14, 29 Stat. 690, section 10, 35Stat. 428, 41 Stat. 305, 49 Stat. 1384,1544, section 3, 54 Stat. 346, and sec.3(c), Pub. L. 569, 83d Cong., 68 Stat.676(46 U.S.C. 361, 362, 391, 392, 399,404, 411, 435, 481, 366, 395, 363, 369,367, 1333, 50 U.S.C. 198), as well as Ex-ecutive Order 11239, 30 FR 9671, 3CFR, 1965 Supp.

(d) Cargo and miscellaneous vessels.(1) The regulations regarding electri-cal apparatus and equipment whichmay be installed on cargo and miscel-laneous vessels interpret or apply R.S.4399, 4400, 4417, 4418, 4421, 4426, 4427,4433, 4453, and 4488, as amended, sec-tion 14, 29 Stat. 690, section 10, 35Stat. 428, 41 Stat. 305, 49 Stat. 1544,and sec. 3(c), Pub. L. 569, 83d Cong., 68Stat. 676 (46 U.S.C. 361, 362, 391, 392,399, 404, 405, 411, 435, 481, 366, 395,363, 367, 50 U.S.C. 198), as well as Ex-ecutive Order 11239, 30 FR 9671, 3CFR, 1965 Supp.

(e) Uninspected vessels. (1) The reg-ulations regarding electrical apparatusand equipment which may be installedon uninspected vessels interpret orapply section 17, 54 Stat. 166, asamended (46 U.S.C. 526p).

(f) Exemptions. (1) Public vesselsowned by the United States, other

§ 110.01-10

Title 46-Shipping

than those engaged in commercialservice, are to be exempt from the reg-ulations in this subchapter. Certainother vessels may be exempt from therequirements of the regulations in thissubchapter when so provided by law.

(g) Mobile offshore drilling units.The citation regarding authority toprescribe requirements for mobile off-shore drilling units is in Subchapter I-A of this chapter.(Sec. 2, 87 Stat. 418 (46 U.S.C. 86); sec. 3, 82Stat. 341, as amended (46 U.S.C. 367); R.S.4405, as amended (46 U.S.C. 375); sec. 10, 35Stat. 428 (46 U.S.C. 395); R.S. 4423, asamended (46 U.S.C. 400); R.S. 4429, asamended (46 U.S.C. 407); R.S. 4430, asamended (46 U.S.C. 408); 88 Stat. 423 (46U.S.C. 411); R.S. 4434, as amended (46U.S.C. 412); R.S. 4462, as amended (46U.S.C. 416); sec. 1, 73 Stat. 475 (46 U.S.C.481); sec. 4, 67 Stat. 462 (43 U.S.C. 1333(d));sec. 6(b)(1), 80 Stat. 937 (49 U.S.C.1655(b)(1)); 49 CFR 1.46(b) and (n)(6))

[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 17036, Dec. 30, 1965, asamended by CGD 73-251, 43 FR 56837, Dec.4, 1978]


§ 110.05-1 Vessels subject to the require-ments of this subchapter.

(a) This subchapter shall be applica-ble to all vessels as indicated in col-umns 3, 4, and 5 of Table 110.05-1(a)and shall apply to all such UnitedStates flag vessels, and to all foreignvessels which carry passengers fromany port in the United States to theextent prescribed by law, except as fol-lows:

(1) Any vessel of a foreign nation sig-natory to the International Conven-tion for Safety of Life at Sea, 1960,and which has on board a current,valid safety certificate.

§ 110.05-1

Chapter I-Coast Guard, Dept. of Transportation § 110.05-1

E0.0 00 0.

E

0 ~ wooo~~oo 0

o~f~0

.2m '

a, cE

> Z0z

o0 l ao00

0 E 0o

0 z:

o~o

o mz -0 0i

- > o. Eoic 0 o 06;a E 02

w u) > u) z;.9

E -O 00

: 0 (

< 0Vj m~0

m ~ 0 ~ '0

'0*~~fo ~ 0 ~~zO

m E o ZE o

z0 Q= mu oA?

ceo> C o~o(D>

0 E ao o~000 o E2 E2

> 0 0 . . o o

mf

0~2.00 N

40-130 0-79-2

Title 46-Shipping

a 0

a i ) 6

00 0 0.

z zc cS

E >z z

w Eo o E00 .

-n -

o octofoo

¢) oo

(3 o0 ot x ._

oo>

"6

> 00 EE

to ~a. to 0 o

I-.

to 0 o ZE

~000~ E oo~t

~j~~.0-t 50C >C -Cmo~O0~O 0 (3~to .. 0 0~ o0

.EootoooS~~ nwo5 0 to,-.

j~C t~oz'w~ 0000>

I0 00=

§1!10.05-1


e cc

0,0.0 m~(~ ~A~(c E

>A Qo C 5. tw=* (

w .2< E 6 - a E .5cc* c'

0

C ac(D0 0

z

Ot0 -

m E

aa

E . -,,[- o L

zoo

.A(0( E 0- M _- 5 a

0J = coot(A~c t f cc -0

m -. g o .. :2LL

< F-o

(A (A at

o E m oc

0o 0 L

0 1 R 0- ao

x >

a0

(ac

Z E o -. 5 E

2'~~~ a w MtC( A0 C

E 0 A C(( E C(~ (~ A A (

.cC5 -(

-'5. 2'2' . a

0)>U) C

00 (

(A (AM0~U)

§ 110.05-1

0o

E .. M-

ao

-cuc

- (

C E,

RES

o

(6

1

Sa

0..

a

(0(

>E

g

0

(0

0z

0z

0(~t

(A . ar

>5 '0.

a.

cot(A08

(A'S

E (A

0

0

Title 46-Shipping

.D cO0~: D0 0

.~ 0 1" z 0 4

0 Z)

IDI=0

> r

I a.

00

4, 0

(D-

04,5>

0o

04--

mo

0 w

4,0

40

C

Q4 4

j5 > 4-6 Z5.2 0 , n

4, 4,4 4, 4, 0~4. 0-~ ~ 00 4f

-~ ~ z 54

7E0 5nCO 4 0 4,

§ 110.05-1


'(2) Any vessel of a foreign nationhaving inspection laws approximatingthose of the United States togetherwith reciprocal inspection arrange-ments with the United States, andwhich has on board a current, validcertificate of inspection issued by itsgovernment under such arrangements.

(3) Any vessel operating exclusivelyon inland waters which are not naviga-ble waters of the United States.

(4) Any vessel laid up and disman-tled and out of commission.

(5) With the exception of vessels ofthe U.S. Maritime Administration, anyvessel with the title vested in theUnited States and which is used forpublic purposes.

[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 17036, Dec. 30, 1965, asamended by CGFR 67-83, 33 FR 1110, Jan.27, 1968; CGFR 70-10, 35 FR 3712, Feb. 25,1970; CGD 73-96, 42 FR 49025, Sept. 26,1977]

§ 110.05-3 Amendments to the regulations.(a) The regulations in this sub-

chapter are not retroactive in effectunless specifically provided for in theregulation at the time it is amended oradded.

(b) The regulations amended oradded subsequent to November 19,1952, are applicable to installationscontracted for on or after the effectivedate of such regulations.

§ 110.05-5 Specific application noted intext.

At the beginning of the variousparts, subparts, and sections, a morespecific application is generally givenfor particular portions of the text in-volved. This application sets forth thetypes, sizes or services of vessels towhich the text pertains, and in manycases limits the application of the textto vessels contracted for before orafter a specific date. As used in thissubchapter, the term "vessel contract-ed for" includes not only the contract-ing for the construction of a vessel,but also the contracting for a materialalteration to a vessel, the contractingfor the conversion of a vessel to a pas-senger vessel, and the changing ofservice or route of a vessel if suchchange increases or modifies the gen-eral requirements for the vessel or in-

creases the hazards to which it mightbe subject.

§ 110.05-8 Electrical systems internal topressure vessels for human occupancy(PHVO).

Electrical systems internal to a pres-sure vessel for human occupancy(PVHO) need not meet the require-ments of this subchapter, but mustmeet the requirements of subpart B(Commercial Diving Operations) ofpart 197 of this chapter.(46 U.S.C. 239; 46 U.S.C. 390b; 46 U.S.C.391a; 33 U.S.C. 1509(b); 43 U.S.C, 1333(d)(1);43 U.S.C. 1331 et seq., as amended by Sec.203 and 208 of Pub. L. 95-372; 46 U.S.C. 395;46 U.S.C. 375; 46 U.S.C. 391; 46 U.S.C. 392;46 U.S.C. 416; 49 U.S.C. 1655(b); 49 CFR 1.46(b) and (s))

[CGD 76-009, 43 FR 53683, Nov. 16, 1978)

Subpart 110.10-ReferenceSpecifications, Standards, and Codes

§ 110.10-1 General.The following specifications, stand-

ards, and codes, to the extent specifiedin the text, form a part of this sub-chapter:

(a) Rules for the Classification andConstruction of Steel Vessels, of issuein effect on the date the vessel is con-tracted for, issued by AmericanBureau of Shipping, 45 Broad Street,New York, N.Y., 10004.

(b) Publications of issue in effect onthe date the vessel is contracted for,issued by National Fire Protection As-sociation, 60 Batterymarch Street,Boston, Mass., 02110, as listed in thisparagraph.

(1) The National Electrical Code.(2) Code for Use of Flammable An-

esthetics (Safe Practice for HospitalOperating Rooms).

(c) Standards of issue in effect onthe date the vessel is contracted for,issued by National Electrical Manufac-turers Association, 155 East 44thStreet, New York, N.Y., 10017, aslisted in this paragraph.

(1) NEMA Standards PublicationMolded Case Circuit Breakers.

(2) NEMA Standards for Large AirCircuit Breakers.

(3) NEMA Standards PublicationMotors and Generators (MG1).

§ 1 10.10-1

§ 110.10-5

(d) Standards of issue in effect onthe date the vessel is contracted for,issued by the Institute of Electricaland Electronic Engineers, Box A,Lenox Hill Station, New York, N.Y.,14481, as listed in this paragraph.

(1) IEEE Standard No. 45-Recom-mended Practice for Electrical Instal-lations on Shipboard.

(2) American National Standards In-stitute, Inc. (formerly United States ofAmerica Standards Institute, Inc.;American Standard) Definition ofElectrical Terms, ANSI C42.

(e) Standards issued by Underwrit-ers' Laboratories, Inc., 207 East OhioStreet, Chicago, Ill., 60011, as listed inthis paragraph, each of issue in effecton the date the vessel is contractedfor:

(1) Standard for Snap Switches.(2) Standard for Knife Switches.(3) Standard for Fuses.(4) Standard for Industrial Control

Equipment.(5) Standard for Branch-Circuit and

Service Circuit Breakers.(6) Standard for Panelboards.(7) Standard for Edison-Base Lam-

pholders.(8) Standard for Marine Type Elec-

tric Lighting Fixtures.(9) Standard for Attachment Plugs

and Receptacles.(10) Standard for Flexible Cord and

Fixture Wire.(11) Standard for Electric-Discharge-

Lamp Accessory Equipment.(12) Standard for Elevator Electric

Contracts and Elevator Hoistway DoorInterlocks.

(13) Standard for Portable ElectricLamps.

(14) Standard for Wire Connectorsand Soldering Lugs.

(15) Standard for Outlet Boxes andFittings.

(16) Standard for Enclosed Switches.(17) Standard for Commercial Elec-

tric Cooking Appliances.(18) Standards for Industrial Con-

trol Equipment for Use in HazardousLocations, Subject 698.

(f) Specifications and Guides issuedby the U.S. Navy Bureau of Ships,Washington, D.C. 20360, of issue ineffect on the date the vessel is con-tracted for, as listed in this paragraph.

Title 46-Shipping

(1) MIL-C-915 Interim Specifica-tions Cable, Cord and Wire, Electrical(shipboard use).

(2) MIL-C-2194 Military Specifica-tions Cable, Power, Electrical, Re-duced Diameter Type, Naval Ship-board.

(3) MIL-C-23206 Military Specifica-tions Cable, Special Purpose, Electri-cal (Nuclear Plant).

(4) NavShips 250-660-23, Cable Com-parison Guide.

(g) Standards of issue in effect onthe date the vessel is contracted for,issued by USA Standards Institute, 70East 45th Street, New York, N.Y.10017.

(1) Safety Code for Elevators, Dumb-waiters, and Escalators.

(h) Recommended practices in effecton the date the vessel is contractedfor, issued by Instrument Society of-America, 530 William Penn Place,Pittsburgh, Pa. 15219:

(1) Recommended Practice, Intrinsi-cally Safe and Non-Incendive Electri-cal Instruments (RP 12.2).

[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 17036, Dec. 30, 1965, asamended by CGFR 66-33, 31 FR 15288, Dec.6, 1966; CGFR 66-71, 31 FR 16781, Dec. 31,1966; CGFR 70-143, 35 FR 19907, Dec. 30,1970; 36 FR 5606, Mar. 25, 1971]

§ 110.10-5 Copies of specifications, stand-ards and codes.

(a) Copies of the specifications,standards, and codes referred to inthis subpart may be obtained from theissuing authority except:

(1) Military specifications may beobtained from the Commanding Offi-cer, Naval Supply Depot, 5801 TaborAvenue, Philadelphia, Pa. 19120.

(2) NavShips 250-660-23 may be pur-chased from the Superintendent ofDocuments, Government PrintingOffice, Washington, D.C. 20402.

(b) Copies of the specifications,standards, and codes referred to inthis subpart are available for readingpurposes at Coast Guard Headquar-ters upon request.


Subpart 110.15-Definition of TermsUsed in This Subchapter

§ 110.15-1 Approved.This term means approved by the

Commandant, United States CoastGuard, unless otherwise stated.

§ 110.15-5 Boat deck.This term means the deck or decks

on which lifeboats are stowed.

§ 110.15-10 Bulkhead deck.This term means the uppermost

deck up to which the transverse water-tight bulkheads are carried.

§ 110.15-15 Cable terms.(a) Cable. (1) A cable is either a

stranded conductor with or without in-sulation and other coverings (singleconductor cable), or a combination ofconductors insulated from one another(multiple-conductor cable).

(b) Cable designations. (1) Abbrevia-tions given in Columns 1 to 5, inclu-sive, of Table 110.15-15(b)(1) may beemployed in connection with lightingand power, communication, and tele-

phone cable. Thus, in the abbreviationDRL-4, "D"=double conductor, lightand power (column 1), "R"=rubber in-sulated (75C) (column 2), "L"=leadand steel armored (columns 3 and 4),and "-4"=No. 14 American wire gage,4,110 circular mils (column 5). In theabbreviation CTIA-12, "C"=communi-cation (column 1), "T" =thermoplastic(column 2), "I"= moisture resistantjacket (column 3), "A"=aluminum ar-mored (column 4), and "-12"=12 con-ductor (column 5).

(2) The trade designations given inTable 110.15-15(b)(2) may be used todesignate the type of flexible cord andfixture wire.

§ 110.15-20 Coast Guard District Com-mander.

This term means an officer of theCoast Guard designated as such by theCommandant to command all CoastGuard activities within his district,which includes the inspection, enforce-ment, and administration of Title 52,Revised Statutes, and Acts amendato-ry thereof or supplemental thereto,and rules and regulations thereunder.

TABLE 110.15-15(b)(1 )-LIGHTING AND POWER, COMMUNICATIONS, AND TELEPHONE CABLE SYMBOLS

Column 1 - Column 2 Column 3 Column 4 Column 5

Symbol designatingwire size for light

and power cable orSymbol designating Symbol designating Symbol designating Symbol number of conductors

cable type type of insulation type of outer covering designat- for communicationing type of or number of pairs

armor of conductors fortelephone cable

S=Single conductor light R=Rubber 75 C. A=Braid and armor. None=steel. Circular mil sizeand power. B =Rubber 85 C. L=Lead and armor. A=aluminum. in thousands,

D=Double conductor light T =Thermoplastic. I= Moisture resistant B=bronze. or number ofand power. V= Varnished cloth, jacket, Type T or N as conductors, or

T=Three conductor light AV = Asbestos-varnished designated, and armor, number ofand power. cloth. J= Moisture resistant pairs of

F =Four conductor light TA-Asbestos jacket unarmored (for conductors.and power. thermoplastic. NEC portable cords

M = Multiple conductor. M=Mineral. and telephone cableC=Communications. S=Silicone. only).Tr=Telephone.TTC =Inter-cabin

telephone.P = Portable.W = Switchboard.BW=Bell wire.

§ 110.15-20

§ 110.15-25

TABLE 110.15-15(b)(2)-PORTABLE CORD ANDFIXTURE WIRE SYMBOLS

Trade name of wire or cord Designation

Asbestos-covered heat-resistant fixture AFwire.

Silicone rubber insulated fixture wire ............. SF-2Silicone rubber insulated fixture wire, flexi- SFF-2

ble stranding.Asbestos-covered heat-resistant cord .......... AFC, AFPDRubber-jacketed heat-resistant cord ............. AFS, AFSJHeat-and moisture-resistant cord .................. AVPDLam p cord ....................................................... CCotton-covered heat-resistant fixture wire, CF

stranded or flexible stranded.Cotton-covered heat-resistant cord ............... CFC, CFPDElevator cable .................................................. E, EO, ETRubber-covered fixture wire, flexible strand- FF-2

ing.Heat-resistant rubber-covered fixture wire, FFH-2

flexible stranding.Heater cord ....................................................... HC, HPDJacketed heater cord .................................. HSRubber-jacketed heater cord .......................... HSJBraided heavy duty cord ............................. KReinforced cord ............................................... P, P-2Twisted portable cord ................................... PDMoisture-proof reinforced cord ....................... PW. PW-2Rubber-covered stranded fixture wire ........... RF-2Heat-resistant rubber-covered stranded fix- RFH-2

ture wire.Hard service cord ......................................... SHard service cord, oil-resistant ................... SOHard service cord, thermoplastic covered.... STJunior hard service cord ............................. SJJunior hard service cord, oil-resistant ........... SJOJunior hard service cord, thermoplastic SJTcovered.

Thermoplastic-covered stranded fixture TFwire.

Thermoplastic-covered fixture wire, flexible TFFstranding.

[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 17036, Dec. 30, 1965, asamended by CGFR 68-65, 33 FR 19987, Dec.28, 1968]

§ 110.15-25 Coastwise.Under this designation shall be in-

cluded all vessels normally navigatingthe waters of any ocean or the Gulf ofMexico 20 nautical miles or less off-shore.

§ 110.15-30 Commandant.This term means the Commandant

of the Coast Guard.

§ 110.15-35 Control equipment terms.(a) Electric controllers. An electric

controller is a device, or group of de-vices, which serves to govern, in somepredetermined manner, the electricpower delivered to the apparatus towhich it is connected.

Title 46-Shipping

(b) Basic functions. The basic func-tions of a controller are the functionsof those of its elements which governthe application of electric power tothe connected apparatus.

(c) Manual controller. A manual con-troller is an electric controller havingall of its basic functions performed bydevices which are operated by hand.

(d) Full magnetic controller. A fullmagnetic controller is an electric con-troller having all of its basic functionsperformed by devices which are oper-ated by electromagnets.

(e) Contactor. A contactor is a devicefor repeatedly establishing and inter-rupting an electric power circuit.

(f) Starter. A starter is an electriccontroller for accelerating a motorfrom rest to normal speed, and to stopthe motor.

(g) Automatic starter. An automaticstarter is a starter in which the influ-ence directing its performance is auto-matic.

(h) Autotransformer starter. An au-totransformer starter is a starterwhich includes an autotransformer tofurnish reduced voltage for starting ofan alternating current motor. It in-cludes the necessary switching mecha-nism, and it is frequently called a com-pensator or autostarter.

(i) Overload protection (overcurrentprotection). Overload protection is theeffect of a device operative on exces-sive current, but not necessarily onshort circuit, to cause and maintainthe interruption of current flow to thedevice governed.

(j) Overload relay. An overload relayis an overcurrent relay which func-tions at a predetermined value of over-current to cause disconnection of theload from the power supply.

NOTE: An overload relay is intended toprotect the load (for example, motor arma-ture) or its controller, and does not neces-sarily protect itself.

(k) Normally open and normallyclosed. The terms "Normally Open"and "Normally Closed" when appliedto a magnetically operated switchingdevice, such as a contactor or relay, orto the contacts thereof, signify the po-sition taken when the operatingmagnet is deenergized. These termsapply only to nonlatching types of de-vices.


(1) Temperature compensated over-load relay. A temperature compensat-ed overload relay is an overload relaywhich functions at any current inexcess of a predetermined value essen-tially independent of ambient tem-perature.

§ 110.15-40 Corrosion-resistant finishes.The following treatments listed in

this section, when properly done andof sufficiently heavy coating, are con-sidered satisfactory corrosion-resistantfinishes:

(a) Electroplating of cadmium, chro-mium, nickel, silver, or zinc.

(b) Sherardizing.(c) Galvanizing.(d) Painting. Thorough cleaning and

degreasing, followed by bonderizing orthe equivalent, followed by the appli-cation of zinc chromate primer or theequivalent, followed by one or moreapplications of enamel.[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 10736, Dec. 30, 1965, asamended by CGFR 66-71, 31 FR 16781, Dec.31, 1966]

§ 110.15-45 Corrosion-resistant or non-corrodible materials.

Silver, corrosion-resisting steel,copper, brass, bronze, copper-nickel,certain copper-nickel alloys, and cer-tain aluminum alloys are consideredsatisfactory corrosion-resistant or non-corrodible materials.

§ 110.15-50 Electrochemistry.(a) Storage battery. A storage bat-

tery is a connected group of two ormore electrolytic cells for the genera-tion of electric energy in which thecells after being discharged may be re-stored to a charged condition by anelectric current flowing in a directionopposite to the flow of current whenthe cell discharges.

(b) Dry cell. A dry cell is a cell inwhich the electrolyte is immobilized.

(c) Primary cell. A primary cell is acell which produces electric current byelectrochemical reactions withoutregard to the reversibility of those re-actions. (Some primary cells are re-versible to a limited extent.)

§ 110.15-55 Embarkation deck.This term means the deck or decks

from which passengers embark into life-

boats or the deck or decks on whichpassengers are assembled preparatoryto embarking into lifeboats.[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 10736, Dec. 30, 1965, asamended by CGFR 66-71, 31 FR 16781, Dec.31, 1966]

§ 110.15-60 Emergency squad.This term means that part of the

crew designated by the station bill toform the nucleus of a damage controlparty.

§ 110.15-65 Equipment enclosure terms.(a) Enclosed (inclosed). Enclosed

means surrounded by a case which willprevent a person from accidentallycontacting live parts.

(b) Nonwatertight equipment. Non-watertight equipment means enclosedequipment, the enclosure of which isnot sufficiently effective to be classedas either drip-proof or watertight.

(c) Drip-proof equipment. Drip-proofequipment means enclosed equipmentso constructed or protected that itssuccessful operation is not interferedwith when subjected to falling mois-ture or dirt.

(d) Watertight equipment. Water-tight equipment means enclosedequipment so constructed that astream of water from a hose (not lessthan 1 inch in diameter) under a headof about 35 feet from a distance ofabout 10 feet, and for a period of 5minutes, can be played on the appara-tus without leakage. The hose nozzleshould be adjusted to give a solidstream at the enclosure.

(e) Explosion-proof equipment. Ex-plosion-proof equipment means equip-ment enclosed in a case which is capa-ble of withstanding an explosion of aspecified gas or vapor which mayoccur within it, and of preventing theignition of the specified gas or vaporsurrounding the enclosure by sparks,flashes, or explosions of the gas orvapor within.

f) Weathertight equipment. Weath-ertight equipment means equipmentso constructed or protected that expo-sure to a beating rain will not result inthe entrance of water.

(g) Totally enclosed equipment. To-tally enclosed means so enclosed as toprevent circulation of air between theinside and the outside of the case, but

§ 110.15-65

§ 110.15-70

not necessarily sufficiently to betermed airtight.

§ 110.15-70 Equivalent.This term, when used in connection

with a unit, material, process, finish,etc., means the equivalent as deter-mined by the Coast Guard.

§ 110.15-75 Ferry.Under this designation shall be in-

cluded those vessels in other thanocean or coastwise service having pro-visions only for deck passengers and/or vehicles, operating on a short runon a frequent schedule between twopoints over the most direct waterroute, and offering a public service ofa type normally attributed to a bridgeor tunnel.

§ 110.15-80 Flashpoint.

This term indicates the temperaturein degrees Fahrenheit at which aliquid gives off a flammable vaporwhen heated in an open-cup tester.

§ 110.15-85 Generation and distributionterms.

(a) Connected load. The connectedload is the sum of the continuous rat-ings of the load consuming apparatusconnected to the system or any partthereof.

(b) Load factor. Load factor is theratio of the average load over a desig-nated period of time to the connectedload.

(c) Peak load. Peak load is the maxi-mum load consumed or produced by aunit or group of units in a statedperiod of time. It may be the maxi-mum instantaneous load or the maxi-mum average load over a designatedinterval of time.

NOTE: Maximum average load is ordinarilyused. In commercial transactions involvingpeak load (peak power) it is taken as theaverage load (power) during a time intervalof specified duration occurring within agiven period of time, that time intervalbeing selected during which the averagepower is greatest.

(d) Ground (earth). A ground is aconducting connection, whether inten-tional or accidental, by which an elec-tric circuit or equipment is connectedto the earth, or to some conductingbody, of relatively large extent, which

Title 46-Shipping

serves in place of the earth. It is usedfor establishing and maintaining thepotential of the earth (or of the con-ducting body) or approximately thatpotential, or conductors connected toit, and for conducting ground currentto and from the earth (or the conduct-ing body).

NOTE: On shipboard the "ground" or"earth" is the metal hull and all conductiveparts connected thereto.

(e) Grounded (earthed). Groundedmeans that the system, circuit, or ap-paratus referred to is provided with aground.

(f) Ground-return circuit (earth-return circuit). A ground-return cir-cuit in which the earth is utilized tocomplete the circuit.

(g) Ground current. Ground currentis current flowing in the earth or in agrounding connection.

(h) Voltage to ground. The voltage toground is the voltage between any liveconductor of a circuit and the earth.

NOTE: Where safety considerations are in-volved, the voltage to ground which mayoccur in an ungrounded circuit is usuallythe highest voltage normally existing be-tween the conductors of the circuit, but inspecial circumstances higher voltages mayoccur.

(i) Ground indication. A ground in-dication is an indication of the pres-ence of a ground on one or more of thenormally ungrounded conductors of asystem.

(j) Circuit. A circuit is a conductingpart or a system of conducting partsthrough which an electric current isintended to flow.

(k) Feeder (in interior wiring). Afeeder is a set of conductors originat-ing at a main distribution center, andsupplying one or more secondary dis-tribution centers, one or more branch-circuit distribution centers, or anycombination of these two types ofequipment.

(1) Lighting feeder. A lighting feederis a feeder supplying principally alighting load.

(m) Power feeder. A power feeder is afeeder supplying principally a poweror heating load.

(n) Branch circuit. A branch circuitis that portion of a wiring system ex-


tending beyond the final overcurrentdevice protecting the circuit.

Co) Motor branch circuit. A motorbranch circuit is a branch circuit sup-plying energy only to one or moremotors and associated motor control-lers.

(p) Lighting branch circuit. A light-ing branch circuit is a circuit supply-ing energy to lighting outlets only.(Lighting branch circuits also maysupply portable desk or bracket fans,small heating appliances, motors of V4hp and less, and other portable appa-ratus of not over 660 watts each.)

(q) Appliance branch circuit. An ap-pliance branch circuit is a circuit sup-plying energy to one or more outletsto which appliances are to be connect-ed; such circuits to have no perma-nently-connected lighting fixtures nota part of an appliance.

(r) Outlet. An outlet is a point on thewiring system at which current istaken to supply fixtures, lamps, heat-ers, motors, or current-consumingequipment generally.

NOTE: The use of the term outlet for apoint in the wiring system where a switch islocated is deprecated, unless qualified tomake the meaning clear.

(s) Lighting outlet. A lighting outletis an outlet intended for the directconnection of a lampholder, a lightingfixture or a pendant cord terminatingin a lampholder.

(t) Receptacle outlet. A receptacleoutlet is an outlet intended to beequipped with one or more recepta-cles, not of the screw-shell type, orprovided with one or more points ofattachment within one foot, intendedto receive attachment plugs.

(u) Plug (plug adaptor). An attach-ment plug is a device which, by inser-tion in a receptacle, establishes con-nection between the conductors of theattached flexible cord and the conduc-tors connected permanently to the re-ceptacle.

(v) Appliance. Appliances are cur-rent-consuming equipment, fixed orportable; for example, heating, cook-ing and small motor-operated equip-ment.

(w) Portable appliance. A portableappliance is an appliance, fixed orportable, served by means of a flexible

extension cord and/or attachmentplug.

(x) Accessible (as applied to wiringmethods). Accessible means not perma-nently closed in by the structure orfinish of the ship; capable of being re-moved without disturbing the shipstructure or finish.

(y) Accessible (as applied to equip-ment). Accessible means admittingclose approach because not guarded bylocked doors, elevation or other effec-tive means.


§ 110.15-90 Great Lakes.Under this designation shall be in-

cluded all vessels navigating the GreatLakes.

§ 110.15-95 Headquarters.This term means the office of the

Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard,Washington, D.C. 20591.

[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 17036, Dec. 30, 1965, asamended by CGFR 68-32, 33 FR 5720, Apr.12, 1968]

§ 110.15-100 Instrument and meter terms.Ca) Instrument. An instrument is a

device for measuring the value of thequantity under observation. An instru-ment may be an indicating instrumentor a recording instrument. The term"instrument" is used in two differentsenses: (1) Instrument proper consist-ing of the mechanism and the partsbuilt into the case or made a corporatepart thereof, and (2) the instrumentproper together with any necessaryauxiliary devices, such as shunt, shuntleads, resistors, reactors, capacitors orinstrument transformers. The term"meter" is also used in a general senseto designate any type of measuringdevice, including all types of electricmeasuring instruments. Such use as asuffix or as part of a compound word(e.g., voltmeter, frequency meter) isuniversally accepted. Meter may beused alone with this wider meaningwhen the context is such as to preventconfusion with the narrower meaningof electricity meter.

(b) Indicating instrument. An indi-cating instrument is an instrument in

§ 110.15-100

§ 110.15-105

which only the present value of thequantity measured is visually indicat-ed.

(c) Ammeter. An ammeter is an in-strument for measuring the magni-tude of an electric current. It is pro-vided with a scale, usually graduatedin either amperes, milliamperes, mi-croamperes or kiloamperes. If thescale is graduated in milliamperes, mi-croamperes or kiloamperes, the instru-ment is usually designated as a mil-liammeter, a microammeter or a ki-loammeter.

(d) Frequency meter. A frequencymeter is an instrument for measuringthe frequency of an alternating cur-rent.

(e) Power-factor meter. A power-factor meter is a direct-reading instru-ment for measuring power factor. It isprovided with a scale graduated inpower factor.

(f) Voltmeter. A voltmeter is an in-strument for measuring the magni-tude of electric potential difference. Itis provided with a scale, usually gradu-ated in either volts, millivolts, or kilo-volts. If the scale is graduated in milli-volts or kilovolts the instrument isusually designated as a millivoltmeteror a kilovoltmeter.

(g) Wattmeter. A wattmeter is an in-strument for measuring the magni-tude of the active power in an electriccircuit. It is provided with a scale usu-ally graduated in either watts, kilo-watts, or megawatts. If the scale isgraduated in kilowatts or megawatts,the instrument is usually designatedas a kilowattmeter or megawattmeter.

(h) Instrument shunt. An instrumentshunt is a particular type of resistordesigned to be connected in parallelwith a circuit of an instrument toextend its current range. The shuntmay be internal or external to the in-strument proper.

(i) Intrinsically safe instrument andequipment or wiring. The term "in-trinsically safe" when used with in-struments and equipment or wiringshall mean such instruments andequipment or wiring that is incapableof releasing sufficient electrical orthermal energy under normal or ab-normal conditions to cause ignition ofa specific hazardous atmospheric mix-ture in its most easily ignited concen-

Title 46-Shipping

tration. Abnormal conditions will in-clude accidental damage to any part ofthe instrument and equipment orwiring, insulation, failure of electricalcomponents, and other faulty condi-tions.


§ 110.15-105 International voyage.(a) The term "international voyage,"

as used in this subchapter, shall havethe same meaning as that contained inRegulation 2(d), Chapter I, of the In-ternational Convention for Safety ofLife at Sea, 1960; i.e., "'Internationalvoyage' means a voyage from a coun-try to which the present Conventionapplies to a port outside such country,or conversely; and for this purposeevery territory for the internationalrelations of which a Contracting Gov-ernment is responsible or for whichthe United Nations is the administer-ing authority is regarded as a separatecountry."

(b) The International Conventionfor Safety of Life at Sea, 1960, doesnot apply to vessels "solely navigatingthe Great Lakes of North Americanand the River St. Lawrence as far eastas a straight line drawn from Cap deRosiers to West Point, Anticosti Islandand, on the north side of AnticostiIsland, the 63d Meridian." According-ly, such vessels shall not be consideredas being on an "international voyage"for the purpose of this subchapter.

(c) For the purpose of this sub-chapter the term "territory" as usedin paragraph (a) of this section shallbe considered to include the Common-wealth of Puerto Rico, the CanalZone, all possessions of the UnitedStates, and all lands held by theUnited States under a protectorate ormandate.

(d) Although voyages between thecontinental United States and Hawaiior Alaska, and voyages .betweenHawaii and Alaska are not "interna-tional voyages" under the provisionsof the International Convention forSafety of Life at Sea, 1960, such voy-ages are similar in nature and shall beconsidered as "international voyages"and subject to the same requirementsfor the purpose of this subchapter.


§ 110.15-110 Lakes, bays, and sounds.

Under this designation shall be in-cluded all vessels navigating thewaters of any of the lakes, bays, orsounds other than the waters of theGreat Lakes.

§ 110.15-115 Locations.(a) Corrosive location. Corrosive lo-

cations shall be deemed to be locationsexposed to the weather on vessels op-erating in salt water.

(b) Damp or wet location. Damp orwet locations shall be deemed to be lo-cations exposed to the weather, ma-chinery spaces, cargo spaces, refriger-ated spaces, galley, laundry, publicwashrooms or toilets equipped withbaths or showers, and similar loca-tions. Areas directly inside of accessdoors to a weather deck will also beclassed as wet locations where theaccess door is not suitably protectedagainst entrance of rain or spray by anoverhanging deck or by other means.

(c) Dry location. Dry locations shallbe deemed to be passengers' and crew'squarters, pantries, passageways adja-cent to quarters, public washroomsand toilets which are not equippedwith baths or showers, radio room,gyro room, and chart room.

§ 110.15-120 Marine inspector or inspec-tor.

These terms mean any person fromthe civilian or military branch of theCoast Guard assigned under the super-intendence and direction of an Officerin Charge, Marine Inspection, or anyother person as may be designated forthe performance of duties with respectto the inspection, enforcement, andadministration of Title 52, R.S., andacts amendatory thereof or supple-mental thereto, and rules and regula-tions thereunder.

§ 110.15-125 Motorboat.This term means any vessel indicat-

ed in Columns 4 or 5 of Table 110.05-1(a), 65 feet in length or less which ispropelled by machinery (includingsteam). The length shall be measuredfrom end to end over the deck exclud-ing sheer. This term includes a boattemporarily or permanently equippedwith a detachable motor and any such

boat when so propelled is subject tothe applicable provisions of the Act ofApril 25, 1940, as amended (secs. 1 to22, 54 Stat. 163-167, as amended, 46U.S.C. 526-526u), and the regulationspromulgated thereunder. For the pur-pose of this subchapter motorboatsare included under the term "vessel"unless specifically noted otherwise.The various classes of motorboats areas follows:Class A-Any motorboat less than 16 feet in

length.Class 1-Any motorboat 16 feet or over and

less than 26 feet in length.Class 2-Any motorboat 26 feet or over and

less than 40 feet in length.Class 3-Any motorboat 40 feet or over and

not more than 65 feet in length.

§ 110.15-128 Nuclear energy, radioactivematerial, and nuclear vessel.

(a) The term "nuclear energy"means all forms of energy released bynuclear fission or radioactive decay, orby any other form of nuclear transfor-mation.

(b) The term "radioactive material"means any material or combination ofmaterials that spontaneously emitsionizing radiation.

(c) The term "nuclear vessel" meansany vessel in which power for propul-sion, or for any other purpose, is de-rived from nuclear energy; or anyvessel handling or processing substan-tial amounts of radioactive materialother than as cargo.

[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18904, Dec. 18, 1968]

§ 110.15-130 Ocean.Under this designation shall be in-

cluded all vessels navigating thewaters of any ocean or the Gulf ofMexico more than 20 nautical milesoffshore.

§ 110.15-135 Officer in Charge, Marine In-spection.

This term means any person fromthe civilian or military branch of theCoast Guard designated as such by theCommandant and who, under the su-perintendence and direction of theCoast Guard District Commander, isin charge of an inspection zone for theperformance of duties with respect tothe inspections, enforcement, and ad-ministration of Title 52, Revised Stat-

§ 110.15-135

§ 110.15-140

utes, and acts amendatory thereof orsupplemental thereto, and rules andregulations thereunder.

§ 110.15-140 Passenger.A passenger is every person other

than the master and members of thecrew or other persons employed or en-gaged in any capacity on board avessel in the business of that vessel. Inthe case of a vessel on an internationalvoyage a child under one year of age isnot counted as a passenger.

§ 110.15-155 Propulsion engine.This term means one or more ma-

chines driving a single propeller orpaddlewheel shaft for propulsion ofthe vessel.

§ 110.15-160 Qualified person.(a) A qualified person is one who by

his special knowledge, ability, and ex-perience is able to competently andsafely perform the required functionsand duties.

§ 110.15-165 Rivers.Under this designation shall be in-

cluded all vessels whose navigation isrestricted to rivers and/or canals, ex-clusively, and to such other waters asmay be so designated by the CoastGuard District Commander.

§ 110.15-170 Recognized classification so-ciety.

The term "recognized classificationsociety" means the American Bureauof Shipping or other classification so-ciety recognized by the Commandant.

§ 110.15-175 Rotating machinery; enclo-sure, ventilation and protection terms.

(a) Self-ventilated machine. A self-ventilated machine is one which hasits ventilating air circulated by meansintegral with the machine.

(b) Separately ventilated machine. Aseparately ventilated machine is onewhich has its ventilating air suppliedby an independent fan or blower ex-ternal to the machine.

(c) Enclosed self-ventilated machine.An enclosed self-ventilated machine isa machine having openings for the ad-mission and discharge of the ventilat-ing air, which is circulated by meansintegral with the machine, the ma-

Title 46-Shipping

chine being otherwise totally enclosed.These openings are so arranged thatinlet and outlet ducts or pipes may beconnected to them.

NOTE: Such ducts or pipes, if used, musthave ample section and be so arranged as tofurnish the specified volume of air to themachine, otherwise the ventilation will notbe sufficient.

(d) Enclosed separately ventilatedmachine. An enclosed separately venti-lated machine is a machine havingopenings for the admission and dis-charge of the ventilating air, which iscirculated by means external to andnot a part of the machine, the ma-chine being otherwise totally enclosed.These openings are so arranged thatinlet and outlet duct pipes may be con-nected to them.

(e) Open machine. An open machineis one having ventilating openingswhich permit passage of external cool-ing air over and around the windings.

(f) Totally enclosed machine. A to-tally enclosed machine is one so en-closed as to prevent exchange of airbetween the inside and the outside ofthe case, but not sufficiently enclosedto be called airtight.

(g) Totally enclosed fan-cooled ma-chine. A totally enclosed fan-cooledmachine is a totally enclosed machineequipped for exterior cooling bymeans of a fan or fans, integral withthe machine but external to the en-closing parts.

(h) Protected machine. A protectedmachine is an open machine in whichall openings giving direct access to liveor rotating parts (except smoothshafts) are limited in size by thedesign of the structural parts, or byscreens, grilles, expanded metal, etc.,to prevent accidental contact withsuch parts. Such openings are of suchsize as not to permit the passage of acylindrical rod 2 inch in diameter,except where the distance from theguard to the live or rotating parts ismore than 4 inches they are of suchsize as not to permit the passage of acylindrical rod 3/4 inch in diameter.

(i) Dripproof machine. A dripproofmachine is one in which the ventilat-ing openings are so constructed thatsuccessful operation is not interferedwith when drops of liquid or solid par-ticles strike or enter the enclosure at


any angle from 0° to 150 downwardfrom the vertical.

(j) Explosion-proof machine. An ex-plosion-proof machine is one enclosedin a case which is capable of with-standing an explosion of a specifiedgas or vapor which may occur withinit, and of preventing the ignition ofthe specified gas or vapor surroundingthe enclosure by sparks, flashes or ex-plosions of the gas or vapor within.

(k) Waterproof machine. A water-proof machine is a totally enclosedmachine so constructed that a streamof water from a hose (not less than 1inch in diameter) under a head of 35feet and from a distance of about 10feet can be played on the machinefrom any direction for a period of 5minutes without leakage, except thatleakage which may occur around theshaft may be considered permissible,provided it is prevented from enteringthe oil reservoir and provision is madefor automatically draining the ma-chine. The hose nozzle should be ad-justed to give a solid stream at the en-closure. The machine should be pro-vided with a check valve for drainageor a tapped hole at the lowest part ofthe frame which will serve for applica-tion of drain pipe or drain plug.

(1) Nonsparking fan. A nonsparkingfan is incapable in either normal orabnormal operating conditions of pro-ducing sparks of sufficient energy toignite a flammable mixture. Fans ofthe following design characteristicsare nonsparking:

(1) Blades or housing of nonmetallicconstruction.

(2) Blades and housing of nonferrousmaterial.

(3) Blades and housing of noncorro-sive (stainless) steel.

(4) Ferrous blades and housing withnot less than one-half inch design tipclearance.

(5) Blades of aluminum or magne-sium alloy and a ferrous housing witha nonferrous insert ring at the periph-ery of the impeller.

Any combination of an aluminumalloy or a magnesium alloy componentand a ferrous component is consideredby the Coast Guard to be a sparkinghazard. This consideration applieswithout regard as to which material is

used as the fixed or rotating compo-nent.

[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 17040, Dec. 30, 1965, asamended by CGFR 70-143, 35 FR 19907,Dec. 30, 1970; CGFR 72-35, 37 FR 4961,Mar. 8, 1972; CGD 72-35 CR, 37 FR 16547,Aug. 16, 1972]

§ 110.15-177 Rules of the Road.

(a) The term "Rules of the Road"means the statutory and regulatoryrules governing navigation of vessels.These rules are also published by theCoast Guard in pamphlet form as fol-lows:

(1) Navigation Rules,-Internation-al-Inland (CG-169).

(2) Rules of the Road-Great Lakes(CG-172).

(3) Rules of the Road-WesternRivers (CG-184).

(b) The current editions of the"Rules of the Road" pamphlets maybe obtained from any Marine Inspec-tion Office.

(Convention on the International Regula-tions for Preventing Collisions at Sea, 1972(as rectified). E. 0. 11964 (42 FR 4327); Pub.L. 95-75, 91 Stat. 308)[CGFR 75-50, 30 FR 17036, Dec. 30, 1965, asamended by CGD 77-052, 42 FR 56331, Oct.25, 1977]

§ 110.15-180 Short international voyage.For the purpose of this subchapter,

the expression "short internationalvoyage" means an internationalvoyage in the course of which a vesselis not more than 200 miles from a portor place in which the passengers andcrew could be placed in safety, andwhich does not exceed 600 miles inlength between the last port of call inthe country in which the voyagebegins and the final port of destina-tion.

§ 110.15-185 Switching equipment.(a) Switches-(1) Switch. A switch is

a device for making, breaking orchanging the connections in an elec-tric circuit.

(2) Knife switch. A knife switch is aform of air switch in which themoving element, usually a hingedblade, enters or embraces the contactclips. In some cases, however, theblade is not hinged and is removable.

§ 110.15-185

§ 110.15-185

(3) Rated continuous current (of aswitch or circuit breaker). The ratedcontinuous current of a switchgeardevice, or an assembly, is the maxi-mum direct current, or rms current, inamperes at rated frequency which itwill carry continuously without ex-ceeding the limit of observable tem-perature rise.

(4) Rated voltage (of a switch or cir-cuit breaker). The rated voltage of adevice, or an assembly, is the voltageto which its operating and perform-ance characteristics are referred.

(5) General use switch. A general useswitch is a switch intended for use ingeneral distribution and branch cir-cuits. It is rated in amperes and is ca-pable of interrupting the rated currentat the rated voltage.

(6) Isolating switch. An isolatingswitch is a switch intended for isolat-ing an electric circuit from the sourceof power. It has no interrupting ratingand is intended to be operated onlyafter the circuit has been opened bysome other means.

(7) Motor-circuit switch. A motor-circuit switch is a switch intended foruse in a motor branch circuit. It israted in horsepower and is capable ofinterrupting the maximum operatingoverload current of a motor of thesame rating at the rated voltage.

(8) "T" rated switch. A "T" ratedswitch is a switch intended to controltungsten-filament lamp loads.

(9) Master switch. A master switch isa switch which dominates the oper-ation of contactors, relays, or other re-motely operated devices.'

(b) Interrupting devices-(1) Circuitbreaker. A circuit breaker is a devicefor closing and interrupting a circuitbetween separable contacts underboth normal and abnormal conditions.

NOTE: Ordinarily circuit breakers are re-quired to operate relatively infrequently, al-though some classes of breakers are suitablefor frequent operation.

NOTE: Normal indicates the interruptionof currents not in excess of the rated con-tinuous current of the circuit breaker. Ab-normal indicates the interruption of cur-rents in excess of such rated continuous cur-rent, such as short circuits.

(2) Rated interrupting current (ratedinterrupting capacity). The rated in-terrupting current of a circuit breaker

Title 46-Shipping

is the highest current which thebreaker is rated to interrupt at ratedvoltage and under specified operatingduty. (As applied to breakers whichallow the current to reach its maxi-mum value, the rated interrupting cur-rent is the current at the start of theinterrupting process. As applied tobreakers which prevent the currentfrom reaching its maximum value, therated interrupting current is the high-est available current of the circuitwhich the breaker is rated to inter-rupt.)

(3) Reverse-power tripping. Reverse-power tripping signifies the tripping ofa circuit breaker upon reversal ofpower in the main circuit.

NOTE: In direct-current practice the terms"reverse power" and "reverse current" aresynonymous.

(4) Undervoltage tripping. Under-voltage tripping signifies the trippingof a circuit breaker by automaticmeans when the main circuit voltagedecreases to a predetermined value.

(5) Nonautomatic tripping. Non-automatic tripping signifies the trip-ping of a circuit interrupter only in re-sponse to an act of an operator.

(c) Fuses-(1) Fuse. A fuse is an over-current protective device with a circuitopening fusible member which isheated and severed by the passage ofovercurrent through it.

(2) Voltage rating. The voltagerating of a fuge is the rms alternatingor direct voltage for which it is de-signed.

(3) Current rating. The currentrating of a fuse is the designated rmsalternating, or direct current which itwill carry continuously under statedconditions.

(d) Relays-(1) Relay. A relay is adevice that is operative by a variationin the conditions of one electric circuitto effect the operation of other de-vices in the same or another electriccircuit.

NOTE: Where relays operate in response tochanges in more than one condition, allfunctions should be mentioned.

(2) Current relay. A current relay isone that functions at a predeterminedvalue of current. It may be an overcur-rent relay, an undercurrent relay, acombination of both.


(3) Overload relay. An overload relayis an overcurrent relay which func-tions at a predetermined value of over-current to cause disconnection of theload from the power supply.

NOTE: An overload relay is intended toprotect the load (for example, motor arma-ture) or its controller, and does not neces-sarily protect itself.

(4) Voltage relay. Voltage relay isone that functions at a predeterminedvalue of voltage. (It may be an overvol-tage relay, an undervoltage relay, or acombination of both.)

(5) Instantaneous. Instantaneous isa qualifying term applied to a relay in-dicating that no delay is purposely in-troduced in its action.

(6) Inverse time. Inverse time is aqualifying term applied to a relay indi-cating that its time of operating de-creases as the magnitude of the oper-ating quantity increases.

(7) Overcurrent protection (overloadprotection). Overcurrent protectionoperates to disconnect the protectedequipment on excessive current.

(8) Undervoltage protection (lowvol-tage protection). Undervoltage or low-voltage protection is the effect of adevice operative on the reduction orfailure of voltage to cause and main-tain the interruption of power in themain circuit.

(9) Undervoltage release (lowvoltagerelease). Undervoltage or lowvoltagerelease is the effect of a device opera-tive on the reduction or failure of volt-age to cause the interruption of powerin the main circuit, but not to preventthe reestablishment of the main cir-cuit on return of voltage.

(10) Overspeed protection. Over-speed protection operates to discon-nect the protected equipment whenthe speed of rotation is in excess of apredetermined amount.

(e) Regulators-(1) Regulator. A reg-ulator is a device which functions tomaintain a designated characteristic ata predetermined value, or to vary it ac-cording to a predetermined plan.

(2) Generator voltage regulator. Agenerator voltage regulator is a regula-tor which functions to maintain thevoltage of a synchronous generator,condenser, motor, or of a direct-cur-rent generator, at a predetermined

value, or vary it according to a prede-termined plan.

(f) Switchgear assemblies-(1) Powerswitchboard. A power switchboard is atype of switchboard including maincircuit switching and interrupting de-vices, together with their interconnec-tions.

(2) Live-front switchboards. A live-front switchboard is one having ex-posed live parts on the front.

(3) Dead-front switchboard. A dead-front switchboard is one having no ex-posed live parts on the front, whichconstitutes a grounded metal barrierbetween the operator and the appara-tus.

(4) Distribution switchboard. A dis-tribution switchboard is a powerswitchboard used for the distributionof electric energy at the voltagescommon for such distribution within aship.

NOTE: Knife switches, air circuit breakers,and fuses are generally used for circuit in-terruption on distribution switchboards, andvoltages seldom exceed 600. However, suchswitchboards often include switchboardequipment for a high tension incomingsupply circuit and a stepdown transformer.

(5) Automatic transfer equipment.An automatic transfer equipment isone which automatically transfers aload so that a source of power may beselected from two or more incominglines.

§ 110.15-190 Vessel.

(a) Where the word "vessel" is usedin this subchapter, it shall be consid-ered to include all vessels indicated inColumns 3, 4, and 5 of Table 110.05-1(a) except as otherwise noted.

(1) Cargo vessel. Where the term"cargo vessel" is used in this sub-chapter it shall be considered to in-clude all vessels indicated in Column 5of Table 110.05-1(a) except as other-wise noted.

(2) Passenger vessel. Where the term"passenger vessel" is used in this sub-chapter it shall be considered to in-clude all vessels indicated in Column 4of Table 110.05-1(a) except as other-wise noted.

(3) Tank barge; tank ship; tankvessel. For definitions of these termsas used in this subchapter, see

'3

40-130 0-79-3

§ 110.15-190

§ 110.15-195

§ 111.70-5 (), (j), and (k) of this sub-chapter.

(4) Barge. Where the term "barge" isused in this subchapter, it shall beconsidered to include all nonself-pro-pelled vessels.

§ 110.15-195 Western rivers.For the purpose of this subchapter

the term "western rivers" is as definedin CG-184, "Rules of the Road-West-ern Rivers."

Subpart 110.20-Equivalents

§ 110.20-1 Conditions under which equiv-alents may be used.

(a) Where in this subchapter it isprovided that a particular fitting, ma-terial, appliance, apparatus, or equip-ment, or type thereof, shall be fittedor carried in a vessel, or that any par-ticular provision shall be made or ar-rangement shall be adopted, the Com-mandant may accept in substitutiontherefor any other fitting, material,appartus, or equipment, or type there-of, or any other arrangement: Pro-vided, That he shall have been satis-fied by suitable trials that the fitting,material, appliance, apparatus, orequipment, or type thereof, or the pro-vision or arrangement is at least as ef-fective as that specified in this sub-chapter.

(b) In any case where it is shown tothe satisfaction of the Commandantthat the use of any particular equip-ment, apparatus, or arrangement isunreasonable or impracticable, theCommandant may permit the use ofalternate equipment, apparatus, or ar-rangement to such an extent and uponsuch condition as will insure, to hissatisfaction, a degree of safety consist-ent with the minimum standards setforth in this subchapter.

Subpart 110.25-Special Provisions

§ 110.25-1 Vessels acquired or documentedunder the Act of August 9, 1954.

(a) Vessels acquired or documentedunder the Act of August 9, 1954 (sec. 3,68 Stat. 675, 50 U.S.C. 198), shall besubject to the applicable provisions ofTitle 52 of the Revised Statutes, acts

Title 46-Shipping

amendatory thereto and the rules andregulations thereunder.

(b) Unapproved lifesaving, firefight-ing, and other equipment may be con-tinued in service so long as, in theopinion of the Officer in Charge,Marine Inspection, such equipment isin good and serviceable condition. Allreplacements shall be in accordancewith Coast Guard requirements fornew vessels.

§ 110.25-5 Installations of equipmentmade during the Unlimited NationalEmergency declared by the Presidenton May 27, 1941.

Boilers, pressure vessels, machinery,piping, electrical, and other installa-tions, including lifesaving, firefighting,and other safety equipment installedon vessels during the Unlimited Na-tional Emergency declared by thePresident on May 27, 1941, and priorto the termination of Title V of theSecond War Powers Act, as extended(sec. 501, 56 Stat. 180, 50 U.S.C., App.Sup. 635), which do not fully meet thedetail requirements of the regulationsin this chapter, may be continued inservice if found to be satisfactory bythe Commandant for the purpose in-tended.

PART 111-ELECTRICAL SYSTEM;GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

Subpart 111.01 -Application

Sec.111.01-1 General.111.01-5 Should; meaning of.

Subpart 111.05-General Requirements

111.05-1111.05-5111.05-10111.05-15111.05-20111.05-25111.05-30

Construction and installation.Plan approval.Testing and inspection.General considerations.Temperature ratings.Nature of electrical supply.Insulation materials.

Subpart 111.10-Generators

111.10-1111.10-5111.10-10111.10-15111.10-20111.10-25111.10-30111.10-35

Power requirements.Prime movers.Excitation.Generator construction.Voltage regulation.Parallel operation.Temperature limitations.Dielectric strength of insulation.


See.111.10-40 Tests.

Subpart 111.15-Storage Batteries

111.15-1 General requirements.111.15-5 Battery installation.111.15-6 Arrangement.111.15-10 Ventilation.111.15-15 Protection from corrosion.111.15-20 Conductors.111.15-25 Overload and reverse current

protection.

Subpart 111.20-Transformers

111.20-1 General requirements.111.20-5 Temperature rise.

Subpart 111.25-Motors

111.25-1 General requirements.111.25-5 Nameplates.111.25-10 Temperature limitations.111.25-15 Duty cycle.111.25-20 Dielectric strength of insulation.111.25-25 Terminal arrangement.111.25-30 Enclosure and protection.111.25-35 Current ratings.

Subpart 111.30-Switchboards

111.30-1 General requirements.111.30-5 Switchboard bus bars and wiring.111.30-10 Switchboard mounted equip-

ment.111.30-15 Ship's service generator and dis-

tribution switchboards.111.30-20 Emergency and interior commu-

nication switchboards.111.30-30 Tests for switchboards.

Subpart 111.35-Electric Propulsion

111.35-1 Electric couplings.111.35-5 Electric propulsion control.

Subpart 111.40-Distribution Panelboards

(Switchboard and Panelboard Types)

111.40-1 General requirements.

Subpart 111.50-Overcurrent Protection

111.50-1 Installation of overcurrent pro-tective devices.

111.50-5 Location of overcurrent protec-tive devices.

111.50-10 Enclosures for overcurrent pro-tective devices.

111.50-15 Construction and use of overcur-rent devices.

111.50-20 Interrupting rating of fuses andcircuit breakers.

111.50-25 System protection.

Subpart 111.55-Switches and Circuit Breakers

Sec.111.55-1 General requirements.111.55-5 Detailed requirements.

Subpart 111.60-Wiring Materials and Methods

111.60-1 Electric cable.111.60-5 Portable electric cord and fixture

wire.111.60-10 Circuit loads and demand fac-

tors.111.60-15 Propulsion cables.111.60-20 Generator cables.111.60-25 Ship's service cables.111.60-30 Engine starting.111.60-35 Lightning ground conductor.111.60-40 Cable splicing.

Subpart 111.65-Generator Circuits andProtection

111.65-1 Ship's service generators.111.65-5 Three-wire direct-current gener-

ators.111.65-10 Three-wire single-phase and

four-wire three-phase generators.111.65-15 Propulsion circuits.

Subpart 111.70-Motor Circuits and Protection

111.70-1 Motor feeder overcurrent protec-tion.

111.70-5 Motor-branch circuits.111.70-10 Motor-branch-circuit short cir-

cuit protection.111.70-15 Motor overload protection.111.70-20 Motor controllers, general re-

quirements.111.70-25 Group control panels.111.70-30 Disconnecting means.111.70-35 Heater circuits.111.70-40 Remote control, electrical inter-

lock, and indicator circuits.

Subpart 111.75-Lighting Circuits andProtection

111.75-1 Lighting feeders.111.75-3 Transformer feeder circuits.111.75-5 Lighting branch circuits.111.75-10 Low voltage systems, 0 to 50

volts.111.75-15 Lighting requirements.111.75-20 Lighting fixtures.111.75-25 Appliance circuits.111.75-30 Receptacle outlets.111.75-35 Outlet boxes.

Subpart 111.80-Special Requirements forCertain Locations and Systems

111.80-1 Application.111.80-5 Wiring methods and materials

for hazardous locations.111.80-8 Intrinsically safe systems.111.80-10 Ventilation systems.

§ 110.25-5

§ 111.01-1

Sec.111.80-13 Remote shutdown requirements.111.80-15 Shore connection boxes.111.80-20 Hospital operating rooms.111.80-25 Locations where gasoline or

other highly volatile motor fuel is car-ried in vehicles.

111.80-30 Motion picture projection roomsand projection equipment.

111.80-35 Electric elevators and dumb-waiters.

111.80-40 Submersible motor-driven bilgepumps.

111.80-45 Electric power-operated water-tight door systems.

111.80-50 Firescreen door holding and re-lease systems.

111.80-55 Electric power-operated lifeboatwinches.

111.80-60 Electric air heaters.111.80-65 Electric cooking equipment and

motor driven commissary equipment.111.80-70 Electric steering gear.

Subpart 111.85-Special Requirements for TankVessels

111.85-1 Application-TB/ALL.111.85-5 Definitions.111.85-10 Special requirements for tank

vessels contracted for on or after No-vember 19, 1955-TB/ALL.

111.85-90 Special requirements for tankvessels constructed prior to November19, 1955-TB/ALL.

Subpart 111.90-Electrical Equipment and In-stallations on Vessels Contracted for Prior toNovember 19, 1952

111.90-1 General.111.90-5 Major alterations.111.90-10 Vessels contracted for prior to

July 2, 1937.111.90-15 Vessels contracted for between

July 2, 1937, and January 1, 1939.111.90-20 Vessels contracted for between

January 2, 1939, and June 1, 1941.111.90-25 Vessels contracted for between

June 2, 1941, and November 18, 1952.

Subpart 111.92-Mobile Offshore Drilling Units

111.92-1 Definition.111.92-3 Intrinsically safe electrical equip-

ment.111.92-5 Class I, Division 1 locations.111.92-7 Class I, Division 2 locations.111.92-9 Contiguous locations.111.92-11 Electrical equipment in classified

locations.

Subpart 111.94-Mobile Offshore Drilling UnitIndustrial Systems

111.94-1 Industrial systems.

Title 46-Shipping

AUTHORITY: R.S. 4405, as amended, sec. 5,49 Stat. 1384, as amended, sec. 3, 70 Stat.152, R.S. 4417a, as amended, R.S. 4462, asamended, R.S. 4488, as amended; R.S. 4491,as amended, sec. 17, 54 Stat. 166, as amend-ed, sec. 6(b)(1), 80 Stat. 937; 46 U.S.C. 375,369, 390b, 391a, 416, 481, 489, 526p, 49 U.S.C.1655(b)(1); 49 CFR 1.46(b); unless otherwisenoted.



§ 111.01-1 General.

The provisions of this part, with theexception of Subpart 111.90 shall,unless otherwise indicated, apply to allvessels contracted for on or after No-vember 19, 1952. The provisions ofSubpart 111.90 shall apply to all ves-sels contracted for prior to November19, 1952.

§ 111.01-5 Should; meaning of.

In order to have, wherever possiblein this part, the identical wording con-tained in section 35 of the AmericanBureau of Shipping Rules for theClassification and Construction ofSteel Vessels, the word "should" hasbeen used instead of "shall." There-fore, in each such instance where theword "should" is used in this part(except § 111.05-10 (c), (d), and (f)) todescribe, or as applicable to, the equip-ment or installation, it is to be consid-ered the same as the word "shall" indescribing Coast Guard requirements.

Subpart 111.05-GeneralRequirements

§ 111.05-1 Construction and installation.

Electrical apparatus and wiring sys-tems shall be in accordance with therequirements of this part. The require-ments of this part are applicable to allvessels but may be modified by theCommandant for vessels certificatedfor limited service or for vessels lessthan 300 gross tons. The requirementsof this part are minimum require-ments and it is recommended that de-tails not covered by the regulations bein general conformity with StandardNo. 45 of the Institute of Electricaland Electronic Engineers. (See§ 110.10-1(d) of this subchapter.)


§ 111.05-5 Plan approval.(a) General. (1) The required plans

listed in this subpart are general incharacter, but include all plans whichnormally show construction and safetyfeatures coming under the cognizanceof the Coast Guard. In the case of aparticular vessel, all of the plans enu-merated may not be applicable, and itis intended that only those plans andspecifications be submitted as willclearly show the vessel's arrangement,construction and required equipment.

(2) In the list of required plans givenin this section, those indicated by anasterisk cover the electrical items nec-essary for the approval of the installa-tion by the American Bureau of Ship-ping for vessels classed by that organi-zation. When prints bearing record ofsuch approval by the AmericanBureau of Shipping are forwarded tothe Coast Guard they will, in general,be accepted as satisfactory except in-sofar as the law or the regulations inthis Chapter contain requirementswhich are not covered by the Ameri-can Bureau of Shipping.

(b) Procedure for submittal of plans.(1) As the relative locations of ship-yards, design offices, and Coast Guardoffices vary throughout the country,no specific routing will be required inthe submittal of plans. In general, oneof the procedures outlined in thisparagraph would apply, but in a par-ticular case, if a more expeditious pro-cedure can be used, there will be noobjection to its adoption.

(2) The plans may be submitted tothe Officer in Charge, Marine Inspec-tion at or nearest the place where thevessel is to be built. This procedurewill be most expeditious in the case ofthose offices where personnel andfacilities are available for examinationand approval of the plans locally.

(3) The plans may be submitted di-rectly to the Commandant (MMT),U.S. Coast Guard, Washington, D.C.20591. In this case, the plans will bereturned directly to the submitter,with a copy of the action being for-warded to the interested Officer inCharge, Marine Inspection.

(4) The plans may be submitted di-rectly to the following field technicaloffices:

(i) Commander, 3d Coast GuardDistrict(mmt), Governors Island, NewYork, N.Y. 10004, for the geographicalarea covered by the 1st and 3d CoastGuard Districts.

(ii) Commander, 8th Coast GuardDistrict(mmt), Hale Boggs FederalBuilding, 500 Camp Street, New Or-leans, La. 70130, for the geographicalarea covered by the 2d, 7th, and 8thCoast Guard Districts.

(iii) Commander, 12th Coast GuardDistrict (mint), 630 Sansome Street,San Francisco, Calif. 94126, for geo-graphical area covered by 11th, 12th,13th, 14th, and 17th Coast Guard Dis-tricts.

(iv) Commander 9th Coast GuardDistrict (mmt), Federal Office Build-ing, 1240 East 9th Street, Cleveland,OH. 44199, for the geographical areacovered by the 9th Coast Guard Dis-trict.

(v) Commander, 5th Coast GuardDistrict(mint), Federal Building, 431Crawford Street, Portsmouth, Va.23705, for the geographical areaserved by the 5th Coast Guard Dis-trict.

(5) In the case of classed vessels,upon specific request by the submit-ter, the American Bureau of Shippingwill arrange to forward the necessaryplans to the Coast Guard indicating itsaction thereon. In this case, the planswill be returned as noted in paragraph(b)(3) of this section.

(c) Number of plans required. Threecopies of each plan are normally re-quired so that one can be returned tothe submitter. If the submitter desiresadditional approved plans, a suitablenumber should be submitted to permitthe required distribution.

(d) Electrical plans required for newconstruction. 1 (1) * Specifications.

(2) * General arrangements.(3) * Switchboard front, rear, end,

and section views.(4) * Switchboard wiring diagram.(5) * Switchboard material and

nameplate list.(6) * Elementary wiring diagram of

metering and automatic switchgear.

I The items marked with an asterisk (*) in-dicate such items may require the approvalof the American Bureau of Shipping.

§ 111.05-5

§ 111.05-5

(7) * Description of operation of pro-pulsion control and bus transferswitchgear.

(8) * Elementary (one line) wiringdiagram of power system (supplement-ed by cable lists, panelboard summar-ies, etc., if desired) giving:

(i) Type and size of generators;(ii) Type and size of generator

cables, bus-tie cables, feeders, andbranch circuit cables;

(iii) * Power, lighting, and interiorcommunication panelboards showingnumber of circuits and rating ofenergy consuming devices.

(iv) Type and capacity of storagebatteries.

(v) Rating of circuit breakers andswitches, interrupting capacity of cir-cuit breakers, and rating or setting ofover-current devices.

(9) * Electric plant summary showingconnected loads and calculated operat-ing loads for various conditions of op-eration.

(10) * Isometric or deck wiring plansof power system, including symbol list.

(11) * Elementary wiring diagram ofsteering gear circuits.

(12) * Elementary wiring diagramand isometric or deck wiring diagramsof electric watertight door system, fir-escreen door holding system, andpower-operated lifeboat winches.

(13) * Generators and propulsionmotors. Manufacturer's outline draw-ing of each giving nameplate data,degree of enclosure, type of insulation,temperature rise above stated ambienttemperature, duty cycle, and applica-tion or name of auxiliary driven.

(14) * Motor starters. Manufacturer'senclosure outline drawing, control ele-mentary wiring diagram, and applica-tion of each. For lifeboat winch motorstarters, see § 111.80-55.

(15) Distribution panelboards,branch boxes, enclosed switches, push-button stations, control switches, etc.Manufacturer's outline drawing orsuitable identification on deck wiringplan symbol list. For lifeboat winchcontrol switches, see § 111.80-55.

(16) Isometric or deck wiring plan oflighting feeders.

(17) * Deck plans of lighting systemshowing location of cables, fixtures,and wiring devices, cable sizes andtypes, and manufacturer's name and

Title 46-Shipping

identification of fixtures and wiringdevices. If manufacturer's name andidentification are contained in asymbol list, the corresponding symbolmarking should be employed on thedeck plans.

(18) Elementary and isometric ordeck wiring diagrams of soundpowered telephone system, generalalarm system, emergency loudspeakersystem, and similar systems with ma-terial identified by name of manufac-turer and drawing and/or catalognumber. If manufacturer's name andidentification are contained in asymbol list, the corresponding symbolmarking should be employed on thedeck plans.

(19) Elementary and deck wiringplans of fire detecting and alarmsystem, manual alarm system, smokedetecting system, carbon dioxide ex-tinguishing system alarms, and super-vised patrol system, with materialidentified by name of manufacturerand drawing and/or catalog number.If manufacturer's name and identifica-tion are contained in a symbol list, thecorresponding symbol marking shouldbe employed on the deck plans.

(20) Schematic and/or logic dia-grams for automated or centrally con-trolled propulsion or auxiliary ma-chinery.

(21) The operating, maintenance,and instruction manuals for automat-ed or centrally controlled propulsionor auxiliary machinery systems thatinclude operational test procedures forverifying the operation of the requiredsafety devices and systems.

(22) For tank vessels, mobile off-shore drilling units, and other vesselscarrying hazardous materials as indi-cated in § 111.80-5, plans showing thelocation of each item of electricalequipment that is in a hazardous loca-tion. Plans must include a symbol listand manufacturer's name and identifi-cation.

(e) Electrical plans required for re-pairs and alterations of existing ves-sels. (1) No repairs or alterations af-fecting the safety of the vessel shallbe made without the knowledge of theOfficer in Charge, Marine Inspection.

(2) Drawings of alterations shall beapproved before work is started unlessdeemed unnecessary by the Officer in


Charge, Marine Inspection. The gener-al scope of the plans shall be as notedin paragraph (d) of this section. Draw-ings will not be required for repairs inkind.

(f) Location of splices. The plans de-scribed in paragraphs (d)(10), (d)(12),(d)(16), (d)(17), (d)(18), (d)(19) and(e)(2) of this section must show the lo-cation of each cable splice.

[CGFR 70-143, 35 FR 19907, Dec. 30, 1970;36 FR 5606, Mar. 25. 1971, as amended byCGFR 72-35, 37 FR 4961, Mar. 8, 1972; CGD74-305, 41 FR 26013, June 24, 1976; CG 78-108, 43 FR 46546, Oct. 10, 1978; CGD 73-251,43 FR 56837, Dec. 4, 19781

§ 111.05-10 Testing and inspection.(a) Application. This section shall be

applicable to all vessels, both those ex-isting as of November 18, 1952, andthose contracted for on and after No-vember 19, 1952.

(b) General. (1) The general require-ments for inspection of vessels are con-tained in Part 31, Part 71, and Part 91of this chapter. The contents of thissection supplement the general re-quirements contained in other parts ofthis chapter.

(2) In the inspection of electricalequipment and installations, the rulespromulgated by the American Bureauof Shipping respecting materials andconstruction, and the certificate ofclassification referring thereto, exceptwhen otherwise provided for by therules and regulations of this sub-chapter, shall be accepted as standard.

(i) The requirements of this para-graph shall not be construed to implythat ship tests or factory inspectionsof electrical apparatus or equipmentof the types regularly conducted bythe American Bureau of Shipping willbe conducted by the Coast Guard.Shoptests of electrical apparatus orequipment will be conducted by theCoast Guard only when specifically re-quired by the regulations in this chap-ter or when specifically requested,either by the manufacturer, ship-builder, owner, or the Coast Guard,and agreed to by all concerned.

(c) Initial inspection-(1) Scope. Theinitial inspection, which may consistof a series of inspections during theconstruction of the vessel, shall in-clude a complete inspection of the

electrical installation and electricalequipment or apparatus. The inspec-tion shall be such as to insure that thearrangement, materials, and installa-tions thereof, fully comply with theapplicable regulations in this chapterand are in accordance with approvedplans. The inspection shall also besuch as to insure that the workman-ship of all equipment and apparatusand the installation thereof is, in allrespects, satisfactory.

(2) Inspections required. The specificinspections described in this para-graph are intended as suggestions tothe marine inspector. It is not the. in-tention of this paragraph to require,in the case of any particular vessel,any tests which, in the opinion of theOfficer in Charge, Marine Inspection,are unnecessary.

(3) Electric cable. Electric cableshould be checked during installationfor size and type as shown on the ap-proved plans. The adequacy of cablesupports should be checked, and itshould be ascertained that no cable isinstalled in the proximity of steampipes or other hot objects and that thecables have not been damaged duringthe installation due to excessive pull-ing force having been applied, or dueto sharp bends or sharp or roughedges of cable supports or bulkheadpenetrations, or similar abrasions.Cable penetrations required to be wa-tertight should be checked for properpacking of the terminal or stuffingtubes, including provisions for futuretakeup of gland nuts.

(4) Generators. Generators shouldbe checked for general condition, bothelectrical and mechanical, voltage reg-ulation, parallel operation, operationof safety devices such as reverse-cur-rent or reverse-power trips, overcur-rent trips, overspeed trips, low oil pres-sure trips, and similar devices.

(5) Rotating electrical machinery.Rotating electrical machinery shouldbe checked to assure that rotatingand/or uninsulated electrical parts areadequately shielded from accidentalcontact by personnel.

(6) Switchboards. Switchboardsshould be checked for hand-rails, guar-drails, working spaces, insulating floorcovering, drip covers, and enclosuresfor backs and ends. Switchboard

§ 111.05-10

§ 111.05-10

mounted apparatus should be checkedfor identifying nameplates. Circuitnameplates should be compared withthe rating or setting of the overcur-rent devices and with the approvedplans. The accessibility of items re-quiring maintenance or adjustmentshould be checked. Meters should bechecked for proper calibration. Theoperation of automatic switchgear andmechanical interlocks should be ob-served.

(7) Motor starters. Motor startersshould be checked to assure properstarting of the motor under serviceconditions and to assure that properlyrated overcurrent devices are installed.A wiring diagram made of durablemetal or plastic for each motor startershould be permanently secured to theinside of its enclosure door. Eachmotor starter not completely discon-nected from all sources of potentialwhen the disconnect switch is opened(due to electrical interlocked circuitsnecessary for proper operation of theapparatus or for other valid reasons)should be checked to assure that at-tention is directed to such conditionsby a suitable sign.

(8) Disconnect switches. The pres-ence and location of disconnect switch-es required for motor starters, fuses,etc., should be checked. When a switchor circuit breaker on a switchboard ordistribution panel is intended to serveas a motor and controller disconnectswitch, it shall be determined that theapplicable requirements of the regula-tions in this subchapter have beenmet.

(9) Accessibility. The accessibility ofelectrical apparatus for normal inspec-tion and maintenance should be ob-served. The accessibility of junctionboxes and the like in way of panelingshould be noted during construction ofa vessel. Hinged doors of motor start-ers and similar apparatus should bechecked for interference with adjacentstructural parts or apparatus.

(10) Panelboards. The rating or set-ting of the overcurrent devices shouldbe compared with the values given onthe circuit directory and with the ap-proved plans. The accuracy of the di-rectory description of loads served byeach circuit should be checked.

Title 46-Shipping

(11) Grounding. It should be deter-mined that metal enclosures for elec-trical equipment are grounded, eitherby the method of mounting or byground leads. Portable equipmentshould be checked for groundingthrough the grounding conductor ofthe supply cable.

(12) Emergency lighting and exitlights. The adequacy of emergencylights and exit lights should bechecked at night with all generallighting turned off.

(13) General alarm system. The gen-eral alarm system should be checkedwith a sound level meter, the soundlevel of the bells being measured ineach stateroom for passengers or crewwith doors closed. Where the back-ground noise level is questionable, thebackground noise level should bemeasured while the vessel is under-way. For the required sound levels, see§ 113.25-10(c) of this subchapter.

(14) Emergency loudspeaker system.The emergency loudspeaker systemshould be checked with a sound levelmeter, the sound level being measuredat several locations in the vicinity ofeach lifeboat handling station, each li-feboat embarkation station, each pas-senger assembly station, and through-out crew quarters. Where the back-ground noise level is questionable, thebackground noise level should bemeasured while the vessel is under-way. For the required sound levels, seeTable 113.50-15 of this subchapter. Itshould be demonstrated that voice re-production is of good quality and intel-ligibility is of a high order. It shouldbe demonstrated that grounding oropening either conductor or "short-ing" both conductors to a typical life-boat station loudspeaker or to a typi-cal embarkation deck loudspeaker,each to be selected by an inspector,will not reduce the output of any oneof the remaining loudspeakers bymore than three decibels.

(15) Fire detecting systems. Fire de-tecting systems should be checked forcompliance with the applicable regula-tions in this chapter and for conform-ance with the approved plans. Powersupply circuits and thermostat circuitsshould be checked for supervision.

(16) Communication systems. Allcommunication systems should be


checked for performance and for com-pliance with the regulations in thischapter.

(17) Insulation resistance. All elec-tric power and lighting cable andequipment should be checked forproper insulation resistance to groundand between conductors.

(18) Automated machinery. All pro-pulsion and auxiliary machinery con-trol and safety systems installed tocomply with the requirements for anautomated or centralized control ma-chinery system shall be checked formaterial condition, operation, and setpoint.

(d) Inspection for certification-(1)General. The inspection of electricalinstallations at the annual or biennialinspection incident to reissuance of acertificate of inspection shall includean inspection- of all items enumeratedin paragraph (c) of this section to theextent necessary to determine me-chanical and electrical condition andperformance. Particular note shouldbe made of circuits added or modifiedafter the initial inspection.

(2) Fire detecting system. Fire de-tecting thermostats should be testedat regular intervals (at least 25 percentof those installed tested annually) todetect any change in operating charac-teristics. A portable hand light with anopen end sheet metal shield (such as aNo. 3 fruit can) replacing the usualguard and globe would usually serve asa source of heat to operate the ther-mostat without damage to paint workor to the thermostat itself. Any ther-mostat requiring a time to operate ma-terially different from the averagewhen covered with the heating deviceshould be suspected of being defectiveand forwarded to Coast Guard Head-quarters for further testing.

(3) Vital machinery. Motors, motorstarters and control switches usedwith machinery vital to the safety orpropulsion of the vessel should be vi-sually examined for condition andsuitable name plate ratings. Whenthere is evidence of deterioration, theyshould be opened for closer inspection.

(4) Storage batteries. Storage batter-ies used for emergency lighting, diesel-engine-driven emergency generatorstarting, general alarm, and similarsystems should be checked for capac-

ity. Storage batteries supplying emer-gency lighting should be required tocarry the connected loads for the pre-scribed length of time.

(e) Repairs or alterations. An inspec-tion, either general or partial, depend-ing upon the circumstances, shall bemade whenever any important repairsor alterations are undertaken.(CGFR 70-143, 35 FR 19907, Dec. 30, 1970;36 FR 5606, Mar. 25, 1971]

§ 111.05-15 General considerations.(a) General. (1) Electrical installa-

tions on vessels shall be such that (i)services essential for safety will bemaintained under various emergencyconditions; and (ii) the safety of pas-sengers, crew, and vessel from electri-cal hazards will be assured.

(2) Electrical equipment should beso placed or protected as to minimizethe possibility of mechanical injury ordamage from the accumulation ofdust, oil vapors, steam, or dripping liq-uids. Apparatus liable to arc should beventilated or placed in ventilated com-partments in which flammable gases,acid fumes, and oil vapors cannot ac-cumulate. Skylights and ventilatorsare to be so arranged as to avoid thepossibility of flooding the apparatus.

(b) Protection from bilge water. Allgenerators, motors, and electric cou-plings are to be so arranged that theycannot be damaged by bilge water, andif necessary a watertight coamingshould be provided to form a wellaround the base of such equipmentwith provisions for removing waterfrom the well.

(c) Accessibility. The design and ar-rangement of electrical apparatusshould provide accessibility to partsrequiring inspection or adjustment.Armature and field coils, rotors andrevolving fields should be removable,and where air ducts are used thereshould be means of access.

(d) Watertight equipment. All elec-trical equipment exposed to theweather or located in spaces wherethey would be exposed to seas, splash-ing, or other severe moisture condi-tion, shall be of the watertight type orbe protected by means of watertightenclosures which shall be such as toprevent the exposure of the equip-ment to temperatures in excess of

§ 111.05-15

§ 111.05-20

those for which they have been de-signed.

(e) Corrosion-resistant parts. Enclo-sures, working and other parts of elec-trical equipment which would be dam-aged or rendered ineffective by corro-sion, shall be made of corrosion-resis-tant materials or of material renderedadequately corrosion resistant.

(f) Grounding of permanent equip-ment. (1) All exposed metal parts ofelectrical machines or equipmentwhich are not intended to be "live,"but are liable to become "live" underfault conditions, shall be groundedand all electrical apparatus shall be soconstructed and so installed thatdanger of injury in ordinary handlingshall not exist.

(2) Metal frames of all portablelamps, tools, and similar apparatussupplied as ship's equipment and rated100 volts or more shall be groundedthrough a suitable conductor in thesupply cable.

(g) Limitations of procelain use.Porcelain should not be used for lampsockets, switches, receptacles, fuseblocks, etc., where the material is rig-idly fastened by machine screws or theequivalent.

§ 111.05-20 Temperature ratings.(a) In the requirements of this sub-

chapter, except as noted in paragraph(b) of this section, an ambient tem-perature of 400 C. has been assumedfor all locations except boiler and en-ginerooms while for these latterspaces 500 C. has been assumed as theambient temperature. Where the am-bient temperature is in excess of thesevalues, the total temperature specifiedshall not be exceeded. Where equip-ment has been rated on ambient tem-peratures less than those contemplat-ed, consideration will be given to theuse of such equipment provided thetotal temperature for which the equip-ment is rated will not be exceeded.

(b) For the assumed ambient tem-perature for lighting fixtures see§ 111.75-20(a)(4). For the assumed am-bient temperature for thermal trip cir-cuit breakers see § 111.50-15(e)(6)(i).

Title 46-Shipping

§ 111.05-25 Nature of electrical supply.(a) Standard systems. The following

systems of distribution are recognizedas standard:

(1) Two-wire with direct current orsingle-phase alternating current;

(2) Three-wire with direct current orsingle-phase alternating current;

(3) Three-wire, three-phase alternat-ing current; and

(4) Four-wire, three-phase alternat-ing current.

(b) Standard voltages. The voltagesgiven in Table 111.05-25(b) are recog-nized as standard.

TABLE 11 1.05-25(b)-STANDARD VOLTAGES

Equipment Direct current (volts) Alternating current(volts)

Lighting ............ 115 ............................... 115 and 120.Power .............. 115 and 230 ............... 115, 120, 208, 220,

and 440.Generators . 120 and 240 ............... 120, 125, 216, 230

and 450.Propulsion . 1,000 maximum .......... 7,500 maximum.

(c) Standard frequency. A frequencyof 60 hertz is recognized as standardfor alternating-current lighting andpower systems.

(d) Others. Special consideration willbe given to systems, voltages, or fre-quencies differing from the recognizedstandard.

§ 111.05-30 Insulation materials.(a) Definition of terms. Certain

terms used in this section are definedas follows:

(1) "Experience" means successfuloperation for a long time under actualoperating conditions of machines de-signed with temperature rise at ornear the temperature rating limit.(NEMA Publication No. MG 1)

(2) "Accepted test" means a test on asystem or model system which simu-lates the electrical, thermal, and me-chanical stresses occurring in service.(NEMA Publication No. MG 1)

(b) Class designation. Insulation ma-terial referred to in this subchapter isdesignated by class as described in thissection.

(c) Class A Insulation. A Class A in-sulation system is one that has a suit-able thermal endurance when operat-ed at the limiting Class A temperature


specified in the temperature risestandard for the machine under con-sideration, as determined by the man-ufacturer's experience or by an accept-ed test. Typical materials or combina-tions of materials used in Class A sys-tems include cotton, paper, celluloseacetate films, enamel-coated wire orsimilar organic materials impregnatedwith suitable substances. (NEMA Pub-lication No. MG 1)

(d) Class B Insulation. A Class B in-sulation system is one that has a suit-able thermal endurance when operat-ed at the limiting Class B temperaturespecified in the temperature risestandard for the machine under con-sideration, as determined by the man-ufacturer's experience or by an accept-ed test. Typical materials or combina-tions of materials used in a Class Bsystem include mica, glass fiber, asbes-tos, or other materials, not necessarilyinorganic, with compatible bondingsubstances having suitable thermalstability. (NEMA Publication No. MG1)

(e) Class C Insulation. A Class C in-sulation system contains materialsconsisting entirely of mica, porcelain,glass, quartz, or similar inorganic ma-terials. (ANSI C-50)

(f) Class F Insulation. A Class F in-sulation system is one that has a suit-able thermal endurance when operat-ed at the limiting Class F temperaturespecified in the temperature risestandard for the machine under con-sideration, as determined by the man-ufacturer's experience or acceptedtest. Typical materials or combina-tions of materials used in a Class Fsystem include mica, glass fiber, asbes-tos or similar materials, not necessar-ily inorganic, with compatible bondingsubstances having suitable thermalstability. (NEMA Publication No. MG1)

(g) Class H Insulation. A Class H in-sulation system is one that has a suit-able thermal endurance when operat-ing at the limiting Class H tempera-ture specified in the temperature risestandard for the machine under con-sideration, as determined by the man-ufacturer's experience or an acceptedtest. Typical materials or combina-tions of materials used in Class H sys-tems include mica, glass fiber, asbes-

tos, silicone elastomer, or similar ma-terials, not necessarily inorganic, withcompatible bonding substances, suchas silicone resins, having suitable ther-mal stability. (NEMA Publication No.MG 1)

[CGFR 72-35, 37 FR 4961, Mar. 8, 1972]

Subpart 111.10-Generators

§ 111.10-1 Power requirements.

(a) Propulsion. The power for themain propulsion equipment may be de-rived from a single generator.

(b) Ship's service. (1) All ocean ves-sels using electricity for ship's servicepower or light shall be provided withat least two ship's service generatingsets. The capacity of the generatingsets shall be sufficient to carry thenecessary sea load under normal oper-ation with any one generating set inreserve.

(2) As an alternative to paragraph(b)(1) of this section, a ship's servicesystem consisting of one large steamturbogenerator designed for continu-ous operation and a smaller automati-cally started standby generator will bepermitted. The smaller generatorshould normally not be smaller thanone-half the capacity of the largerunit and in every case shall be of suffi-cient size to provide for the at-seahotel and cargo services and to simul-taneously maneuver the vessel at areasonable speed. The larger unit shallhave an adequate capacity to handleall normal sea loads including all hoteland cargo services.

(3) On a vessel having a single pro-pulsion boiler, a source other thansteam must drive one of the gener-ators required by subparagraph (1) ofthis paragraph.

(c) Emergency power and lighting.See Part 112 of this subchapter for re-quirements.

[CGFR 70-143, 35 FR 19907, Dec. 30, 1970,as amended by CGFR 72-35, 37 FR 4961,Mar. 8, 1972]

§ 111.10-5 Prime movers.(a) In general, compliance of prime

movers with the rules promulgated bythe American Bureau of Shipping willbe considered as satisfactory evidence

§ 111.10-5

§ 111.10-10

of structural and operational efficien-cy of prime movers.

(b) Special consideration will begiven to the structural and operationalfeatures of prime movers for small ves-sels or of unusual design not contem-plated by the rules of the AmericanBureau of Shipping.

§ 111.10-10 Excitation.(a) General. Direct-current rotating

exciters shall conform to all the appli-cable requirements for direct-currentgenerators.

(b) Propulsion. Separately excitedpropulsion generators should be pro-vided with more than one means of ex-citation. Exciters may be either directconnected or independent generatingsets. Current may be derived from theship's service power or lighting sets.

§ 111.10-15 Generator construction.

(a) General. (1) In general, compli-ance of generators with the rules pro-mulgated by the American Bureau ofShipping will be considered as satisfac-tory evidence of the structural effi-ciency of generators.

(2) Special consideration will begiven to the construction of generatorsfor small vessels or of unusual designnot contemplated by the rules of theAmerican Bureau of Shipping.

(b) Circulating currents. Means shallbe provided to prevent circulating cur-rents from passing between the jour-nal and the bearing, where the designand arrangement of the machine issuch that damaging current may beexpected.

(c) Moisture condensation preven-tion. All emergency generators and allgenerators whose weight excludingthe shaft is over 1,000 pounds shouldbe provided with means to preventmoisture condensation in the machinewhen idle. Where steam heating coilsare installed for this purpose, thereare to be no pipe joints inside the cas-ings.

(d) Terminal arrangement. All gen-erator terminals should be protectedagainst accidental contact, mechanicaldamage, and where necessary, againstdripping moisture by drip shields ordrip-proof enclosures. Where cablesenter dripproof enclosures from the

Title 46-Shipping

sides or top, they should be providedwith terminal tubes.

(e) Nameplates. (1) All generatorsshall be fitted with nameplates of cor-rosion-resistant material marked withthe following information:

(i) Manufacturer's type and framedesignations;

(ii) Output;(iii) Kind of rating;(iv) Temperature rise at rated load;(v) Design ambient temperature;(vi) Revolutions per minute at rated

load;(vii) Voltage;(viii) Amperes at rated load; and,(ix) Type of windings for direct-cur-

rent machines.(2) For alternating-current gener-

ators, in addition to the required infor-mation listed in paragraph (a)(1) ofthis section, the following informationalso shall be set forth:

(i) Number of phases;(ii) Frequency;(iii) Power factor;(iv) Exciter voltage; and,(v) Exciting current in amperes at

rating.(f) Temperature detectors. Alternat-

ing-current generators of 500 kva andabove, when access to coils is difficult,and all alternating-current propulsiongenerators, should be provided withmeans for obtaining the temperaturesof the stationary windings. The tem-perature should be indicated at a con-venient location, preferably the con-trol panel.

(g) Ventilation and protection. (1)Propulsion and ship's service gener-ators not enclosed ventilated shallhave all openings protected with sub-stantial wire or mesh screen to preventpersonnel injury, and shall be pro-vided with protection against drippingliquids equivalent to that of a drip-proof machine.

(2) Where the protection of the gen-erator is not the equivalent of a pro-tected machine as defined in § 110.15-175(h) of this subchapter, the arrange-ment will require specific approval foreach installation.

(3) Dampers shall be provided inventilation air ducts except where re-circulating systems are used.

(h) Fire extinguishing. Fire extin-guishing systems suitable for fires in


electrical equipment are to be fitted topropulsion generators which are en-closed or in which the air gap is not di-rectly exposed. See Part 34 of Sub-chapter D (Tank Vessels), Part 76 ofSubchapter H (Passenger Vessels), andPart 95 of Subchapter I (Cargo andMiscellaneous Vessels) of this chapterfor details of the systems.

(i) Insulation of windings. Armatureand field coils should be treated toresist oil and water.

(j) Lubrication-(1) Ship's servicegenerators. In general, all generatorsshould be located with their shafts ina fore and aft direction on the vessel,and they must lubricate and operatesatisfactorily when permanenetly in-clined to an angle of 150 athwarthshipand 5' fore and aft; the bearings are tobe so arranged that they will not spilloil under a momentary roll of 300.Where it is not practicable to mountthe generators with armature shafts in

the fore and aft direction their lubri-cation will require special considera-tion. Generators depending on forcedlubrication, unless otherwise ap-proved, should be provided with meansto shut down their prime movers auto-matically on failure of the lubricatingsystem. Provision is to be made to pre-vent oil or oil vapor from passing intothe machine windings.

(2) Emergency generators. For lubri-cation of emergency diesel-driven gen-erator sets also see Subpart 112.50 ofthis subchapter.

[CGFR 70-143, 35 FR 19907, Dec. 30, 1970;36 FR 5606, Mar. 25, 1971]

§ 111.10-20 Voltage regulation.(a) Ship's service generator. (1)

Ship's service generator's inherentvoltage regulation characteristics shallcomply in general with all the applica-ble requirements contained in Table111.10-20(a)(1).

TABLE 1.10-20(a)(1 1 1)-GENERATOR VOLTAGE REGULATION

Type of generator Load variation Voltage variation(maximum)

Direct-current shunt or stabilized 100 percent to 20 percent (decreasing) . 8 percent voltage rise.shunt wound generator. 20 percent to 100 percent (increasing).

12 percent voltage drop.Direct-current compound wound 20 percent to 100 percent (increasing) ........... 2V/ percent.

generator and direct-current 20 percent to 100 percent (increasing) ........... 3 percent from average of ascending and de-shunt wound generator with 100 percent to 20 percent (decreasing) .......... scending curves.voltage regulator.

Direct-current 3-wire generator (In Rated current on either positive or negative Negative to neutral and positive to neutral 2addition to the above), and 25 percent rated current on neutral percent of rated positive to negative volt-

and rated voltage positive to negative. age.Alternating-current generator and 0 percent to 100 percent (increasing) ............. 1 percent of rated voltage from a median

regulator (no reactive droop 100 percent to 0 percent (decreasing). (At value halfway between highest and lowestcompensation). rated power factor). values attained. I

Two or more alternating-current 0 percent to 100 percent (increasing) ............. Not more than 4 percent droop and no pointgenerators and regulators 100 percent to 0 percent (decreasing). (At more than 1 percent of rated voltage fromwith reactive droop rated power factor), the average curve drawn through a plot ofcompensation adjusted for a settled voltage versus load for any increas-voltage droop of not more ing or decreasing load between zero andthan 4 percent of rated full load.voltage for a reactive loadchange from 0 percent to 60percent of continuous kilovolt-ampere rating.

'Maybe 21/2 percent for emergency generator.

(2) Generators shall, where practica- units. When tested with temporaryble, be tested with their own driving driving units, allowance shall be made

§ 111.10-20

§ 111.10-25

for the expected speed regulation ofthe driving units to assure satisfactoryvoltage regulation, as provided byTable 111.10-20(a)(1), after assemblywith the permanent driving units.

(3) Where automatic voltage regula-tors are not supplied, the d.c. ship'sservice generators should be approxi-mately flat compounded except that,if the load fluctuation does not inter-fere with the operation of vital auxil-iaries, shunt wound generators with-out voltage regulators or stabilizedshunt wound machines may be used.

(4) In general a separate regulatorshould be supplied for each alternat-ing-current generator. When it is in-tended that two or more generatorswill be operated in parallel, reactivedroop compensating means should beprovided to divide the reactive powerproperly between the generators. Theregulator in conjunction with the ex-citer and the generator characteristicsshould be capable of performing in ac-cordance with conditions set forth insubparagraphs (1) and (2) of this para-graph.

Title 46-Shipping

§ 111.10-25 Parallel operation.In general, when the installation is

such that two or more generators areto be operated in parallel, the load onany generator should not differ morethan plus or minus 15 percent of itsrated kilowatt load from its propor-tionate share, based on the generatorratings, of the combined load for anysteady state condition in the combinedload between 20 percent and 100 per-cent of the sum of the rated loads ofall generators. The starting point forthe determination of the foregoingload distribution requirements shouldbe at 75 percent load with each gener-ator carrying its proportionate share.

§ 111.10-30 Temperature limitations.Generators shall be designed for an

ambient temperature of 50 ° C. Whentested in accordance with ANSI C-50the temperature rises shall not exceedthe values given in Tables 111.10-30(al) and 111.10-30(a2). Where provi-sions are made for insuring an ambi-ent temperature of 40' C. or less, thetemperature rises may be 10' C. higherthan the values given in the tables.

TABLE 111.10-30(al)-LIMITS OF TEMPERATURE RISES FOR DIRECT-CURRENT GENERATORS BASED ON 50 C AMBIENTTEMPERATURE'

Limits of temperature rises-degrees centigrade(measured by thermometer) 2 3

Part of generator Class A insulation Class B insulation Class H insulation

Contin- At end Contin- At end Contin- At enduous of 2-hour uous of 2-hour uous of 2-hour

overload overload overload

All insulated windings other than items next following 40 55 60 75 80 105Single-layer field windings with exposed uninsulated sur-

faces and bare copper windings ....................................... 50 65 70 85 100 125Cores and mechanical parts in contact with or adjacent

to insulation ......................................................................... 40 55 60 75 80 105Commutator and collector rings ............................................ 55 65 75 85 95 115German silver or grid shunts on series field windings 175.............................175 ..............()B earing s ................................................................................... 35 .................... 4 0 .................... ( ) ....................

'Special consideration shall be given to other parts of the machine such as bearings, etc.2Where other methods are used refer to ANSI C-50 for temperature rise limits.I For Class F insulation refer to NEMA-MG1.

Chapter I-Coast Guard, Dept. of TransportationTABLE 111.10-30(a2)--LMITS OF TEMPERATURE RISES FOR ALTERNATING-CURRENT GENERATORS BASED ON 50

° C. AMBIENT

TEMPERATURE '

Limits of temperature rises, degrees centigrade 3

Salient pole Turbine typegenerators generators

Item Determined by- Class Class Class Class Class ClassA in- B in- H in- A in- B in- H in-sula- sula- sula- sula- sula- sula-tion tion tion tion tion tion

Armature windings of machines of 1,500 kva. and Thermometer .................... 40 60 100 ...... ............................less.

Armature windings of machines of 750 kva. and do ....................................... 40 60 100less.

Armature windings with 2 coil sides per slot in sta- Imbedded detector .......... 50 70 110 ..........................tors of machines above 1.500 kva,

Armature windings with 2 coil sides per slot in sta- do .......................... ............. 50 70 110tors of machines above 750 kva.

Insulated field windings ........................................ Resistance ........................ 50 70 110 80 120Collector rings .............................................................. Therm ometer .................... 55 75 115 55 75 115Cores and mechanical parts in contact with or ad- do ............................... 40 60 100 40 60 100

jacent to insulation.Bearings ........................................................................ do ................... 35 40 () 35 40 ()

For generators having 25 percent overload rating for 2 hours, the temperature at the end of the overload run when con-ducted immediately following the continuous run shall not exceed the figures in the table by more than 15

° C. except for collec-

tor rings which shall be in accordance with the table." Special consideration shall be given to other parts of the machine such as bearings, etc." For Class F insulation, refer to NEMA-MG1.

[CGFR 70-143, 35 FR 19907, Dec. 30, 1970; 36 FR 5606, Mar. 25. 1971J

§ 111.10-35 Dielectric strength of insula-tion.

Generators shall be capable of with-standing without damage a dielectrictest in accordance with ANSI C-50.

§ 111.10-40 Tests.Sufficient tests should be made by

the manufacturer to insure that themachine is in accordance with theseregulations.

Subpart 111.15-Storage Batteries

§ 111.15-1 General requirements.(a) Power and light batteries. Power

and lighting batteries may be of thelead acid or alkaline type, or any otherapproved type, due considerationbeing given to suitability for any spe-cific application. The cells shall beconstructed so as to prevent spilling ofelectrolyte due to an inclination of 40 °

from the normal.(b) Emergency and general alarm

storage batteries. When batteries areused for emergency lighting and powerloads or for general alarm systemloads, the requirements of Part 112 ofthis subchapter are also applicable.

(c) Categories. Batteries shall beclassified into three types dependingupon power output of the batterycharger.

(1) Large. Large batteries shall beconsidered those connected to a bat-tery charger whose output is morethan 2 kw. (calculated from the maxi-mum obtainable charging current andthe normal voltage of the battery).

(2) Moderate. Moderate batteriesshall be considered those connected toa battery charger whose output is be-tween 0.2 kw. and 2 kw. (calculatedfrom the maximum obtainable charg-ing current and the normal voltage ofthe battery).

(3) Small. Small size batteries shallbe considered those connected to abattery charger whose output is lessthan 0.2 kw. (calculated from themaximum obtainable charging currentand the normal voltage of the bat-tery).

(d) Nameplates. Each tray shall beprovided with a durable nameplate se-curely attached, bearing the manufac-turer's name or trade mark and typedesignation, the ampere-hour rating ata specific rate of discharge, and thespecific gravity of the electrolyte (fora lead acid battery when fullycharged). Data molded on the tray

§ 11 1.15-1

§ 111.15-5

case will be acceptable in lieu of anameplate.

§ 111.15-5 Battery installation.(a) Large storage batteries. Large

batteries should be installed in a roomassigned to batteries only, but may beinstalled in a box on deck if a room isnot available. Lighting equipment in-stalled in a battery room shall be ex-plosion proof suitable for Class I,Group B locations. Devices liable toarc, such as switches, battery chargers,and similar devices shall not be in-stalled in battery rooms. The overloadprotective device required by § 111.15-25 should be placed in each conductoradjacent to but outside the room. Elec-tric cables other than those servingthe battery or battery room lightingshould be routed around rather thanthrough the battery room.

(1) A "danger notice" shall be per-manently secured to the doors of thebattery room or to the covers of bat-tery deck boxes indicating that anaked light or smoking in these roomsor in this vicinity is prohibited.

(b) Batteries of moderate size. Bat-teries of moderate size as described in§ 111.15-1(c)(2) should preferably beinstalled in a battery room or in a boxon deck, but may also be installed in abox or locker in some suitable spacesuch as an engineroom, storeroom, orsimilar space or may be installed openin the engineroom or in a similar well-ventilated compartment if protectedfrom falling objects. Batteries shouldnot be installed in sleeping spaces.Engine cranking batteries should belocated as closely as possible to theengine or engines served.

(c) Batteries of small size. Batteriesof small size as described in § 111.15-l(c) (3) may be installed in such placesas open working spaces and boatengine compartments provided thatthe space is ventilated.

§ 111.15-6 Arrangement.(a) Battery trays. Battery trays

should be chocked with wood strips orequivalent to prevent movement andeach tray should be fitted with nonab-sorbent insulating supports on thebottom and with similar spacer blocksat the sides or with equivalent provi-sions to secure air circulation space all

Title 46-Shipping

around each tray. Battery traysshould be so arranged that the traysare accessible and with not less than10 inches head room.

(b) Tiers. When batteries are ar-ranged in two or more tiers, all shelvesshould have not less than 2 inchesspace front and back for circulation ofair.

§ 111.15-10 Ventilation.(a) General. All rooms, lockers, and

boxes for storage batteries should bearranged or ventilated to avoid accu-mulation of flammable gas.

(b) Battery rooms. (1) Battery roomswhich contain large battery banks asdefined in § 111.15-1(c)(1) must be ven-tilated by mechanical exhaust.

(i) Adequate openings for air inlet,whether or not connected to ducts,must be provided near the floor or thebottom of lockers or boxes. In everycase, the quantity of the air expelledmust not be less than:

(q=3.89 in.)where:

q=Quantity of expelled air in cubic feetper hour.

i=Maximum charging current during gasformation, or one-fourth of the maxi-mum obtainable charging current ofthe charging facility, whichever isgreater.

n - Number of cells.(2) All other battery rooms must be

ventilated by either-(i) Ducts installed from the top of

the room to the open air with no partmore than 450 from the vertical andnot containing appliances that impedethe free passage of air or gas mixtures,such as flame arresters; or,

(ii) Mechanical exhaust, as providedin the requirements of subparagraph(1) of this paragraph.

(c) Battery lockers. Battery lockersshould be ventilated, if practicablesimilarly to battery rooms by a ductled from the top of the locker to theopen air or to an exhaust ventilationduct, but the duct may terminate notless than 3 feet above the top of thelocker in machinery spaces and similarwell-ventilated compartments. Louversor equivalent should be provided nearthe bottom for entrance of air.

(d) Deck boxes. Deck boxes should beprovided with a duct from the top of


the box terminating at least 4 feetabove in a gooseneck, mushroom head,or equivalent to prevent entrance ofwater. Holes for air inlet should beprovided on at least two opposite sidesof the box. The entire deck box, in-cluding openings for ventilation,should be weathertight to prevent en-trance of spray or rain.

(e) Boxes for small batteries. Boxesfor small batteries require no ventila-tion other than openings near the topto permit escape of gas.

f) Power ventilation. When powerventilation is required:

(1) The system must be separatefrom ventilation systems for otherspaces;

(2) Electric motors, unless of a typewhich is totally enclosed and explo-sion proof, must be located outside ofthe ducts and outside the compart-ment required to be ventilated;

(3) Blower blades must be a non-sparking combination; and

(4) The system must be interlockedwith the battery charger so that thebattery cannot be charged withoutventilation.

[CGPR 70-143, 35 FR 19907, Dec. 30, 1970,as amended by CGFR 72-35, 37 FR 4961,Mar. 8, 1972]

§ 111.15-15 Protection from corrosion.(a) Shelves in battery rooms or lock-

ers for acid batteries should have awatertight lining of sheet lead of 1/6-inch thickness carried up not less than3 inches on all sides. For alkaline bat-teries the shelves should be similarlylined with steel not less than 1/32-inchthick. Alternatively, a battery roommay be fitted with a watertight leadpan for acid batteries, steel for alka-line batteries, over the entire deck,carried up not less than 6 inches on allsides. Deck boxes should be lined inaccordance with the above alternativemethod. Boxes for small batteriesshould be lined to a depth of 3 inchesconsistent with the methods describedabove.

(b) Alternate lining materials maybe used in lieu of lead or steel if it canbe established that the material is cor-rosion-resistant to the specified elec-trolyte used in the batteries.

§ 111.15-20 Conductors.When conductors enter battery

rooms the holes shall be made water-tight. All connections within batteryrooms shall be resistant to the electro-lyte. Cables shall be sealed to resistthe entrance of electrolyte by spray orcreepage. The size of the connectingcables is to be based on current-carry-ing capacities given in Table 111.60-l(e)(1)(i) and the starting rate ofcharge or maximum discharge rate,whichever is the greater, shall betaken into consideration in determin-ing the cable size.

§ 111.15-25 Overload and reverse currentprotection.

(a) An overload protective deviceshall be placed in each battery conduc-tor, except that engine cranking bat-teries and batteries with a nominal po-tential of 6 volts or less need not beprotected against overload. For largestorage batteries the overcurrent de-vices shall be located adjacent to butoutside of the battery room.

(b) The charging equipment (exceptwhen a rectifier is employed) for allbatteries with a nominal voltage morethan 20 percent of line voltage shallprovide automatic protection againstreversal of current.

Subpart 111.20-Transformers

§ 111.20-1 General requirements.All transformer windings should be

treated to resist moisture, sea atmos-phere, and oil vapors.

§ 111.20-5 Temperature rise.(a) The temperature rise, based on

an ambient temperature of 40' C.,shall not exceed the following:

(1) For Class A insulation: 55' C.(2) For Class B insulation: 800 C.(3) For Class H insulation: 1500 C.

40-130 0-79----4

§ 111.20-5

Title 46-Shipping

(b) If the ambient temperature ex-ceeds 400 C. the transformer shall bederated so that the total temperaturegiven in this section is not exceeded.Temperatures are to be taken by theresistance method of temperature de-termination.

Subpart 111.25-Motors

§ 111.25-1 General requirements.The requirements for generators

contained in § 111.10-15 (a), (b), (c),(f), (g), (h), (i), and (j) are also applica-ble to motors, except that § 111.10-15(c) (f), and (h) are applicable to pro-pulsion motors only.

§ 111.25-5 Nameplates.

(a) All motors shall be fitted withnameplates of corrosion-resistant ma-terial. The nameplates shall bemarked with the following informa-tion:

(1) Manufacturer's type and framedesignation;

(2) Output (hp.);(3) Kind of rating;(4) Design ambient temperature;(5) Temperature rise at rated load;(6) Revolutions per minute at rated

load;(7) Voltage;(8) Amperes at rated load; and,(9) Type of winding (for direct-cur-

rent machines).(b) For alternating-current motors in

addition to the required informationlisted in paragraph (a) of this section,the nameplates also shall be markedwith the following information:

(1) Number of phases;(2) Frequency;(3) Power factor (synchronous

motors only);(4) Exciter voltage (synchronous

motors only);(5) Exciter current (synchronous

motors only);(6) Secondary voltage (polyphase

wound-rotor induction motors only);

(7) Secondary amperes at rated load(polyphase wound-rotor inductionmotors only);

(8) For motors rated at 1/2 horsepow-er or larger, except a polyphase woun-drotor motor, a code letter to show itsinput in kilovolt-amperes with lockedrotor selected from Table 111.25-5(b)(8); and

TABLE 111.25-5(B)(8)-LOCKED ROTOR INDICATINGCODE LETTERS-Continued

Code letter

A .........................................................................8 ........................................................................C ........................................................................D ........................................................................E ...................................................................F ........................................................................G .......................................................................H ........................................................................J .........................................................................K .........................................................................L ......................................M ........................................................................N ........................................................................P ........................................................................R . ............................. ......................................S .........................................................................T.-. ... ........................................ ..U .......................................V _ ........................................

KVA per hp.with locked

rotor

0-3.143.15-3.543.55-3.994.0-4.494.5-4.995.0-5.595.6-6.296.3-7.097.1-7.998.0-8.999.0-9.99

10.0-11.1911.2-12.4912.5-13.9914.0-15.9916.0-17.9918.0-19.9920.0-22.39

22.4 and up

(9) For multispeed motors, amperesat rated load for each winding or wind-ing connection.

(c) For nonvital motors, such aswinch motors, refrigeration motors,water cooler motors, galley appliancemotors, and similar motors, name-plates with standard commercialmarkings will be acceptable. Name-plates for motors located in corrosivelocations shall be made of corrosion-resistant material.

§ 111.25-10 Temperature limitations.(a) Motors for use in the engine

room or boiler room shall be designedfor an ambient temperature of 50' C.Motors for use in locations where theambient temperature will not exceed400 C. may be designed for an ambienttemperature of 400 C. Motors, whentested in accordance with ANSI C-50shall not exceed the limits of tempera-ture rises given in Tables 111.25-10(al)and 111.25-10(a2).

§ 111.25-1


TABLE 111.25-10(al).-LIMITS OF TEMPERATURE RISES FOR DIRECT-CURRENT MOTORS'

Limits of temperature rises; degrees centigrade(thermometer method) 2 3

Part of motor and type of enclosure Class A insulation Class B insulation Class H insulation

40' C. 50' C. 40" C. 50" C. 40' C. 50" C.ambient ambient ambient ambient ambient ambienttempera- tempera- tempera- tempera. tempera- tempera-ture ture ture ture ture ture

All insulated windings other than item nextfollowing:

Open and semienclosed ................................................ 50 40 70 60 110 100Totally enclosed .............................................................. 55 45 75 65 115 105

Single-layer field windings with exposeduninsulated surfaces and bare copper windings:

Open and semienclosed ................................................ 60 50 80 70 130 120Totally enclosed ......................... ............................... 65 55 85 75 135 125

Cores and mechanical parts in contact with oradjacent to insulation:

Open and semienclosed ................................................ 50 40 70 60 110 100Totally enclosed .............................................................. 55 45 75 65 ........................................

Commutators and collector ringS:All types ........................................................................... 65 55 85 75 125 115

Bearings:Open and semienclosed ................................................ 40 35 45 40 (i) (1)Totally enclosed .............................................................. 45 40 50 45 (1) (')

- Special consideration shall be given to other parts of the machine, such as bearings, etc.'Where other methods are used refer to ANSI C-5O for temperature rise limits.

For Class F insulation refer to NEMA-MG1.

TABLE 111.25-10(a2).-LiMITS OF TEMPERATURE RISES FOR ALTERNATING-CURRENT MOTORS 2

Limits of temperature rises; degrees centigrade(thermometer method) 3 4

Part of motor and type of enclosure Class A insulation Class B insulation Class H insulation

40' C. 50' C. 40' C. 50° C, 40' C. 50 * C.

ambient ambient ambient ambient ambient ambienttempera- tempera- tempera- tempera- tempera- tempera-ture ture ture ture ture ture

Coil windings, cores and mechanical parts incontact with, or adjacent to insulation:

All except totally enclosed............................................. 50 40 70 60 110 100Totally enclosed ............................................................. 55 45 75 65 115 105

Collector rings, commutators (the class of insulationrefers to insulation affected by the heat from the com-mutator or collector rings, which insulation is em-ployed in the construction of the commutator or col-lector rings or is adjacent thereto):.

All types .................................... 65 55 85 75 125Bearings:

Open and semienclosed ........................................... 40 35 45 40 (') (')Totally enclosed ............................................................. 45 40 50 45 (1) (2)

1 Squirrel-cage windings and mechanical parts not in contact with or adjacent to insulation may reach such temperatures aswill not be injurious in any respect.

2 Special consideration shall be given to other parts of the machine, such as bearings, etc.'Where other methods are used refer to ANSI C-50 for temperature rise limits.' For Class F insulation refer to NEMA-MG1.

§ 111.25-15 Duty cycle. may be short-time rated motors as in-Motors shall be rated for continuous dicated. Any other motors of similar

duty, except that motors for the appli- duty may have consistent short-timecations listed in Table 111.25-15(a) ratings.

§ 111.25-20

TABLE 111.25-15(a)

Application of motorDeck winch and direct acting

capstan.Deck winch with hydraulic

transmission..

Direct acting windlass .........................Windlass with hydraulic

transmission..

Minimum short-timerating of motor in

hour.

Continuous at no load,followed by hour atfull load.

K.hour idle pump

operation followed by1/4 hour full loadoperation.

Steering gear, direct acting ................ 1.Steering gear, indirect drive ............... Continuous operation at

15 percent loadfollowed by 1 hour atfull load.

Watertight door operators .................. V.Lifeboat winches .............................. V,

§ 111.25-20 Dielectric strength of insula-tion.

Motors shall be capable of with-standing without damage a dielectrictest in accordance with ANSI C-50.

§ 111.25-25 Terminal arrangement.All motors shall be provided with

terminal leads in terminal boxes se-cured to the frames. Terminal boxesshall be dripproof or watertight, con-sistent with the motor enclosure. Theends of motor terminal leads shall befitted with connectors. As an alternateto this arrangement, the frames ofmotors may be fitted with terminaltubes through which the cable shallpass to suitable terminals inside theframe.

§ 111.25-30 Enclosure and protection.(a) General. Motors for use in the

engineroom or spaces where subject tomechanical injury, or dripping of oilor water, shall be either of the water-proof or dripproof protected type, orthey may be of the open type if pro-tected in accordance with § 111.10-15(g). Care shall be exercised in locat-ing motors high enough to avoid bilgewater. Motors shall not be located be-neath and covered by the floorplatesunless otherwise approved by theCommandant.

(b) Pump motors. Motors for operat-ing plunger and close coupled pumpsshould have the driving end entirelyenclosed or designed to prevent leak-age from entering the motor.

Title 46-Shipping

(c) Motors for use on weather decks.Motors for use on weather decks shallbe of the waterproof type or shall beenclosed in waterproof housings,drained as described in § 110.15-175(k)of this subchapter.

(d) Motors installed below decks.Motors installed below decks shouldbe located in as dry a place as practica-ble and proximity to steam, water, andoil piping should be avoided.

(e) Motors for hazardous locations.Motors for use in hazardous locationsshall comply with the requirements of§ 111.80-5.

§ 111.25-35 Current ratings.For continuous duty motors, the cur-

rent values given in the Table 111.25-35 (a) shall be used for the purpose ofdetermining the current-carrying ca-pacity of conductors, switches, branch-circuit overcurrent devices, etc., in lieuof the actual current ratings markedon the motor nameplate. For multi-speed motors, for motors of unusualspeeds, and for other than continuousduty motors, the nameplate currentvalues shall be used. The motor-run-ning overcurrent protection shall bebased on the motor nameplate currentrating or ratings.

TABLE 111.25-35(a)-APPROXIMATE FULL-LOAD

CURRENTS OF CONTINUOUS DUTY MOTORS'

Full-load current-amperes

3-phase, alternating-currentinduction motors

Motor Direct-horse- currentpower motors Squirrel-cage Wound-rotor

115 230 220 440 220 440volts volts volts volts volts volts

'A4 ..........I/ ..........A ..........

% ...........l.........

2 ...........

3 ...........4 ...........5 ...........

1.16 .58 ..............................1.4 .70 ......................1.9 .9 5 ..............................2.6 1.3 ..............................3.4 1.7 5.4 2.7

5.0 2.5 6.8 3.45.8 2.9 7.2 3.66.3 3.1 8.0 4.07.6 3.8 8.8 4.49.0 4.5 10.5 5.3

14 7......... 2 168........ ............ ......


TABLE 111.25-35(a)-APPROXIMATE FULL-LOAD-Continued

CURRENTS OF CONTINUOUS DUTY MOTORS'

Full-load current-amperes

3-phase, alternating-currentinduction motors

Motor Direct-horse- currentpower motors Squirrel-cage Wound-rotor

115 230 220 440 220 440volts volts volts volts volts volts

6 ........... 47 23.47 ........ 58 28.79 ........... 68 34.310 . 75 3812 93 4715 . 112 5617 . 131 6520 . 150 7422 . 167 8325 . 185 9227 .202 10130 . 220 11035 . 257 12840 . 294 14645 . 329 16350 . 364 18060 . 432 21575 .............. 265100 ...................... 353125 ............ 440150 ...........535200 ...................... 720

' Table 111.25-35(a) gives values that are approximate,and typical only of motors for usual speeds and frequencies.For low speed and special motors, the full-load currents aresomewhat higher than the values shown. For this reason, thevalues shown should be used only for estimating purposesand the selection of cable. They should not be used in theselection of overload relay heaters and coils.

[CGFR 70-143, 35 FR 19907, Dec. 30, 1970;36 FR 5606, Mar. 25, 1971]

Subpart 111.30-Switchboards

§ 111.30-1 General requirements.(a) General. Controlling appliances

for propulsion and ship's serviceequipment should include the appara-tus necessary for starting, stopping,reversing, and controlling the speed ofmotors, together with essential safetydevices. All wearing parts are to bereadily renewable.

(b) Switchboard installation and lo-cation. Switchboards shall be installedin as dry a place as possible. Switch-boards shall be secured to a solid foun-dation, shall clear overhead deckbeams by at least 4 inches and shall beeither self-supporting or braced to thebulkhead or deck above. In case thelatter method is used, means of brac-ing shall be flexible to allow deflectionof the ship's structure without buck-ling the control cell or assembly struc-ture. In a passenger ship where thereis only one main generating station,the main switchboard shall be locatedin the same main fire zone. A clearworking space of not less than 36inches shall be provided in front ofthe switchboard. Working space in therear of the switchboard shall not beless than the values shown in Table111.30-1(b) unless specifically ap-proved otherwise or construction is inaccordance with paragraph (b)(1) ofthis section.

(1) Where the size or design of avessel precludes the use of switch-boards with adequate clear workingspace in the rear of the switchboard,the switchboard may be constructed tobe accessible from the front only. Inaddition to the construction require-ments in this support, switchboards,accessible from the front only shall beconstructed to meet the following re-quirements unless specifically ap-proved otherwise:

(i) Mounting panels for fuses, instru-ment transformers, transducers andthe like shall be mounted within 20inches of the front of the switchboard.

(ii) Horizontal pans of sheet metal,expanded metal, or substantial screenshall be placed at the bottom of cubi-cles containing fuses, instrumenttransformers, etc., to prevent droppingtools into live buses.

(iii) Bus bars where taps are takenoff shall be located within 20 inches ofthe front of the switchboard. Where itis necessary to locate bus bars deeperthan 20 inches in order to accommo-date large circuit breakers, such cir-cuit breakers shall be the draw-outtype.

(iv) Primary bus bars shall be acces-sible through removable panels.

§ 11!1.30-1

TABLE 111.30-1 (b)-WORKING SPACE IN REAR OF SWITCHBOARDS

Clear working spacein rear of switch-board in inches

Potential between phases or Switchboard widthconductors

of opposite polarity Accessible Accessiblefrom from

one end bothonly ends

50 volts or less ..................... : ........... Single panel not exceeding 42 inches in width ......................... '24 18More than one panel or single panel exceeding 42 inches in '30 24

width.

Over 250 volts but less than 600 Single panel not exceeding 42 inches in width ......................... '30 24volts. More than one panel or single panel exceeding 42 inches in '36 30

width.

600 volts or over ............. Any width .................................................................................... 138 138

May be reduced not more than 6 inches in way of stiffeners and frame or by equipment on a single panel in the switch-board.

(v) There shall be at least 6 inchesbetween adjacent rows of circuitbreakers.

(vi) Deck mounted switchboardsshall have the spaces between theswitchboard enclosure and the vessel'sstructure covered over by sheet metalto prevent the accumulation of dirt ininaccessible places.

(c) Switchboard mechanical protec-tion. The sides of switchboards shallbe enclosed and the space in the rearof switchboards made inaccessible toother than qualified persons. Noncon-ducting mats or gratings shall be pro-vided on deck in the front and rear ofswitchboards. Nonconducting han-drails at the front and nonconductingguardrails at the rear shall be pro-vided. Each switchboard shall have adrip-cover over the top. Hinged panelsof dead front switchboards shall beprovided with positioners and stops.

(d) Switchboard construction.Switchboards shall be of sturdy con-struction with a metal frame. Insulat-ing material used as panels, bases, busand connection supports should bemade of impregnated ebony, asbestos,laminated phenolic material or any in-combustible equivalent. Panels may bemade of metal if the live parts mount-ed thereon are properly insulated. Thesupporting framework for all panels isto be of rigid construction. No woodshould be used in the construction ofswitchboards except that hardwood or

nonconducting handrails and guar-drails shall be provided for the protec-tion of personnel from live parts.

(e) Dead front type switchboard.Dead front type switchboards shall beused where the voltage between polesor to ground is above 250 volts directcurrent or 55 volts alternating current.

(f) Corrosion-resistant parts. Partsof switchboards and control assembliesliable to damage by corrosion shouldbe made of noncorrodible material orof material made corrosion resistant.

(g) Mechanical strength of workingparts. All levers, handles, handwheels,interlocks and their connecting links,shafts and bearings for the operationof switches and contactors should beof such proportions that they will notbe broken or distorted by manual op-eration.

(h) Nameplates. Nameplates shall beprovided for each (piece of apparatusto indicate clearly its service. Name-plates for feeders and branch circuitsshall include the circuit designation,description of the load served, and therating or setting of the overcurrentprotective device.

(i) Protection of instrument circuits.Except as otherwise provided in thisparagraph, instruments, pilot lights,ground detector lights, potential trans-formers, and other switchboard de-vices shall be supplied by circuits pro-tected by overcurrent devices.

(1) Circuits, the opening of whichwould create a hazard in the operation

Title 46-Shipping§ 111.30-1


of the vessel, shall not be protectedagainst overcurrent. Such circuits willusually include electric propulsioncontrol circuits, voltage regulatorsupply circuits, and ship's service gen-erator circuit breaker tripping controlcircuits.

(2) The secondary circuit of a cur-rent transformer shall not be fused.When a current transformer supplieselectrical energy to a device locatedremote from the current transformer,the circuit extending from the currenttransformer shall be protected by afilm cutout or high voltage protectorwhich will short the transformer incase of an open circuit.

(j) Grounding of instruments, relays,meters, and instrument transformers.Metal cases of instruments, relays,meters, and instrument transformersand the secondary windings of instru-ment transformers located on switch-boards shall be grounded.[CGFR 70-143, 35 FR 19907, Dec. 30, 1970;36 FR 5606, Mar. 25, 1971]

§ 111.30-5 Switchboard bus bars andwiring.

(a) General. Buses shall be designedon the basis of generator capacity andfeeder loads. For a single generator,the generator bus shall have a capac-ity not less than the continuous ratingof the generator plus any overloadrating in excess of 30 minutes' dura-tion. For more than one generatorwith all generating capacity feedingthrough one section of the bus, the ca-pacity of the bus for the first gener-ator shall be the same as for a singlegenerator. For each subsequent gener-ator the bus capacity shall be in-creased by 80 percent of the continu-ous rating of each added generator.The capacity of connection buses foreach generator unit shall be not lessthan the continuous rating of the gen-erator plus any overload rating inexcess of 30 minutes' duration. Allother bus bars and bus connectionsshall be designed for at least 75 per-cent of the combined fullload ratedcurrents of all apparatus they supply,plus not less than 50 percent of thecombined ratings of the spare switchesor circuit breaker elements connectedto the bus, except that when feederssupply one unit or any group of units

in continuous operation they shall bedesigned for full load, and except thatthe capacity of feeder buses need notbe greater than the generator busesthat supply them.

(b) Bus bar rating. Bus bar sizesshall be not less than that indicatedfor the ampere ratings in Table 34 (ap-pendix) of IEEE Standard No. 45.

(c) Arrangement of bus bars andwiring. The arrangement of bus barsand wiring on the back of switch-boards shall be such that all lugs arereadily accessible. Soldering lugs,where used, should have a solder con-tact length at least 1Y2 times the diam-eter of the conductor and all nuts andconnections should be fitted with lock-ing devices to prevent loosening due tovibration.

(d) Spacings. Except at switchingmechanisms, contactors, pilot lights,and similar switchboard mountedequipment, the spacings in a switch-board shall be not less than those indi-cated in Table 111.30-5(d). Spacings atswitchboard mechanisms, contactors,pilot lights, and similar switchboardmounted equipment shall conform tothe requirements for the respectiveequipment as required by this sub-chapter.

TABLE 111.30-5(d)-SWITCHBOARD SPACINGS

Voltage involved

Minimum spacingin inches be-

tween live partsof opposite

polarity

Over Throughsurface air

Minimum spacingin inches

through air.orover surfacesbetween un-

insulated live-metal parts

and groundeddead metal.

125 or less ............... 3/126 through 250 1 V4 /251 through 600 2 1 1

(e) Switchboard wiring. Instrumentand control wiring should be of thestranded type not smaller than 4,000CM and should have flame-retardinginsulation. Wiring from hinged panelsshould be of the extra flexible type.

§ 111.30-10 Switchboard mounted equip-ment.

(a) General. Air circuit breaker con-tacts shall be kept at least 12 inchesfrom the ship's structure unless insu-

§ 111.30-10

§ 111.30-15

lation barriers are installed. For livefront switchboards the clearance be-tween current-carrying parts and basechannel shall not be less than 4inches. Voltage regulator elementshall be totally enclosed. Where rheo-stats or other devices that may oper-ate at high temperatures are mountedon the switchboard, they shall be nat-urally ventilated and so isolated bybarriers as to prevent excessive tem-perature of copper or adjacent devices.When this cannot be accomplished therheostat or other device shall bemounted separate from the switch-board. In general, all fuses, except forinstrument and control circuits, shallbe mounted on or be accessible fromthe front of the switchboard. Allwiring on the back of boards for volt-meter, pilot and ground lamps shall beprotected by fuses.

(b) Equipment. Contactors, relays,switches, circuit breakers, etc., shallconform to the applicable require-ments of such devices given in thissubchapter.

(c) Connections. The connections be-tween a direct-current generator andthe bus bars shall be in accordancewith Figures 1 to 10, inclusive, appen-dix, IEEE Standard No. 45. Other con-nections not less effective will be con-sidered.

§ 111.30-15 Ship's service generator anddistribution switchboards.

(a) General. Ship's service generatorand distribution switchboards mustprovide adequate control of the gen-eration and distribution of electricpower.

(b) Equipment for direct-currentswitchboards. For direct-currentswitchboards, in addition to complyingwith paragraph (a) of this section, thefollowing equipment shall be required:

(1) An unfused generator switch orlinks which will completely disconnectthe generator and its circuit breakerfrom the bus. This disconnectingmeans need not be provided if the gen-erator circuit breaker is of thedrawout type which either disconnectsall conductors, or, in the case of dualvoltage systems, disconnects all un-grounded conductors or disconnectinglinks and is supplemented by a switchin the generator neutral conductor.

Title 46-Shipping

For generators and switchboards inseparate spaces see § 111.50-5(a)(1).

(2) For 2-wire machines, an ammeterfor each generator and, for 3-wire ma-chines, an ammeter for each positiveand negative lead and a center zeroammeter in the ground connection atthe generator switchboard. Ammetersshall be so located in the circuits as toindicate total generator current.

(3) For each 2-wire generator, a volt-meter with voltmeter switch for con-necting the voltmeter to indicate gen-erator voltage and bus voltage. Wherea shore connection is installed, one ofthese voltmeter switches shall alsoprovide for reading shore connectionvoltage.

(4) For each 3-wire generator, a volt-meter with voltmeter switch for con-necting the voltmeter to indicate gen-erator voltage, positive to negative,and bus voltage positive to negative,positive to neutral, and neutral to neg-ative. Where a shore connection is in-stalled, one of these voltmeter switch-es shall provide also for reading shoreconnection voltage, positive to nega-tive, positive to neutral, and neutral tonegative.

(5) A field rheostat for each gener-ator.

(6) A pilot lamp for each generatorconnected between generator and cir-cuit breaker.

(7) Adequate means for ground de-tection shall be provided on the ship'sservice generator and distributionswitchboard for the following systems:ship's main power system, ship's mainlighting system, and ship's emergencylighting system.

(i) When the ground detectionmeans for these systems are groundlamps, a normally closed spring-return-to-normal switch shall be pro-vided in the ground connection.

(ii) If lamps are used for ground de-tection they shall have a rating of notmore than 25 watts nor less than 5watts operating at approximately one-half voltage in the absence of grounds.

(iii) For dual voltage direct currentsystems, a zero center ammeter with afull-scale deflection of 150 percent ofthe neutral current rating shall beprovided to indicate the presence andthe polarity of the ground.


(8) A circuit breaker or fused switchfor each shore power feeder installed,with a pilot light connected to theshore side thereof.

(c) Equipment for alternating-cur-rent switchboards. For alternating-cur-rent switchboards, in addition to com-plying with paragraph (a) of this sec-tion, the following equipment shall berequired:

(1) An unfused generator switch orlinks which will completely disconnectthe generator and its circuit breakerfrom the bus. This disconnectingmeans need not be provided if the gen-erator circuit breaker is of thedrawout type which either disconnectsall conductors, or, in the case of dualvoltage systems, disconnects all un-grounded conductors and is supple-mented by a switch or disconnectinglinks in the generator neutral conduc-tor. For generators and switchboardsin separate spaces see section 111.50-5(a)(1).

(2) An ammeter for each generatorwith a selector switch to read the cur-rent of each phase.

(3) A voltmeter for each generatorwith voltmeter switch for connectingthe voltmeter to read generator volt-age of each phase and bus voltage ofone phase; where a shore connection isinstalled, one of these voltmeterswitches shall provide also for readingvoltage of each phase of the shoreconnection.

(4) A synchroscope and synchroniz-ing lamps with selector switch to pro-vide for paralleling in any combina-tion.

(5) Control for prime mover speedfor paralleling.

(6) An indicating wattmeter for eachgenerator arranged for parallel oper-ation.

(7) A frequency meter with selectorswitch to connect to any generator.

(8) A field rheostat for each gener-ator and each exciter.

(9) A double-pole field switch withdischarge clips and resistor for eachgenerator.

NOTE: For generators with variable voltageexciters or rotary amplifier exciters, eachcontrolled by a voltage regulator unit actingon the exciter field, the field switch, the dis-charge resistor and the generator field rheo-stat may be omitted.

(10) A pilot lamp for each generatorconnected between generator and cir-cuit breaker.

(11) A voltage regulator completewith all accessories, including a volt-age regulator functional cutout switch.

(12) Adequate means for ground de-tection.

(i) For ungrounded systems, see sec-tion 111.30-15(b)(7) for details of theground indicator lamps.

(ii) For dual-voltage, grounded-neu-tral, alternating current distributionsystems, an ammeter shall be providedto indicate current flowing in theground connection. The ammeter shallhave a full scale range of 10 amperes.An ammeter switch of the springreturn to "on" (ammeter read) typeshall be provided. Where the ammeteris located remote from the ground con-nection and a current transformer isused, a suitable protective device shallbe provided near the current trans-former to prevent high voltage in theevent of an open circuit. The ammeterand associated equipment shall be ca-pable of sustaining without damagethe maximum fault current available.

(13) A circuit breaker or fusedswitch for each shore power feeder in-stalled, with a pilot light connected tothe shore side thereof.

[CGFR 70-143, 35 FR 19907, Dec. 30, 1970;36 FR 5606, Mar. 25, 1971]

§ 111.30-20 Emergency and interior com-munication switchboards.

Emergency and interior communica-tion switchboards when fitted shallcomply with the applicable provisionsof § 111.30-15 and of Part 112 of thissubchapter.

§ 111.30-30 Tests for switchboards.(a) Switchboards shall meet the test

requirements of section 35, AmericanBureau of Shipping Rules for theClassification and Construction ofSteel Vessels.

Subpart 11 i.35-Electric Propulsion

§ 111.35-1 Electric couplings.(a) Enclosure and ventilation. Elec-

trical couplings shall be enclosed andventilated as required for generators.

§ 111.35-1

§ 111.35-5

All windings shall be specially treatedto resist moisture, oil, and salt air.

(b) Accessibility for repairs. The cou-plings should be designed to permit re-moval as a unit without moving theengine.

(c) Excitation. Excitation should beprovided as for propulsion generatorsand motors.

(d) Nameplates. All electric propul-sion couplings shall be fitted withnameplates of corrosion-resistant ma-terial. The nameplates shall bemarked with the following informa-tion:

(1) Manufacturer's type and framedesignation;

(2) Output (hp);(3) Kind of rating;(4) Design ambient temperature;(5) Temperature rise at rated load;(6) Revolutions per minute at rated

load;(7) Voltage;(8) Exciter voltage; and,(9) Exciting current in amperes at

rated load.(e) Temperature limitations. The

limits of temperature rise should bethe same as for alternating-currentgenerators, except that when a squir-rel-cage element is used the tempera-ture of this element may reach suchvalues as are not injurious. Dependingupon the cooling arrangements themaximum temperature rise may occurat other than full load rating so thatheat runs will require special consider-ation; for this purpose, when an inte-gral fan is fitted the coupling tempera-tures should not exceed these limitswhen operated continuously at 70 per-cent of full load r.p.m., full excitationand rated torque.

(f) Electric coupling control equip-ment. Electric coupling control equip-ment should be combined with theprime-mover speed and reversing con-trol and should include a two-pole dis-connect switch, short circuit protec-tion only, ammeter for reading cou-pling current discharge resistor and in-terlocking to prevent energizing thecoupling when the prime-mover con-trol levers are in an inappropriate po-sition.

Title 46-Shipping

§ 111.35-5 Electric propulsion control.(a) General: The arrangement of bus

bars and wiring on the back of propul-sion control assemblies should be suchthat all parts, including the connec-tions are accessible. Adequate clear-ance should be provided between partsof opposite polarity and between liveparts and ground to prevent arcing.All nuts and connections should befitted with locking devices to preventloosening due to vibration.

(b) Prime mover control: Where re-quired by the system of control, meansshould be provided at the control as-sembly for controlling the prime-mover speed and for mechanicallytripping the throttle valve.

(c) Protection: The control assemblyshould be protected at the sides andback, by a wire mesh, expanded metalgrill, or other means if a bulkheaddoes not perform this function. Theaccess doors to high voltage compart-ments should be interlocked to pre-vent opening unless the main gener-ator field circuit is de-energized. Awarning plate giving the maximumvoltage inside the enclosure should beprovided on all doors entering the en-closure. Where steam and oil gages aremounted on the main control assem-bly, provision should be made so thatthe steam or oil will not come in con-tact with the energized parts in case ofleakage.

(d) Switches: All switches are to bearranged for manual operation and sodesigned that they will not open underordinary shock or vibration; contrac-tors, however, may be operated pneu-matically, by solenoids, or by othermeans in addition to the manualmethod which should be providedunless otherwise approved. Generatorand motor switches should preferablybe of the air-break type but for alter-nating-current systems, where theyshould be designed to open full loadcurrent at full voltage, oil-breakswitches using nonflammable liquidmay be used if provided with leak-proof nonspilling tanks. Where neces-sary, field switches should be arrangedfor discharge resistors, unless dis-charge resistors are permanently con-nected across the field. For alternat-ing-current systems, means should beprovided for de-energizing the excita-


tion circuits by the unbalance relayand ground relay.

(e) Interlocks: All levers for operat-ing contactors, line switches fieldswitches and similar devices should beinterlocked to prevent their improperoperation. Interlocks should be pro-vided with the field lever to preventthe opening of any main circuits with-out first reducing the field excitationto zero, except that when the gener-ators simultaneously supply power toan auxiliary load apart from the pro-pulsion, the field excitation need onlybe reduced to a low value.

(f) Instruments and markings: Thenecessary instruments to indicate ex-isting conditions at all times are to beprovided and mounted on the controlpanel convenient to the operatinglevers and switches. Instruments andother devices mounted on the switch-board are to be plainly labeled and theinstruments provided with a distin-guishing mark to indicate full loadconditions. Metallic cases of all perma-nently installed instruments and thesecondary windings of instrumenttransformers shall be permanentlygrounded.

(g) Locations: Either wheelhouse orengineroom control may be used; how-ever, when wheelhouse control is usedan arrangement shall be providedwhereby the propulsion equipmentcan also be controlled from the engin-eroom, except when otherwise ap-proved for small vessels for limitedservice. When the equipment is ar-ranged for control from two or morestations, a selector switch shall be pro-vided for connecting the control cir-cuit to the delegated station control-ler. This selector switch shall be inter-locked to prevent transfer of the con-trol without removing power and toprevent restarting from the incomingcontrol station until the control is firstreturned to the "Off" position.

(h) Indicators:(1) When two or more control sta-

tions are provided, indicating lightsshould be located at each control toshow the station which is in control.

(2) When two or more control sta-tions are provided, additional indicat-ing lights should be located at eachcontrol station, except at the enginer-oom control, to show whether the

field circuits are energized or de-ener-gized.

(3) A propeller shaft speed indicatorshould also be provided at each con-trol station.

(i) Multiple units: Systems havingtwo or more propulsion generators ortwo or more motors on one propellershaft should be so arranged that anyunit may be cut out of service withoutpreventing the operation of the re-maining units.

(j) Ground detection and protectionfrom electrical faults: Ground detec-tion together with means of protectingthe propulsion generators and motorsfrom electrical faults should be pro-vided. For alternating-current systems,the grounding arrangment of the gen-erator neutral should limit the currentat full load voltage to not more than20 amperes upon a fault to ground inthe propulsion system. Phase unbal-ance and ground relays should be pro-vided which will open the generatorand motor field circuits upon the oc-currence of a fault. For direct-currentsystems the ground detector may con-sist of a voltmeter or lights. Provisionshould be made for protection againstsevere overloads, excessive currents,and electrical faults likely to result indamage to the plant. Protective equip-ment should be capable of being so setas not to operate on the overloads orovercurrents experienced in a heavyseaway or when maneuvering.

(k) Features for other services: Ifthe propulsion generator is used forother purposes than for propulsion,such as dredging, cargo oil pumps, andother special services, overload protec-tion in the auxiliary circuit and meansfor making voltage adjustmentsshould be provided at the controlboard. When propulsion alternating-current generators are used for otherservices for operation in port, the portexcitation control should be providedwith a device that should operate justbelow normal idling speed of the gen-erator to automatically remove excita-tion.

(1) Propulsion control apparatusshall meet the test requirements ofsection 35 of the American Bureau ofShipping "Rules for Building andClassing of Steel Vessels".

§ 111.35-5

§ 111.40-1

Subpart 111.40-Distribution Panel-boards (Switchboard and Panel-board Types)

§ 111.40-1 General requirements.

(a) Location. Panelboards should belocated in accessible positions and notin such spaces as bunkers, storerooms,cargo holds, compartments allotted al-ternately to passengers or cargo or lo-cations exposed to the weather.

(b) Enclosure. The enclosure of dis-tribution panelboards shall be as fol-lows:

(1) Switchboard type. Distributionpanels of the switchboard type, unlessinstalled in machinery spaces or incompartments assigned exclusively toelectric equipment and accessible onlyto qualified personnel, shall be com-pletely enclosed or otherwise protect-ed against accidental contact and un-authorized operation.

(2) Panelboard type. Panelboards notexposed to moisture, and particularlyflush mounted panelboards in way ofjoiner work in passenger and crew ac-commodations and public spaces, maybe of nonwatertight construction.Elsewhere panelboards generally shallbe of dripproof construction.

(3) Watertight panelboards. Wherepanelboards must be located where awatertight enclosure is necessary, theswitches shall be externally operative.

(c) Locking. The cabinet or enclosingcase of panelboards shall be lockedclosed where accessible to passengers.

(d) Construction. Switchboard typepanelboards shall conform to the ap-plicable requirements of subpart111.30 except that units constructed tobe completely serviced from the frontneed not be accessible from the rear.Unspecified panelboard constructiondetails shall conform with the require-ments of Underwriters' Laboratories,Inc., Standard for Panelboards.

(e) Switching devices. Panelboardsfor distribution to motors, appliances,lighting, or other branch circuits,except general alarm circuits, shall befitted with multipole switches or cir-cuit breakers having a pole for eachconductor. Overcurrent protectionshall be provided for each ungroundedconductor of feeders and each conduc-tor of branch circuits. For setting of

Title 46-Shipping

overcurrent devices see Subpart111.50. The rating of the disconnectingdevice shall be coordinated with thevoltage and current requirements ofthe load, and in no case less than 30amperes.

(f) Overcurrent protection of andnumber of overcurrent devices on onepanelboard. Not more than 42 overcur-rent devices of a lighting or appliancebranch circuit panelboard shall be in-stalled in any one cabinet. Panel-boards supplying lighting and appli-ance branch circuits and panelboardshaving switching devices rated at 30amperes or less shall have overcurrentprotection not in excess of 200 am-peres.

(g) Relative arrangement of switchesand fuses. Panelboards having switch-es on the load side of any type of fusesshall not be installed.

(h) Directory. Panelboard switchingunits shall be numbered and the pan-elboard provided with a circuit directo-ry card and cardholder. After installa-tion the directory card shall bemarked for each circuit with the cir-cuit designation, description of loadserved, and the rating or setting of theappropriate overcurrent protectivedevice.

Subpart 11 1.50-OvercurrentProtection

§ 111.50-1 Installation of overcurrent pro-tective devices.

(a) General requirements. Overcur-rent protection for conductors is pro-vided for the purpose of opening theelectric circuit if the current reaches avalue which will cause an excessive ordangerous temperature in the conduc-tor or conductor insulation. A ground-ed conductor is considered to be pro-tected from overcurrent if a protectivedevice of a suitable rating or setting isprovided in each ungrounded conduc-tor of the same circuit, except as oth-erwise required by paragraph (d) ofthis section. For the minimum size ofthe grounded neutral conductor of amultiwire feeder see Table 111.60-10.

(b) Overcurrent protection of con-ductors. Conductors shall be protectedin accordance with their current-carry-ing capacities, as given in Tables


111.60-1(e)(1)(i) and 111.60-1(e)(1)(ii),except as follows:

(1) Fuses. If the allowable current-carrying capacity of the conductordoes not correspond to a standard sizefuse, the next larger size or rating maybe used but not exceeding 150 percentof the allowable current-carrying ca-pacity of the conductor. Plug fusesand fuseholders (see § 111.50-15(b))shall not be used in circuits exceeding125 volts between conductors. Thescrew shell of plug-type fuseholdersshall be connected to the load of thecircuit.

(2) Circuit breakers. If the allowablecurrent-carrying capacity of the con-ductor does not correspond to a stand-ard rating of circuit breakers, the nextlarger rating may be used but not ex-ceeding 150 percent of the allowablecurrent-carrying capacity of the con-ductor. The effect of the temperatureon the operation of thermally con-trolled circuit breakers should betaken into consideration in the appli-cation of such circuit breakers whenthey are subjected to extremely low orextremely high temperatures.

(c) Thermal devices. Thermal cu-touts, thermal relays, and other de-vices not designed to open short cir-cuits, shall not be used for protectionof conductors against overcurrent dueto short circuits or grounds, but maybe used to protect motor branch cir-cuit conductors from overload if saiddevices are protected in accordancewith § 111.70-15(m).

(d) Ungrounded conductors. An over-current device (fuse or overcurrenttrip unit of a circuit breaker) shall beplaced in each ungrounded conductor.A branch switch or circuit breakershall open all conductors of the cir-cuit, including grounded conductors.Individual single-pole circuit breakerswith operating handles yoked togethermay be used for the protection of eachconductor of ungrounded two-wire cir-cuits.

(e) Grounded conductor. No overcur-rent device shall be placed in any per-manently grounded conductor, exceptas permitted in this paragraph.

(1) Simultaneous opening. When theovercurrent device simultaneouslyopens all conductors of the circuit.

(2) Motor-running protection. Formotor-running protection as providedin § 111.70-15(i) and (j).

§ 111.50-5 Location of overcurrent protec-tive devices.

(a) Location in circuit. Overcurrentdevices shall be located at the pointwhere the conductor to be protectedreceives its supply, except as providedby this paragraph.

(1) The generator overcurrent pro-tective device shall be located on theship's service generator switchboardwhen the generator and switchboardare located in the same space or whenthe generator and switchboard are lo-cated in different spaces but not sepa-rated by more than 25 feet. When thegenerator and switchboard are locatedin different spaces and separated bymore than 25 feet, the generator over-current protective device shall be lo-cated in the same space as the gener-ator.

(2) The overcurrent protection forshore connection conductors shall belocated on the switchboard to whichconnected.

(3) If the overcurrent device protect-ing the larger conductors also protectsthe smaller conductors in accordancewith Tables 111.60-1(e)(1)(i) andlll.60-1(e)(1)(ii).

(4) If the smaller conductors have acurrent-carrying capacity of not lessthan the sum of the allowable current-carrying capacities for the conductorsof the one or more circuits or loadssupplied, and the tap is not over 5 feetlong and does not extend beyond theswitchboard, panelboard, or controldevice which it supplies.

(5) If the smaller conductors have acurrent-carrying capacity at least one-third that of the conductor fromwhich they are supplied, and providedthe tap is suitably protected from me-chanical injury, is not over 25 feetlong, and terminates in a single circuitbreaker or set of fuses which will limitthe load on the tap to that allowed byTables 111.60-1(e)(1)(i) and 111.60-l(e)(1)(ii). Beyond this point the con-ductors may supply any number of cir-cuit breakers or sets of fuses.

(b) Location on vessel. Overcurrentdevices shall be located where theywill be readily accessible; not exposed

§ 111.50-5

§ 111.50-10

to mechanical injury; not in the vicini-ty of easily ignitible material norwhere explosive gas or vapor may ac-cumulate; and, preferably in combina-tion with distribution panelboards,switchboards, motor controllers, andsimilar electrical equipment.

[CGFR 70-143, 35 FR 19907, Dec. 30, 1970;36 FR 5606, Mar. 25, 1971]

§ 111.50-10 Enclosures for overcurrentprotective devices.

(a) General. Overcurrent devicesshall be enclosed in metal boxes orcabinets, unless a part of a speciallyapproved assembly which affordsequivalent protection, or unlessmounted on switchboards, panel-boards, or controllers located in com-partments or enclosures free fromeasily ignitible material and accessibleonly to qualified persons. The operat-ing handle of a circuit breaker may beaccessible without opening a door orcover.

(b) Exposed to weather. Enclosuresfor overcurrent devices shall not be in-stalled in locations exposed to theweather, unless unavoidable, in whichcase the enclosure shall be watertight.

(c) Disconnection of fuses and ther-mal cutouts. Disconnecting meansshall be provided on the supply side ofand adjacent to all cartridge fuses orthermal cutouts so that each individu-al circuit containing fuses or thermalcutouts can be independently discon-nected from the source of electricalenergy except as indicated in thisparagraph.

(1) Instrument fuses located onswitchboards operating at potentialsnot exceeding 600 volts need not havea disconnecting device provided a fusepuller is available.

(2) A single disconnecting meansmay be used to disconnect a group ofcircuits each protected by fuses orthermal cutouts under the conditionsdescribed in § 111.70-30(o).

(3) No disconnect means shall beprovided for general alarm feeders andbranch circuits covered by § 113.25-10(b) of this chapter.

(d) Arcing or suddenly moving parts.Arcing or suddenly moving parts shallcomply with the requirements of thisparagraph.

Title 46-Shipping

(1) Fuses and circuit breakers shallbe so located or shielded that personswill not be burned or otherwise in-jured by their operation.

(2) Handles or levers of circuitbreakers, and similar parts which maymove suddenly in such a way that per-sons in the vicinity are liable to be in-jured by being struck by them, shallbe guarded or isolated.

§ 111.50-15 Construction and use of over-current devices.

(a) Fuse types prohibited. Plug fusesof the Edison-base type and renewablelink cartridge-type fuses shall not beused.

(b) Plug fuses and fuseholders ofType S. Plug fuses and fuseholders ofType S may be employed for applica-tions at not over 125 volts; 0 to 15 am-peres, 16 to 20 amperes, and 21 to 30amperes.

(c) Cartridge fuses and fuseholders.National Electrical Code standardnonrenewable cartridge fuses may beused for applications not exceeding600 volts, 0 to 600 amperes. Specialcartridge fuses may be used in instru-ments and the like when specificallyapproved.

(d) Construction and marking offuses. Fuses shall be constructed in ac-cordance with Underwriters' Laborato-ries, Inc., "Standard for Fuses." Stand-ard cartridge fuses shall be markedwith the label of Underwriters' Labo-ratories, Inc. Special cartridge fusesshall be inspected under Underwriters'Laboratories, Inc., reexamination serv-ice.

(e) Circuit breakers. Circuit breakersshall conform to the requirementscontained in this paragraph.

(1) Method of operation. In general,circuit breakers shall be capable ofbeing closed or opened by hand with-out employing any other source ofpower, although normal operationmay be by other power such as electri-cal, pneumatic, and the like. Large cir-cuit breakers which are to be closedand opened by electrical, pneumatic,or other power shall be capable ofbeing closed by hand for maintenancepurposes and shall also be capable ofbeing tripped by hand under loadwithout the use of power.


(2) Injury to operator. Circuit break-ers shall be arranged and mounted sothat their operation is not likely toinjure the operator.

(3) Indication. Circuit breakers shallindicate whether they are in the openor closed position.

(4) Nontamperable. An air circuitbreaker, used for branch circuits, shallbe of such design that any alterationof its trip point (calibration), or in thetime required for its operation, will bedifficult.

(5) Marking. Circuit breakers shallbe marked with their rating in such amanner that the marking will be visi-ble after installation.

(6) Construction and interruptingrating. The construction and rating offeeder and branch-circuit circuitbreakers rated not more than 600 am-peres and not more than 600 voltsshall conform with the requirementsof Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.,"Standard for Branch Circuit andService Circuit Breakers," except asindicated in this subparagraph.

(i) Circuit breakers installed in en-ginerooms, boilerrooms and auxiliarymachinery spaces shall be calibratedfor an ambient temperature of 50* C.and circuit breakers so calibrated maybe used in other locations.

(ii) Circuit breakers with interrupt-ing ratings of over 10,000 amperesshould be rated according to the appli-cable National Electrical Manufactur-ers Association standard.

(7) Removable from front. Circuitbreakers of the molded-case type wheninstalled on generator or distributionswitchboards shall be mounted or ar-ranged in such a manner that the cir-cuit breaker may be removed from thefront without first disconnectingcopper or cable connections or deener-gizing the supply.

§ 111.50-20 Interrupting rating of fusesand circuit breakers.

(a) General. All circuit breakers andall fuses shall have sufficient inter-rupting capacity to interrupt themaximum short circuit current availa-ble at the point of application of thecircuit breaker or fuse in the electricalsystem. This paragraph does not pro-hibit the use of circuit breakers incor-porating current limiting fuses.

(b) Current limiting fuses. If a cur-rent limiting fuse is used its selectionand application shall be governed bythe following design parameters:

(1) The maximum fuse rating shallbe selected which will give adequateprotection, on fault currents, to thedevice it backs up. In no case shall thedevice being backed up be called uponto interrupt fault currents in excess of90 percent of its interrupting rating.

(2) Fault currents cleared by thedevice backed up shall not causedamage or any change in the time-cur-rent characteristics of the current-limiting fuse.

(3) Fuses should be so applied thatsingle-phase operation of any three-phase connected motor will be pre-cluded.

(c) Calculation of short-circuit cur-rents. The available short-circuit cur-rent should be determined from theaggregate contribution of all gener-ators that can be simultaneously oper-ated in parallel and of the largestmotor load which can be expected tobe in operation, with a three-phasefault on the load terminals of the pro-tective device. Under these conditions,three-pole circuit breakers should beselected on the basis of the averageasymmetrical rms value of the cur-rents in the three phases; fuses shouldbe selected on the basis of the maxi-mum asymmetrical rms value of cur-rent occurring in any of the threephases. Detailed short-circuit currentcalculations should be submitted forall systems with an aggregate generat-ing capacity in excess of 750 kilowatts.For smaller systems when calculationsare not submitted and for preliminarypurposes of all systems, the followingshort-circuit currents are assumedunless unusual machine subtransientreactances are specified or known toexist.

(1) The maximum short-circuit cur-rent of a direct-current system will beassumed to be equal to 10 times theaggregate normal rated generator cur-rents plus six times the aggregatenormal rated current of all motorswhich may be in operation.

(2) The maximum asymmetricalshort-circuit current for AC systemsshall be assumed to be equal to 10times the aggregate normal rated gen-

§ 111.50-20

§ 111.50-25

erator currents plus four times the ag-gregate normal rated current of allmotors which may be in operation.

(3) The average asymmetrical short-circuit current for AC systems shall beassumed to be equal to 81/2 times theaggregate normal rated generator cur-rents plus 31/2 times the aggregatenormal rated current of all motorswhich may be in operation.[CGFR 70-143, 35 FR 19907, Dec. 30, 1970;36 FR 5606, Mar. 25, 1971]

§ 111.50-25 System protection.(a) General. Insofar as is possible,

the selection, arrangements and per-formance of the various overcurrentprotective devices should be madewith the following objectives in mind:

(1) Continuity of service. Continuityof service under short-circuit condi-tions through the selective operationof the various protective devices.

(2) High-speed clearance. High-speedclearance of low impedance short-cir-cuits in order that short-circuit cur-rents of large magnitude will causeminimum damage to the system andequipment and minimize the hazard offire.

Subpart 111.55-Switches and CircuitBreakers

§ 111.55-1 General requirements.(a) Grounded conductor. No switch

or circuit breaker shall disconnect thegrounded conductor of a circuit unlessthe switch or circuit breaker simulta-neously disconnects the ungroundedconductor or conductors.

(b) Three-way and four-way switch-es. Three-way and four-way switchesshall be so wired that all switching isdone only in the ungrounded circuitconductor.

(c) Enclosures. Switches and circuitbreakers, except pendent and surface-type snap switches and knife switchesmounted on an open-faced switch-board or panelboard, shall be of theexternally operative type enclosed inmetal boxes or cabinets.

(d) Knife switches. (1) Single-throwknife switches shall be so placed thatgravity will not tend to close them.Double-throw knife switches may bemounted so that the throw will be

Title 46-Shipping

either vertical or horizontal as pre-ferred, but, if the throw be vertical, alocking device shall be provided whichwill insure the blade remaining in theopen position when so set.

(2) Knife switches rated for morethan 1,200 amperes at 250 volts or less,and for more than 600 amperes at 251to 600 volts, shall be used only as iso-lating switches and shall not beopened under load. To interrupt cur-rents greater than 1,200 amperes at250 volts or less, or 600 amperes at 251to 600 volts, a circuit breaker or aswitch of special design approved forsuch purpose shall be used. Knifeswitches of lower rating may be usedas general use switches and may beopened under load. Motor-circuitswitches may be of the knife switchtype. (See § 111.70-30 (d), (e), and (f)).

(3) Knife switches, unless of thedouble-throw type, shall be so con-nected that the blades are dead whenthe switch is in the open position.

(e) Circuit connections. Circuitsshall be connected to the fuse end ofswitches and to the coil end of circuitbreakers, except that generators or in-coming feeders may be connected toeither end of circuit breakers.

(f) Accessibility and grouping.Switches and circuit breakers, so far aspracticable, shall be readily accessibleand shall be grouped.

(g) Circuit breakers as switches. Acircuit breaker operable directly by ap-plying the hand to a lever or handlemay serve as a switch provided it hasthe number of poles required for suchswitch.

(h) Grounding of enclosures. Enclo-sures for switches or circuit breakersshall be grounded.

(i) Rating of snap switches. Snapswitches shall be rated as described inthis subparagraph depending upon theload controlled.

(1) Non-inductive loads. For non-in-ductive loads other than tungsten-fila-ment lamps, switches shall have anampere rating not less than theampere rating of the load.

(2) Tungsten-filament lamp loads.For tungsten-filament lamp loads, andfor combined tungsten-filament andnon-inductive loads, switches shallhave a "T" rating not less than theampere rating of the load.


(3) Inductive loads. Switches con-trolling inductive loads shall have anampere rating twice the ampere ratingof the load unless they are of a typeapproved as part of an assembly or forthe purpose employed.

(4) Motor-circuit switches. Forswitches controlling motors see§ 111.70-30.

§ 111.55-5 Detailed requirements.

(a) Circuit breakers. Circuit breakersshall comply with § 111.50-15(e).

(b) Knife switches. The constructionof knife switches shall conform to therequirements of Underwriters' Labora-tories, Inc., "Standard for KnifeSwitches".

(c) Snap switches. The constructionof snap switches shall conform withthe requirements of Underwriters'Laboratories, Inc., "Standard for SnapSwitches," and the switches shall be solabeled.

(d) Enclosed switches. Enclosedswitches shall conform to the require-ments of Underwriters' Laboratories,Inc., "Standard for Enclosed Switch-es," except that sheet metal enclo-sures shall not be employed for use incorrosive locations unless one of theconditions covered in this subpara-graph is complied with:

(1) The enclosure is fabricated ofcorrosion-resistant material.

(2) The enclosure is fabricated ofsheet steel not less than l/s-inch inthickness and hot dip galvanized afterfabrication.

(3) The enclosure is fabricated ofsheet steel not less than 6-inch inthickness and given a corrosion-resis-tant finish in accordance with§ 110.15-40 of this subchapter.

Subpart 11 1.60-Wiring Materialsand Methods

§ 111.60-1 Electric cable.(a) General. The intent and purpose

of this section is to provide that con-ductors shall have mechanicalstrength, insulation, and current-car-rying capacity adequate for the partic-ular conditions under which they areused.

(b) Construction. Electric cablesshall be constructed and tested by the

manufacturer in accordance with therequirements of section 18, IEEEStandard No. 45.

(1) Classes of cables. The classes ofcables covered by this standard are:

(i) Lighting and power cables.(ii) Multiconductor cable.(iii) Communication and telephone

cable.(iv) Intercabin telephone cable.(v) Switchboard wire.(vi) Bell wire.(2) Cable classes by type of insula-

tion. The above cables are classed inaccordance with the type of conductorinsulation as:

(i) Rubber insulated (75 C) and (85C).

(ii) Varnished cloth.(iii) Asbestos-varnished cloth.(iv) Thermoplastic insulated.(v) Mineral insulated.(vi) Asbestos thermoplastic insulat-

ed.(vii) Silicone insulated..(3) Cable classes, by type of mechani-

cal covering. The above cables areclassed in accordance with the type ofmechanical covering as:

(i) Braid and armor.(ii) Lead and armor.(iii) Moisture resistant jacket, type T

or N as designated, and armor.(iv) Moisture resistant jacket unar-

mored (for NEC portable cords andtelephone cable only).

(v) Mineral insulated metalsheathed, type MI.

(c) Cable marking. Cable complyingwith the requirements of this sectionshall be identified by providing amarker tape under the cable sheath.The marker tape shall give at regularand frequent intervals: (1) Manufac-turer, (2) applicable specification, and(3) year of manufacture.

(d) Cable applications-(1) Damp orwet locations. Electric cable for instal-lation in damp or wet locations shallhave an outer covering of lead andarmor, moisture resistant jacket andarmor or mineral insulated-metalsheathed. The cable insulation may beeither rubber, thermoplastic, var-nished cloth, asbestos-varnished cloth,asbestos thermoplastic, mineral, orsilicone, except that rubber or thermo-plastic insulated power and lightingcable shall not be used in locations

5540-130 0-79--5

§ 11!1.60-1

§ 111.60-1

where the ambient temperature ex-ceeds 50* C.

(2) Corrosive locations. The armorof cables in corrosive locations shall beeither bronze or aluminum and thesheath on mineral insulated-metalsheathed cables shall be seamless an-nealed copper.

(3) Dry locations. Cables for installa-tion in dry locations shall be any cableconstructed and classed as to type ofinsulation and mechanical covering inaccordance with paragraph (b) (2) and(3) of this section.

(4) Power and lighting cable. Cablefor power and lighting applicationsshall be power and lighting cable ofthe types described in this subpartexcept that 600-volt communicationcable may be used in control and indi-cating circuits of power and lightingequipment.

(5) Interior communication and tele-phone cable. Cable for interior commu-nication apparatus operating on po-tentials not exceeding 300 volts shallbe either communication cable, tele-phone cable, or power and lightingcable of the types described in thissubpart.

Title 46-Shipping

(6) Intercabin telephone cable. Inter-cabin telephone cable may be used fortelephone systems installed for theconvenience of passengers or crew andnot essential for the operation of thevessel.

(7) Bell wire. Bell wire may be usedfor call bell circuits of 25 volts or lessinstalled for the convenience of pas-sengers or crew if properly installed inprotected raceways.

(8) Switchboard wire. Switchboardwire may be used only on switch-boards, motor controllers and the like.

(9) Multiconductor. Multiconductorcable may be used for instrumentationcircuits provided the cable containsseven or more conductors, the averagecurrent per conductor does not exceed2 amperes, and the maximum currentin any one conductor does not exceed3 amperes.

(e) Current-carrying capacity-(1)General. The maximum current-carry-ing capacities of electric lighting andpower cables for continuous serviceare given in Tables 111.60-1(e)(1)(i)and 111.60-1(e)(1)(ii). The maximumcurrent-carrying capacity of interiorcommunication cable is 7.5 amperes.

TABLE 111.60-1 (e)(1)(i)-WIRES AND CABLES -MAXIMUM CURRENT-CARRYING CAPACITIES, DIRECT-CURRENT, FOR CONTINUOUSSERVICE, 50 C. AMBIENT" (CONCENTRIC STRANDING, 600 VOLTS' OR LESS, DIRECT-CURRENT) (ALTERNATING-CURRENTRATINGS FOR CABLES ARE THE SAME AS GIVEN FOR DIRECT-CURRENT UP TO 700,000 CIRCULAR MILS; FOR 700,000 CIRCU-LAR MILS AND ABOVE, SEE TABLE 111.60-1(e)(1)(ii))

Current in amperesConductor size

1 -conductor 2-conductor 3-conductor

Area (cir- Near- R V AV MI R V AV MI R V AV MIest

cular mils) AWG

1,538 .....................................................................................................................................1,.373 .....................................................................................................................................1,228 .....................................................................................................................................1,020 .....................................................................................................................................925 .....................................................................................................................................904 .....................................................................................................................................866 .....................................................................................................................................838 .....................................................................................................................................807 .....................................................................................................................................776 .....................................................................................................................................741 ....................................................................................................................................694 ................ 382 503 560 .............. 331 428 476 ..............665 ................ 363 481 535 .............. 317 407 452 ..............627 ................ 344 462 514 .............. 302 386 428 ..............594 ................ 323 431 480 .............. 285 367 408 ..............554 ................ 306 406 452 .............. 265 341 379 ..............516 ................ 284 377 418 .............. 248 319 354 ..............477 ................ 261 351 390 .............. 230 294 327 ..............432 ................ 238 315 351 .............. 209 267 297 ..............387 ................ 212 281 312 .............. 186 238 264 ..............

2.000,000 ..............1,750,000 ..............1,500,000 ..............1,250,000 ..............1,000,000 ..............

950,000 ..............900,000 ..............850,000 ..............800.000 ..............750,000 ..............700,000 ..............650,000 ..............600,000 ..............550,000 ..............500,000 ..............450,000 ..............400,000 ..............350,000 ..............300,000 ..............250,000 ..............


TABLE 111.60-1(e)(1)(i)-WIRES AND CABLES -MAXIMUM CURRENT-CARRYING CAPACITIES. DIRECT-CURRENT, FOR CONTINUOUSSERVICE, 50

° C. AMBIENT" (CONCENTRIC STRANDING, 600 VOLTS4 OR LESS, DIRECT-CURRENT) (ALTERNATING-CURRENT

RATINGS FOR CABLES ARE THE SAME AS GIVEN FOR DIRECT-CURRENT UP TO 700,000 CIRCULAR MILS; FOR 700,000 CIRCU-LAR MILLS AND ABOVE. SEE TABLE 111.60-1(e)()(iii)-Continued

Current in amperesConductor size

1 -conductor 2-conductor 3-conductor

Area (cir- Near- R V AV MI R V AV MI R V AV MIcular mils) est

AWG

212,000 4/0 241 310 345 308 193 254 283 .............. 169 215 239 ..............168,000 3/0 208 273 304 264 167 223 248 .............. 148 187 208 ..............133,000 2/0 180 237 264 228 145 194 214 .............. 130 163 181 ..............106,000 1/0 155 206 229 196 128 170 189 .............. 112 142 158 ..............83,700 1 133 177 197 168 111 148 165 .............. 98 122 135 ..............66,400 2 115 152 169 144 96 128 142 .............. 86 106 118 ..............52,600 3 99 132 147 124 85 111 124 .............. 75 92 102 ..............41,700 4 85 114 127 108 74 97 108 72 66 80 89 7233,100 5 71 99 110 94 64 85 95 63 57 70 78 6326,300 6 63 86 96 80 56 74 82 56 49 61 67 56

20,800 7 54 74 82 ................ 49 64 71 .............. 44 52 58 ..............16,500 8 46 66 73 56 24 55 61 40 39 46 51 4010,400 10 34 49 54 44 32 24 47 32 29 35 39 326,530 12 24 32 35 32 22 27 30 24 21 23 26 244,110 14 15 ........... 20 24 14 .............. 19 20 13 .............. 17 20

The values given in this table may be used povided the cable installation is limited to double banking. Where this limita-tion is exceeded, the values given in this table shall be decreased 5 percent for each additional bank.

The values given in this table are based upon an ambient temperature of 50' C and maximum conductor temperatures of:750 C for rubber (R) insulated cables;85

° C for varnished cloth (VC) insulated cables; mineral insulated (MI) cables; and

95' C for asbestos-varnished cloth (AVC) insulated cables.3 If ambient temperatures differ from 50 C the value shown above shall be multiplied by the following factors.4 For voltages greater than 600 volts, current rating shall be decreased 2 percent for each thousand volts increase over

600 volts.

Ambient temperature

40' C 60" C 70°

C

R ubber insulated cables ...................................................................................................................................... 1.18 ............................Varnished cloth insulated cables and mineral-insulated cables ...................................................................... 1.13 0.84 ..............Asbestos-varnished cloth insulated cables ....................................................................................................... 1.11 0.88 0.75

TABLE 111.60-1 (e)(1)(ii) '-WIRES AND CABLES-MAXIMUM CURRENT-CARRYING CAPACITIES. ALTERNATING CURRENT FOR CON-

TINUOUS SERVICE (VALUES ARE IN AMPERES-600 VOLTS OR LESS). (ALTERNATING-CURRENT RATINGS FOR CABLES OF LESSTHAN 700,000 CIRCULAR MILS ARE THE SAME AS THOSE FOR CABLES GIVEN IN TABLE 111.60-1(e)(1)(i)).

[60-cycle alternating current]

Conductor size Concentrically stranded conductor Annular conductor

Area in Rubber Varnished cloth Asbestos- Varnished cloth Asbestos-

circular mils insulated insulated varnished cloth insulated varnished clothinsulated insulated

2,000,000 932 1,229 1.440 1,417 1,5901,750,000 864 1,125 1,305 1,294 1,4501,500,000 791 1,023 1,199 1,160 1,3151,250,000 719 920 1,070 1,021 1,150

1,000,000 631 808 925 877 990

950,000 609 790 899 840 955

900,000 587 760 867 803 920

850,000 568 735 838 777 885

800,000 548 711 803 747 848

750,000 529 683 775 708 810

700,000 509 656 740 675 775

'Footnotes 1, 2, 3, and 4 of table 111.60-1 (e)(1)(i) are applicable to this table.

57

Type of cables

§ 111.60-1

(2) Conductors in multiple. Conduc-tors may be run in multiple providedthey are of the same length and havethe same circular mil area and type ofinsulation. Where conductors are runin multiple, they shall be arrangedand terminated at both ends in such amanner as to insure equal division ofthe total current between all conduc-tors that are involved.

(f) Temperature limitation. No cableshall be used under such conditionthat its temperature, even when carry-ing current, will exceed the tempera-tures specified in Tables 111.60-l(e)(1)(i) for the type of insulation in-volved.

(g) Conductor size for varnishedcloth insulated cables. Varnished clothinsulated power and lighting cables insizes smaller than No. 12 AWG shallnot be used. Rubber thermoplastic, orasbestos-varnished cloth insulatedpower and lighting cables may be usedin size No. 14 AWG and larger.

(h) Substitute cable. Electric cableconstructed in accordance with Mili-tary Specifications MIL-C-915 orMIL-C-2194 may be substituted forthe equivalent IEEE type cable speci-fied in this Section. Type MSCA cable(MIL-C-2194) may be used as a substi-tute for communication and telephonecable constructed in accordance withIEEE Standard No. 45. The maximumcurrent for any conductor shall notexceed the current-carrying capacitiesspecified in the publication "CableComparison Guide," NavShips 250-660-23.

(i) Special purpose cable-(1) Instru-mentation cable. Electric cable con-structed in accordance with MilitarySpecifications MIL-C-915, MIL-C-2194 or MIL-C-23206 of the typesTTHFWA, TTRSA, PI, 1SWA, 2SWA,3SWA, may be used for instrumenta-tion circuits to connect such items asindicator lights, sensors, selectorswitches, and pushbuttons where thevoltage of the circuit does not exceed100 volts. The maximum current forany conductor shall not exceed thecurrent-carrying capacities specified inthe publication "Cable ComparisonGuide," NavShips 250-660-23.

(2) Thermocouple cable. Electriccable constructed in accordance withMilitary Specification MIL-C-915 of

Title 46-Shipping

the types PBJX, PBTM and PBTXmay be used as conductors betweenthermocouple sensors and their regis-tering equipment.

(3) Other types of cable. Other typesof cable will be given special considera-tion by the Commandant where thecable does not penetrate a watertightbulkhead and is suitably protectedfrom mechanical damage.

(j) Alternating-current cable instal-lations. In order to avoid overheatingby induction all phase wires should becontained within the same armor byuse of multiple conductor cables.Single-conductor cables may be usedwhen carrying negligible currents orwhen all the following conditions aremet.

(1) Single-conductor alternating-cur-rent cables are to be supported onnonfragile insulators and the protec-tive metal covering of each run ofcable should be grounded at themiddle only.

(2) Closed magnetic circuits aroundindividual cables are not permittedand magnetic materials between cablesof a group should be avoided.

(3) In order to minimize harmful in-ductive effect, cables in groups of con-siderable length should be transposed.

(k) Multiconductor alternating-cur-rent cables. Multiconductor alternat-ing-current cables are to be mountedon approved supports and if provided,the lead sheath shall be grounded atseveral points.

(1) Deck and bulkhead penetrations.Where cables pass through watertightdecks or bulkheads, a watertight stuff-ing tube shall be employed. Wherecables pass through nonwatertightbulkheads, beams or similar structuralparts where the bearing surface is lessthan one-fourth inch, the holes shallbe fitted with bushings having round-ed edges and a bearing surface for thecable of at least one-fourth inch inlength. Where cables pass throughnonwatertight bulkheads, deck beams,or similar structural parts where thebearing surface is one-fourth inch orgreater in length, all burrs shall be re-moved in way of the hole and sharpedges shall be eliminated. Wherecables pierce main vertical zone bulk-heads, arrangements shall be made to


ensure that the fire-resistance of thebulkheads is not impaired.

(m) Grounding of cable metallic cov-ering. For multiconductor multiphasecable each metallic-sheathed cable andeach armored cable are to have themetallic covering electrically and me-chanically continuous and grounded tothe metal hull at each end of the run,except that final subcircuits may begrounded at the supply end only.Single conductor alternating-currentcable shall be grounded at the mid-point only.

(n) Mechanical protection. All cablesin bunkers and where particularlyliable to damage such as lo .Vtions inway of cargo ports, hatches, tank tops,and where passing through decks,shall be protected by removable metalcoverings, angle irons, pipe, or otherequivalent means. All such metallic co-verings are to be electrically continu-ous and grounded to the metal hull.Horizontal pipes or the equivalentused for cable protection should beprovided with drainage holes, and,where they are carried through decksor bulkheads, arrangements should bemade to insure the integrity of thewater or gas-tightness of the struc-ture.

[CGFR 70-143, 35 FR 19907, Dec. 30, 1970;36 FR 5606, Mar. 25, 1971)

§ 111.60-5 Portable electric cord and fix-ture wire.

(a) General. The construction ofportable electric cords and fixture wireshall be in accordance with Underwrit-ers' Laboratories, Inc., "Standard forFlexible Cord and Fixture Wire."

(b) Application, portable cords. Port-able cords may be used only for theconnection of portable lamps or appli-ances and for the connection of sta-tionary lamps or small stationaryequipment not suitable for fixedwiring. When used they shall be of thetype indicated in Table 111.60-5(b).Types of portable cords other thanthose listed in Table 111.60-5(b) andthe uses for the types listed otherthan those uses permitted by this

paragraph shall be subject to specialinvestigation and shall not be em-ployed before being approved.

(1) Damp or wet locations or forhard service. Portable cords for use indamp or wet locations or for hard serv-ice shall be type S, SO, ST, SJ, SJO,SJT, HS, HSJ, AFS, or AFSJ, andportable cords for use where exposedto oil. or oil vapor shall be type SO orSJO.

(2) Dry locations. Portable cords foruse in dry locations and not for hardservices shall be type C, P, P-2, PD,PW, PW-2, K, HC, HPD, .AVPD, orone of the types listed for damp or wetlocations in subparagraph (1) of thisparagraph.

(3) Extra hard service. Portablecords for use in damp or wet locationsand requiring a length in excess of 5feet shall be type S, SO, or ST.

(c) Allowable current-carrying capac-ity. The allowable current-carrying ca-pacities of flexible cord and fixturewire are given in Table 111.60-5(c).

(d) Conductor size. Portable cord orfixture wire shall not be smaller thanNo. 18 AWG.

(e) Splices. Portable cords shall beused only in continuous lengths with-out splices or taps.

(f) Pull at joints and terminals.Portable cords shall be so connected todevices and to fittings that tension willnot be transmitted to joints or termi-nal screws. This shall be accomplishedby a knot in the cord, winding withtape, by a special fitting designed forthat purpose, or by other equivalentmeans.

(g) Fixture wire, application. Fix-ture wire may be used in the interiorof lighting fixtures, instruments, andthe like. When used, fixture wire shallbe one of the types covered in thisparagraph.

(1) Either type AF, SF-2, or SFF-2fixture wire shall be used for applica-tions where the temperature willexceed 90' C.

§ 111.60-5

§ 111.60-5

0 0

0 6 M 0 0 W

0. 0 0 0 0 0 . 0.0. 0z z M: z M

0 0 0 0 0* 0 0 0 0D 0a 0 0 0

Q 0. o

-- - - - -:i i i .

:..0: .o :o- : o

0 ot . o :.- : o:o

o 0 .

03 0 0 -

o o "o o "o

o, 0 0 0 0 r

E~~ 00 CP2 !2 18 E

a ~ 0

C .. .0 . - l o C.. 0 . 0 02i

U) ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ c M. op 0. 0 8< O

- .- Eoo o OE 0 0

0

. . . . .o . . .

E, E o

-0 0 OM*

0. 00

000

0 E r 0

S00 000 : 0

0 00

o0 0 0 1 0 20D .0 0c9o o 3: . z .= .E000o 0 0o 0 EE0

' o0. 00 .0 o 2 o0

0.. 0 0 6 6 6 6 002 0 0 0 M ~ ~

0 0 =0 0. 0

00

Title 46-Shipping


TABLE 111.60-5(C)-MAXIMUM CURRENT-CARRYING CAPACITIES IN AMPERES 2

Portable cord Fixture wire

ThermoplasticRubber types types TF, TFFC, E, EQ, K, Rubber typesP, P-2, PD, S. SO, SJ, SJO Types AFS, Rubber types Cotton type CF

Size PW, PW-2 -- -- AFSJ, HC, Type AVPD RF-2, FF-2.AWG Thermoplastic HPD, HS, HSJ RFH-2, FFH-2 Asbestos type AF

Thermoplastic types ST, SJTtype ET Silicone rubber

type SF-2, SFF-

18 5 7 10 17 5 616 7 10 15 22 7 814 15 15 20 28 ............................. 1712 20 20 30 36 ............................................................10 25 25 35 47 ...........................................................

8 3 5 .............................................................................................................................................................................6 4 5 .............................................................................................................................................................................4 6 0 .............................................................................................................................................................................2 s o ........................................ .....................................................................................................................................

I If the number of current-carrying conductors in a cord exceeds three, the allowable current-carrying capacity of eachconductor shall be reduced to 80 percent of the values in the table.

I In no case shall conductors be associated together in such a way with respect to the kind of circuit, the wiring methodemployed, or the number of conductors, that the limiting temperature of the conductors will be exceeded.

(h) Fixture wire, voltage limitation. Fixture wire shall not be used for applica-tions.exceeding 300 volts.

(i) Fixture wire, stranded. Fixture wire shall be of the stranded type.(j) Hookup wire, application. Hookup wire for use within the components of

alarm panels. IC equipment and electronic control equipment shall be in accord-ance with § 113.05-10 of this subehapter.

§ 111.60-10 Circuit loads and demand factors.

Generator, feeder, and bus-tie cables shall be selected on the basis of a com-puted load of not less than the demand load given in Table 111.60-10.

TABLE 111.60-10-DEMAND LOADS

Type of circuit Demand load

Generator cables ..................................................... 115 percent of continuous generator rating.Switchboard bus-tie, except ship's service to 75 percent of generating capacity of the larger switchboard.

emergency switchboard bus-tie.Emergency switchboard bus-tie .............................Feeder supplying two or more motors ..................

Feeder supplying two or more cargo winchmotors arranged for the "Burtoning" methodof cargo handling.

Feeder supplying two or more 'tween deckcargo winch motors, cargo elevator motors,or cargo cranes.

Galley equipment feeder ........................................

Lighting feeder .........................................................

Grounded neutral of a dual voltage feeder ..........

115 percent of continuous rating of emergency generator.125 percent of the rating of the largest motor plus 100 percent of the sum of

the ratings of all other motors supplied and including 50 percent of the ratingof the spare switches or circuit breakers on the distribution panel.'

125 percent of the rating of the largest motor plus 35 percent of the sum ofthe ratings of all other motors supplied.'

125 percent of the rating of the largest motor plus 50 percent of the sum ofthe ratings of all other motors supplied.

100 percent of either the first 50 KW or one-half the connected load, which-ever is the larger, plus 65 percent of the remaining connected load, plus 50percent of the rating of the spard switches or circuit breakers on the distribu-tion panel.

100 percent of the connected load plus the average active circuit load for thespare switches or circuit breakers on the distribution panels.

100 percent of the capacity of the ungrounded conductors when groundedneutral is not protected by a circuit breaker overcurrent tnp, or not less than50 percent of the capacity of the ungrounded conductors when the ground-ed neutral is protected by a circuit breaker overcurrent trip or overcurrentalarm.

'Where a large number of motors are supplied from one feeder and the character of the load is such that not all motors willbe operated simultaneously, a smaller demand load may be approved.

§ 111.60-15

§ 111.60-15 Propulsion cables.(a) During installation each propul-

sion cable end must be sealed untilpermanently attached to a terminal.

(b) Each propulsion cable terminalmust be sealed after installation of thecable to prevent admission of moistureand air.

(c) Each propulsion cable supportmust be strong enough to withstandshort circuited conditions, may not bespaced more than 3 feet apart fromeach adjacent support, and must be ar-ranged to prevent chafing of the cable.

[CGD 74-305, 41 FR 26013, June 24, 1976]

§ 111.60-20 Generator cables.Where the ship's service generators

are located in separate spaces, the gen-erator cables between the circuitbreakers and the switchboard shall beseparated throughout their length aswidely as practicable. Generator cablesare not to be installed in the bilges.

§ 111.60-25 Ship's service cables.(a) Cable joints and sealing. The

cable ends of all feeders and powerbranch circuits to vital auxiliaries areto be effectively sealed against the ad-mission of moisture by methods suchas taping in combination with insulat-ing compound or, in the case of typeMI, by fittings designed for that pur-pose.

(b) Cable supports and radii ofbends. Where cables are run-in groupsthey shall be supported in metal hang-ers arranged as far as practicable topermit painting of the surroundingstructure without undue disturbanceto the installation. Single cable runsmay be supported by metal clipsscrewed directly to deck or bulkheadexcept on watertight bulkheads.Cables grouped in a single hangershall be limited to two banks. Sup-ports shall be spaced no more than 18inches apart where vertical and 14inches where horizontal. Cables shallbe strapped in position at everyhanger on vertical runs and at not lessthan every fourth hanger on horizon-tal runs, except that at turns of hori-zontal runs the cable shall be strappedat each hanger. Cables running trans-versely to and supported by clips orstraps on the under side of beams

Title 46-Shipping

shall be run on backing plates, cableracks, or the equivalent. Metal sup-ports shall be designed to secure cablewithout damage to insulation or armorand shall be so arranged that thecables will bear over a length of atleast 1/2 inch. Leaded and armoredcables shall not be bent to a smallerradius than 8 cable diameters; othercables may be bent to a 6-cable diame-ter radius.

(c) Feeder and branch circuit cables.Cables of every description shall be lo-cated with a view to avoiding, as far aspracticable, spaces where excessiveheat and gases may be encountered, as.well as spaces where they may be ex-posed to damage, such as exposedsides of deckhouses. Electrical conduc-tors shall not enter oil tanks except aspermitted by §§ 111.80-8 and 38.15-15of this chapter. Conductors shall avoidcofferdams adjacent to and extendingbelow the tops of oil tanks except aspermitted by §§ 111.80-5, 111.80-8, and111.85-10.

(d) Cables behind paneling. Cablesmay be installed behind paneling pro-vided all connections are readily acces-sible and the location of concealedconnection boxes is indicated.

(e) Cables behind sheathing. Cablesmay be installed behind sheathing butthey must not be installed behind norimbedded in structural insulation;they should pass through such insula-tion at right angles and should be pro-tected by continuous pipe with a stuff-ing tube at one end. For deck penetra-tions this stuffing tube should be atthe upper end of the pipe and forbulkhead penetrations it should be onthe uninsulated side of the bulkhead.For refrigerated space insulation thepipe should be of a phenolic or similarheat insulating material joined to thebulkhead stuffing tube or a section ofsuch material should be inserted be-tween the bulkhead stuffing tube andthe metallic pipe.

(f) Ship's structure as a conductor.The ship's structure shall not be usedas a normal current-carrying conduc-tor for a ship's power, heating, orlighting system, except when approvedfor special purposes. Such hull returnshall not be used on tankers. Current-carrying parts are to be substantiallyprotected against accidental contact.


For current-carrying capacities of con-ductors, see Tables 111.60-1(e)(1)(i)and 111.60-1(e)(1)(ii).

(g) Circuits derived from autotrans-formers. Branch circuits shall not besupplied through autotransformers(transformers in which a part of thewinding is common to both primaryand secondary circuits).

(h) Polarity identification of con-ductors. (1) On systems having agrounded conductor, the groundedconductor shall be identified through-out the vessel by means of a white ornatural gray conductor outer covering,and any conductor so identified shallnot be used as an ungrounded conduc-tor of a circuit unless the conductor isrendered permanently unidentified bypainting or other effective means ateach outlet. On ungrounded systems,it is recommended that conductoridentification be consistent through-out the vessel.

(2) An insulated conductor of a port-able cable intended to be used as agrounding conductor shall have a con-tinuous identifying marker readily dis-tinguishing it from the other conduc-tors. The identifying marker shall con-sist of either a braid finished to showa green color or a green colored insula-tion. The requirements of this subpar-agraph shall be effective on vesselscontracted for on or after November19, 1956.

(i) Through feed arrangements.Where a feeder supplies more thanone distribution panel or panelboard,it may be continuous from the switch-board to the farthest panel or it maybe severed at any intermediate panel.If the bus bars of any distributionpanel or panelboard carry "through"load, the size of the buses should bedesigned for the total current. Thesize of feeder conductors should nor-mally be uniform for the total length,but may be reduced at any intermedi-ate distribution panel or panelboardprovided that the smallest section ofthe feeder is protected by the overcur-rent device at the distribution switch-board.

(j-l) [Reserved](m) Connections to terminals. (1)

Connection of conductors to terminalparts shall insure a thoroughly goodconnection without damaging the con-

ductors and shall be made by means ofpressure connectors, solder lugs, orsplices to flexible leads either sol-dered, brazed, or welded, except thatNo. 10 or smaller conductors may beconnected by means of clamps orscrews with terminal plates having up-turned lugs. Terminals for more thanone conductor shall be of a type ap-proved for that purpose.

(2) Connectors, or lugs of the set-screw type shall not be used withstranded conductors smaller than No.14 AWG unless provided with a nonro-tating follower traveling with the set-screw and making pressure contactwith the conductor.

(3) Pressure-type wire connectors,fixture splicing connectors, and lugsshall conform to the requirements ofUnderwriters' Laboratories, Inc.,"Standard for Wire Connectors andSoldering Lugs," and shall be so listedby Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.

(4) Terminal blocks shall employ ter-minal screws not smaller than 6-32,and spacings not less than that shownin Table 111.60-25(m)(4).

TABLE 111.60-25(m)(4)-TERMINAL BLOCK SPACINGS

Minimum spacings ininches between parts of

opposite polarity andVoltage involved between live parts and

ground

Through Overair surface

0-250 ......................................... /4 %251-600 ..................................... . 3

(n) Circuits in vicinity of magneticcompass. Precautions should be takenin connection with apparatus andwiring in the vicinity of the magneticcompass to prevent disturbance of theneedle from external magnetic fields.

(o) Segregation of vital circuits-(1)General. Power feeders supplying ap-paratus required for handling thevessel are not to be used for supplyingapparatus which is to be disconnectedwhen the vessel is underway unlessthe branch circuits for the latter areso arranged that they may be discon-nected at panelboards without inter-fering with the operation or protec-tion of those circuits necessary for thesafe operation of the vessel. In gener-

§ 111.60-25

§ 111.60-30

al, separate feeders should be run forsuch groups as engineroom and fire-room auxiliaries, motors for cargo-handling gear, radio transmitters, arcsearchlights, and ventilation sets.

(2) Passenger vessels. On passengervessels constructed with firescreenbulkheads forming fire zones, distribu-tion systems shall be so arranged thatfire in any main fire zone will not in-terfere with essential services in anyother main fire zone. This require-ment will be met if main and emergen-cy feeders passing through any zoneare separated both vertically and hori-zontally as widely as is practicable.

[CGFR 70-143, 35 FR 19907, Dec. 30, 1970,as amended by CGD 74-305, 41 FR 20613,June 24, 1976]

§ 111.60-30 Engine starting.Battery systems for engine-starting

purposes may be of the one-wiresystem. The ground lead should becarried to the engine frame.

§ 111.60-35 Lightning ground conductor.Lightning ground conductor should

be fitted to each wooden mast or top-mast. They need not be fitted to steelmasts.

§ 111.60-40 Cable splicing.(a) A cable may be spliced only

under the following conditions:(1) A cable installed in a subassem-

bly may be spliced to a cable installedin another subassembly.

(2) For a vessel receiving alterations,a cable may be spliced to extend a cir-cuit.

(3) A cable having a large size or ex-ceptional length may be spliced to fa-cilitate its installation.

(4) A cable may be spliced to replacea damaged section of the cable ifbefore replacing the damaged sectionthe insulation resistance of the re-mainder of the cable is measured todetermine the condition of the insula-tion.

(b) A splice authorized by this sec-tion must be made by a qualifiedperson with a one cycle compressiontool and must have the following:

(1) A pressure-type butt connectorthat is listed by Underwriters' Labora-tories, Inc. under U.L. 486 "Standard

Title 46-Shipping

for Wire Connectors and SolderingLugs".

(2) Replacement insulation that-(i) Has the same or greater thickness

than that of the cable insulation;(ii) Has electrical properties that are

the same as or better than the electri-cal properties of the cable insulation;and

(iii) Has a heat transfer capabilitythat is the same as or better than thatof the original cable insulation;

(3) A watertight replacement jacketthat is heat shrinkable or prestretchedtubing of the same or a greater thick-ness than that of the cable jacket andthat has properties that are the sameas or better than those of the cablejacket.

(4) For armored cable, replacementarmor or a jumper that connects tothe cable armor on each side of thesplice and that maintains the electri-cal continuity of the cable armor.

(c) Each butt connector, the replace-ment insulation, and the watertightreplacement jacket used in a splicemust be chemically compatible witheach other and with the materials ofthe cable.(49 CFR 1.4(b))[CGD 74-305, 41 FR 26013, June 24, 1976]

Subpart 111.65-Generator Circuitsand Protection

§ 111.65-1 Ship's service generators.(a) General. Each generator of 25

kw. and over, and each generator re-gardless of size if arranged for paralleloperation shall be protected by an in-dividual trip-free air circuit breakerhaving inverse time overcurrent trips.The pickup setting of the long-timeovercurrent trip of the circuit breakershall not exceed 115 percent of thegenerator rating for continuous ratedmachines and shall not exceed 15 per-cent above the overload rating for spe-cial rated machines. Each generator ofless than 25 kw. not arranged for par-allel operation may be protected by in-dividual fuses in lieu of an individualcircuit breaker.

(b) Alternating-current generators.Where three or more generators arearranged for parallel operation, thecircuit breakers shall have, in addition


to inverse time trips, instantaneoustrips set at a value in excess of themaximum asymmetrical short circuitcurrent available from the associatedgenerator. In order to provide the op-timum degree of protection for gener-ators, the short-time trips shall be setat the lowest values of current andtime which will coordinate with thetrip settings of feeder circuit breakerssupplied by the generator to providethe continuity of service and high-speed clearance specified in § 111.50-25.

(c) Direct-current generators. In ad-dition to the inverse time overcurrenttrips, direct-current generator circuitbreakers shall be provided with an in-stantaneous trip set at the lowestvalue of current which will coordinatewith the trip settings of feeder circuitbreakers supplied by the generator toprovide the continuity of service andhigh-speed clearance specified in§ 111.50-25.

(d) Generator circuits for paralleloperation. Each direct-current gener-ator arranged for parallel operationshall be provided with a reverse-cur-rent device. Each alternating-currentgenerator arranged for parallel oper-ation shall be provided with a reversepower relay.

§ 111.65-5 Three-wire direct-current gen-erators.

(a) Circuit breaker poles. Separatecircuit breaker poles should be pro-vided for the positive, negative, andalso for the equalizer leads unless pro-tection is provided by the main poles.When equalizer poles are provided forthe three-wire generators, the over-load trips should be of the "Algebraic"type. If a neutral pole is provided inthe generator circuit breaker, no over-load trip element shall be provided forthe neutral pole. A neutral overcur-rent relay and alarm system should beprovided and set to function at a cur-rent value equal to the neutral rating.

(b) Equalizer buses. For three-wiregenerators the circuit breaker shallprotect against a short circuit on theequalizer buses.

(c) Neutral grounding, main switch-board. The neutral of three-wire dual-voltage direct-current systems shouldbe solidly grounded at the generator

switchboard with a zero center amme-ter in the ground connection. The zerocenter ammeter shall have a full-scalereading of 150 percent of the neutralcurrent rating of the largest generatorand be marked to indicate the polarityof grounds. The ground connectionshould be made in such a manner thatit will not prevent checking the insula-tion resistance of the generator toground before the generator is con-nected to the bus.

(d) Neutral grounding, emergencyswitchboard. The neutral of three-wiredirect-current emergency power sys-tems should be grounded at all times.No direct ground connection should beprovided at the emergency switch-board, the neutral bus or buses beingsolidly and permanently connected tothe neutral bus of the main switch-board. No interrupting device shouldbe provided in the neutral conductorof the bus-tie feeder connecting thetwo switchboards.

§ 111.65-10 Three-wire single-phase andfour-wire three-phase generators.

(a) Circuit breaker poles. Circuitbreaker poles shall be provided foreach generator lead, except that cir-cuit breaker poles need not be pro-vided in the neutral of dual voltagesystems.

(b) Neutral grounding, main switch-board. The neutral of dual-voltage al-ternating-current systems shall be sol-idly grounded at the generator switch-board with an ammeter in the groundconnection. The ground connectionshall be made in such a manner that itwill not prevent checking the insula-tion resistance of the generator toground before the generator is con-nected to the bus.

(c) Neutral grounding, emergencyswitchboard. The neutral bus of theemergency switchboard shall begrounded at all times and in the samemanner as described for three-wiredirect-current systems in § 111.65-5(d).

§ 111.65-15 Propulsion circuits.

Overcurrent protection of propul-sion motors, generators, and circuitswill require special consideration ineach case. For general requirementssee § 111.35-5(j).

§ 111.65-15

§ 111.70-1

Subpart 111.70-Motor Circuits andProtection

§ 111.70-1 Motor feeder overcurrent pro-tection.

(a) General. The following provi-sions contained in this section specifyovercurrent devices intended to pro-tect feeder conductors supplyingmotors against overcurrents due toshort circuits or grounds.

(b) Rating or setting, motor loads.(1) A feeder which supplies motorsshall be provided with overcurrentprotection which shall not be greaterthan the largest rating or setting ofthe branch circuit protective device,for any motor of the group (based onTables 111.70-10(bl), 111.70-10(b2),and 111.70-10(b3)) plus the sum of thefull-load currents of the other motorsof the group.

(2) If two or more motors of equalhorsepower rating are the largest inthe group, one of these motors shouldbe considered as the largest for theabove calculation.

(3) If two or more motors of a groupmust be started simultaneously, it maybe necessary to install larger feederconductors and correspondingly largerratings or settings of feeder overcur-rent protective devices.

(4) Where larger capacity feedersare installed to provide for future ad-ditions or changes, the feeder overcur-rent protection may be based on therated current-carrying capacity of thefeeder conductors.

§ 111.70-5 Motor-branch-circuits.(a) General. The branch circuit

cables for motor loads shall be notsmaller than No. 14 AWG.

(b) Individual motors. Branch-cir-cuit conductors supplying a singlemotor shall have a current-carryingcapacity not less than 125 percent ofthe motor full-load current rating.Minimum cable sizes are given inTable 111.70-10(b3).

(c) Wound-rotor secondary. The con-ductors connecting the secondary of awound-rotor alternating-current motorto its controller shall have a current-carrying capacity not less than 125percent of the full-load secondary cur-rent of the motor. Where the second-

Title 46-Shipping

ary resistor is separate from the con-troller, the current-carrying capacityof the conductors between the control-ler and resistor shall be not less than110 percent of the full-load secondarycurrent.

(d) Several motors. Conductors sup-plying two or more motors shall havea current-carrying capacity of not lessthan 125 percent of the full-load cur-rent rating of the highest rated motorin the group plus the sum of the full-load current ratings of the remainderof the motors in the group. Also seeTable 111.60-10.

(e) Individual multispeed motors.For multispeed motors the conductorsbetween the controller and the motorwindings or winding connections shallhave a current-carrying capacity ofnot less than 125 percent of the full-load current rating of the associatedwinding or winding connection.

§ 111.70-10 Motor-branch-circuit short cir-cuit protection.

(a) General. The provisions coveredby this section specify overcurrent de-vices intended to protect the motor-branch-circuit conductors, the motorcontrol apparatus, and the motorsagainst overcurrent due to short cir-cuits or grounds. They are in additionto or amendatory of the provisions ofsubpart 111.50.

(b) Rating or setting for individualmotors. The motor-branch-circuitover-current device shall be capable ofcarrying the starting current of themotor. Overcurrent protection shall beconsidered as being obtained whenthis overcurrent device has a rating orsetting not exceeding the values givenin Tables 111.70-10(bl) and 111.70-10(b2).

(1) If the values for motor-branch-circuit protective devices given inTables 111.70-10(b1) and 111.70-10(b2)do not correspond to the standardsizes or ratings of fuses, nonadjustablecircuit breakers, or thermal devices, orpossible settings of adjustable circuitbreakers, adequate to carry the load,the next higher size, rating or settingmay be used.


TABLE 111.70-10(bl)-MAXIMuM RATING OR SETTINGOF MOTOR BRANCH CIRCUIT PROTECTIVE DEVICES

FOR MOTORS MARKED WITH A CODE LETTERINDICATING LOCKED ROTOR KVA

Percent of full-loadcurrent I

CircuitType of motor 2 Fuse breaker

rating 3 setting;time-

limit type

All a.c. single-phase and polyphasesquirrel cage and synchronousmotors with full-voltage, resistoror reactor starting:Code Letter A .............................. 150 150Code Letter B to E ...................... 250 200

A Code Letter F to V ...................... 300 250All a.c. squirrel cage and

synchronous motors withautotransformer starting:

Code Letter A .............................. 150 150Code Letter B to E ...................... 200 200Code Letter F to V ...................... 250 200

For certain exceptions to the values specified,see § 111.70-10(b).

For motors not marked with a code letter, seetable 111.70-10(b2).

ISee also table 111.70-10(b3).

TABLE 111.70-10(b2)-MAXIMUM RATING OR SETTINGOF MOTOR BRANCH CIRCUIT PROTECTIVE DEVICE FOR

MOTORS NOT MARKED WITH A CODE LETTERINDICATING LOCKED ROTOR KVA

Percent of full-loadcurrent' 2

Circuit breakerType of motor ' setting

Fuse _rating Instan- Time

taneous limittype type

Single-phase, all types ..................... 300 ............... 250Squirrel cage and synchronous

(full-voltage, resistor and reactorstarting) .................... 300.......... 250

Squirrel cage and synchronous(auto-transformer starting):

Not more than 30am peres ................................. 250 ............... 200

More than 30 amperes ............. 200 ............... 200High-reactance squirrel

cage:Not more than 30 amperes 250 ............... 250More than 30 amperes ................ 200 ............... 200

Wound rotor ................... 150.......... 150Direct current:

Not more than 50 horse-power .......................................... 150 250 150

More than 50 horsepower ........... 150 175 150

- For certain exceptions to the values specifiedsee § 111.70-10(b).

2 Synchronous motors of the low-torque low-speed type (usually 450 r.p.m. or lower) such as areused to drive reciprocating compressors, pumps,etc.. which start up unloaded, do not require a fuserating or circuit breaker setting in excess of 200percent of full-load current.

3 For motors marked with a code letter, see table111.70-10(bl).

(2) Where the overcurrent protec-

tion specified in tables 111.70-10(bl)

and 111.70-10(b2) is not sufficient for

the starting current of the motor, itmay be increased but shall in no case

exceed 400 percent of the motor fullload current.

(3) Table 111.70-10(b3) tabulates

usual values of motor-branch-circuit

protection, motor-running protection,and minimum cable size for various

motor full load currents for ease of

reference.

(c) Several motors on one branch cir-

cuit. Two or more motors may be con-

nected to the same branch circuit

under the conditions covered in this

paragraph.(1) Two or more motors each not ex-

ceeding 1 horsepower in rating andeach having a full load rated currentnot exceeding 6 amperes, may be usedon a branch circuit protected at notmore than 20 amperes at 125 volts orless, or 15 amperes at 600 volts or less.Individual running overcurrent protec-tion is unnecessary for such motorsunless required by the provisions of§ 111.70-15 (c) or (d).

(2) Two or more motors of any rat-ings, each having individual runningovercurrent protection, may be con-nected to one branch circuit providedall of the conditions contained in thissubparagraph are complied with.

(i) Each motor-running overcurrentdevice must be approved for group in-stallation.

(ii) Each motor controller must beapproved for group installation.

(iii) The branch circuit must be pro-tected by an overcurrent device havinga rating or setting equal to that speci-fied in paragraph (b) of this sectionfor the largest motor connected to thebranch circuit plus an amount equal tothe sum of the full load current rat-ings of all other motors connected tothe circuit.

(iv) The branch circuit overcurrentprotection must not be greater thanthat allowed by § 111.70-15(m) for the

§ 111.70-10

Title 46-Shipping

thermal cutout or relay protecting thesmallest motor of the group.

(v) The conductors of any tap sup-plying a single motor need not have in-dividual branch circuit protection, pro-vided they comply with either of thefollowing: (a) No conductor to themotor shall have a current-carryingcapacity less than that of the branchcircuit conductors, or (b) no conductorto the motor shall have a current-car-rying capacity less than one-third thatof the branch circuit conductors, witha minimum in accordance with§ 111.70-5(b), the conductors to themotor-running protective device beingnot more than 25 feet long and beingprotected from mechanical injury.

(d) Combined overcurrent protec-tion. Motor-branch-circuit overcurrentprotection and motor-running overcur-rent protection may be combined in asingle overcurrent device if the ratingor setting of the device provides therunning overcurrent protection speci-fied in § 111.70-15(b), (c), and (d).

(e) Group control branch circuitovercurrent protection. In lieu of therequirements of § 111.70-15(m) andparagraph (b) of this section, a motor-branch-circuit of group control panelsmay be considered to be protectedagainst overcurrent by an instanta-neous trip circuit breaker set to trip at

a value not exceeding 1,500 percent ofthe motor full load current, providedthat all the conditions of this para-graph are fulfilled.

(1) The thermal cutout, thermalrelay or other device for motor-run-ning protection shall be capable of op-eration without damage to itself froma current up to the setting of thebranch-circuit circuit breaker.

(2) The motor controller shall be ca-pable of opening the circuit withoutdamage to itself resulting from a cur-rent up to the setting of the branch-circuit circuit breaker.

(f) Overcurrent devices; in whichconductor. Overcurrent devices shallcomply with the provisions of Subpart111.50.

(g) Rating of circuit breakers. Cir-cuit breakers for motor-branch-circuitprotection shall have a continuouscurrent rating of not less than 115 per-cent of the full load current rating ofthe motors.

(h) Special requirements for over 600volts. Each motor-branch-circuit andfeeder of more than 600 volts shall beprotected -against overcurrent bymeans of a circuit breaker of suitablerating so arranged that it can be serv-iced without hazard.

§ 111.70-10


0 0

0 = 4

0....._ o- o

So. - 6.o 2 6440 0 0 C tooC

i 26tEocr'620-

.5

00E' E c 2Co .0gE 0

.5T

0

0-

~c 2

CL 0,

C4 E

22

55

EsE

o C0 -

20.-c

0.9

-t CO .m5222-

Sl~4

0 4) 0 - > "-

A t

0

0

Er

cc

S .

0

§ 111.70-10

) 4 00 0 0 0 0-0)) 0 )Qooooo

4qom0 ooo"

TCIJ0o) T o

V' ' '2 V c.2~;t4))4)44)00)4)0 4)4)

4)4)4)4)4)4)00000000

0-ow8C

F.5 4) 00~0225

§ 111.70-10

c

C, CL

a.5

0

0 =

0

E

0

C)

0 E

.0O E - o

00 .o3

a, , oEa

a, o 6 a''a a

E m 6

a, M

U

U-

cc

cc)

Q-

ccC

z9 B, ~aE l ).

Title 46-Shipping

02 0

, 00 0000000000000

IT -6 -0 oa

U-

0 U)U 0 00 0 0 0

a

o~,a,2oooooooo

= _a, ooU))oooooooN-000

C)'oaao ~ oo oooo o o

000000 00000o U)o U

U) N- 00 C') 0 V Ca (UR0- N

o - WoWoWo MIoo

- ooNN ooN o Naa, , ,

00U)U)U)00oUo U 0 U U

N NN oo, , ,aao t fU

N NN oNC o000 000 0


Ooooou~uoo )Uoo )000 ....... uU~u oooooo ....... 00o 00o0oo0oo800000 ~ ~ ~ ' CV C2 CV TV CV TV U) T) U) t2) ON Q) NN N N" Nm N N 000 00 CV CV U)U )0 00 ) 0 0000 U .... 0) 00000 . U. U) 0000 00 U) ooo 0000 000000000 0

mm O, c? oooo ooc2 Too!! Toooo

oROO) O00000

CV w CV CV CV CV mw ') m) U) U) N N N N 00 0 CVC VC C )1 ) )U 0 0U)U )U 0 0 0 0 0 0

mm moo oo m~m ooo om mm~ oo oooooooo ooooo ooooo

oooooooo oo aooo o

oooogg

oooooo88-

oc O o

U U) 0 0 U U)U U)0 0 U)U U) ) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 000000000000000000000000.0 00 )U )00000o)U U 000..... U)0U)0U)0U) OC CO OC N NN OC CO O OO CO OO .. C CV VC U) ) )U U)NoooooC CV VC U

NN OC CO O)UU))U~rU~CC,,,CooVC C CV VC o00 00 00 0 00 00 0

000 fl ~ CoC

COOCCU)))UflCC,,,CCCVVCC - - - 00 0 0000 0000 0000000 000 o-- U)))U0

00 0 f U' V1VC VC)C

40-130 0-79-6

Title 46-Shipping

E

E

0

0E

0

(3

0

:E

ao S C

~< 0

o 0 2

CC a,-

- a.- a E wo000 - a, 0o0 z .0 , p, m C 0E

~- . - -- , o -

oS a, CCCo

- o - o.- CC

TCC -CC CC . 0 C.,C CC. S0) w O

o - .. 2 - U

o. o.-

SE co Ro 6 0t

0c - >

@0EaoCO=

Ca <~C

ID

CCCS

Ow Z

0

0

c m.Ca.

u. t

( 3 .LL

-6oC

-C .a,

mC

§ 111.70-10

C-)

cc

-v-CC

a, . o .-

000000000000000

0, CO C 0 00 a00 0000

. . . . .C a a, . . . ..a a a a o o o0( a

aaaooooooo, a a, o000

00000000

000000000000

M o omm Vooo

oooooooooo ....

000000000

0 000000000

00 00000 OOOoco

000000000000000

0 000000000O

0 a a,00 , a 00a,

0000000i

a!oa~aioaia,

o~aoooa ao o(

000000000000000o~ o~ogoo0a ....... ~~oa

a oamaooao ,

00oo--.-........a a

ooo a ,a M MCo MCMC Ma

0000 000 00 ooo

oooooofa~~aooaoaooo

Ca aoaoCoCoCoCoCoCoCoCoaoaoa


: a O,5 .4 A) S 'Z- W '0 0 " , 0 rn

0 c d Z 0 0 0 5 " ,

:d : :c : : 4 U, 4 0 0 , 0o . , , .

o 0 r00 0 0 r

W 0 0 C3 O S. , , , , .. . ,- W' 0' cd=

.....0" > O.- En Z

S E m Z0' 0 4 -, 0 e

. . . ..4 4 '0 rx. o ,

n- 0 -) 0 ~ -

04 ~ ~ 4 44

4

W0~) 'd 0Z - - 4 C 15

a .. 0 , &. c) - '0 00 0 o >

0 1 4 0 J 41 -' dc 0 ce:0 , 5, v n $WI4,o , ,

S 0" b.0. 0 0,Z

,0 .

04 0 -U,0 Ej ;3. O.,- Icl > 0'

"0- b .

E 0

r/l .0 0 4

:e &0 0 W :d -- .- w m O0. 0 = O o o " --

0 d +5 0~U ce ce- c

0000 5 Ul00 0 0a00rU) 044 cd 4 _d c) Ol4. .. '0 "

0U W0~

bl 4 ce 0 0 D 0. I 0

o° ' 0o x a ce d - cd (D ,0 ce 0 04. 0 a O.-

ooooo uIou 0 0a

U. - d ,-b 0 4t

= - > &4-- > '0 ] l> o

'J 'U 0 V4) 0 C

CD to C) o 2 v - d g W 0 0

•~~~ ~ 0.n "0' v E 0 > '0 -, O ,- 0 , .. , ~^o o E 05- coo r. . .. ., .,; .r- O - ' -

ao o >>W- 0 0- W o 0° od o040 0 .

§ 111.70-15the motor will be considered to be pro-tected. Where such protective equip-ment is used, it shall be indicated onthe nameplate of the assembly whereit will be visible after installation.

(3) If the impedance of the motorwindings is sufficient to prevent over-heating due to failure to start, themotor may be protected as specified inparagraph (c) of this section for man-ually started motors.

(e) Wound-rotor secondaries. Thesecondary circuits of wound-rotor al-ternating-current motors, includingconductors, controllers, resistors, etc.,shall be considered as protectedagainst overcurrent by the motor-run-ning overcurrent device.

(f) Intermittent and similar duty. Amotor used for a condition of servicewhich is inherently short time is con-sidered as protected against overcur-rent by the branch circuit overcurrentdevice, provided the overcurrent pro-tection does not exceed that specifiedin Tables l11.70-10(bl) and 111.70-10(b2). Any motor is considered to befor continuous duty unless the natureof the apparatus which it drives issuch that the motor cannot operatecontinuously with load under any con-dition or unless permitted by § 111.25-15.

(g) Selection or setting of protectivedevices. Where the values specified formotor-running overcurrent protectiondo not correspond to the standardsizes or rating of fuses, nonadjustablecircuit breakers, thermal cutouts, ther-mal relays, the heating elements ofthermal trip motor switches, or possi-ble settings of adjustable circuit break-ers adequate to carry the load, thenext higher size, rating, or setting may-be used, but not higher than 130 per-cent of the full-load current rating ofthe motor except that for sealed (her-metic-type) refrigeration motors therating or setting of the protectivedevice shall not be higher than 140percent of the full-load current ratingof the motor. If not shunted duringthe starting period of the motor (seeparagraph (h) of this section), the pro-tective device shall have sufficienttime delay to permit the motor tostart and accelerate its load.

(h) Shunting during starting period.If the motor is manually started (in-

Title 46-Shipping

cluding starting with a magnetic start-er having pushbutton control) therunning overcurrent protection maybe shunted or cut out of the circuitduring the starting period of themotor, provided the device by whichthe overcurrent protection is shuntedor cut out cannot be left in the start-ing position, and the motor shall beconsidered as protected against over-current during the starting period iffuses or time-delay circuit breakers,rated or set at not over 400 percent ofthe full-load current of the motor, areso located in the circuit as to be opera-tive during the starting period of themotor. The motor-running overcurrentprotection shall not be shunted or cutout during the starting period if themotor is automatically started.

(i) Fuses; in which conductor. Iffuses are used for motor-running pro-tection, a fuse shall be inserted in eachungrounded conductor, except that afuse shall also be inserted in a ground-ed conductor under the circumstancesset forth in footnote 1 of Table 111.70-15(j) for circuits supplied by wye-deltaor delta-wye connected transformers.

(j) Devices other than fuses; in whichconductors. If devices other than fusesare used for motor-running protection,Table 111.70-15(j) shall govern theminimum allowable number and loca-tion of overcurrent units, such as tripcoils, relays, or thermal cutouts.

(k) Number of conductors discon-nected by overcurrent device. Motor-running protective devices, other thanfuses, thermal cutouts, or thermal pro-tectors, shall simultaneously open asufficient number of ungrounded con-ductors to interrupt current flow tothe motor.(1) Motor controller as running pro-

tection. A motor controller may alsoserve as the running overcurrentdevice if the number of overcurrentunits complies with Table 111.70-15(j),and if these overcurrent units are op-erative in both the starting and run-ning position in the case of a direct-current motor, and in the running po-sition in the case of an alternating-cur-rent motor.(m) Thermal cutouts and relays.

Thermal cutouts, thermal relays andother devices for motor-running pro-tection which are not capable of open-ing short circuits, shall be protected

Chapter I-Coast Guard, Dept. of Transportationby fuses or circuit breakers with rat- (n) Rating of protective devices.ings or settings of not over 4 times the Motor-running overcurrent devicesrating of the motor for which they are other than fuses shall have a rating ofdesigned, unless approved for group at least 115 percent of the full-loadinstallation, and marked to indicate current rating of the motor.the maximum rating or setting of the (o) Automatic restarting. A motor-overcurrent device by which they running protective device which canmust be protected. restart a motor automatically after

TABLE 11 1.70-150)-MINIMUM NUMBER AND LOCATION OF MOTOR RUNNING PROTECTIVE DEVICES

Number and location of overcurrent units,Kind of motor Supply system such as trip coils, relays, or thermal cut-

outs

1-phase alternating-current or direct-cur- 2-wire, 1-phase altemating-current or 1 in either conductor.rent, direct-current, ungrounded.

1-phase alternating-current or direct-cur- 2-wire, 1-phase alternating-current or 1 in ungrounded conductor.rent. direct-current, one conductor ground-

ed.1-phase alternating-current or direct-cur- 3-wire, 1-phase alternating-current or I in either ungrounded conductor.

rent. direct-current, grounded neutral.3-phase alternating-current 3-wire, 3-phase alternating-current, un- 2 in any 2 conductors.

grounded.3-phase alternating-current 3-wire, 3-phase, one conductor ground- 2 in ungrounded conductors.

ed.3-phase alternating-current 3-wire, 3-phase alternating-current, 2 in any 2 conductors.'

grounded neutral.3-phase alternating current 4-wire, 3-phase alternating-current, 2 in any 2 conductors, except the neu-

grounded neutral or ungrounded. tral. I

In the case of distribution systems supplying wye-delta or delta-wye connected transformers (having the wye neutral pointin the primary ungrounded or not connected to the circuit) three running overcurrent units shall be provided for the protection of3-phase 3-wire motors.

overcurrent tripping shall not be in-stalled.. (p) Special requirements for over 600

volts. Running overcurrent protectionfor a motor of over 600 volts shall con-sist of a circuit breaker, or of overcur-rent units integral with the controllerwhich shall simultaneously open allungrounded conductors to the motor.The overcurrent device shall have asetting as specified by this section.

§ 111.70-20 Motor controllers, general re-quirements.

(a) Suitability. Each controller shallbe capable of starting and stoppingthe motor which it controls, and foran alternating-current motor shall becapable of interrupting the stalled-rotor current of the motor.

(b) Rating. The controller shall havea horsepower rating, which shall notbe lower than the horsepower ratingof the motor, except as otherwise per-mitted by this paragraph.

(1) For a stationary motor rated atVs horsepower or less that is normallyleft running and is so constructed thatit cannot be damaged by overload orfailure to start, such as clock motors

and the like, the branch circuit over-current device may serve as the con-troller.

(2) For stationary motors rated at 2horsepower or less, and 300 volts orless, the controller may be a generaluse switch having an ampere rating atleast twice the full-load current ratingof the motor.

(3) For portable motors rated at V3horsepower or less, the controller maybe an attachment plug and receptacle.

(4) A branch-circuit circuit breaker,rated in amperes only, may be used asa controller. When this circuit breakeris also used for overcurrent protection,it shall conform to the appropriateprovisions of this part governing over-current protection.

(c) Need not open all conductors.Except when the motor controllerserves also as a disconnecting means(see § 111.70-30(1)) the controller neednot open all conductors to the motor.

(d) In grounded conductors. Onepole of the controller may be placed ina permanently grounded conductorprovided the controller is so designedthat the pole is the grounded conduc-tor cannot be opened without simulta-

§ 111!.70-20

§ 111.70-20

neously opening all conductors of thecircuit.

(e) Adjacent to motor and drivenmachinery. Generally a controllershall be located adjacent to the motorand its driven machinery. Where it isdesired to group motor controllers at acentral location or where, for otherreasons, it is not feasible to locate acontroller adjacent to the motor andits driven machine, the installationshall comply with one of the condi-tions listed in this paragraph.

(1) The motor and controller discon-necting means required by § 111.70-30shall be capable of being locked in theopen circuit position. However, if thedisconnecting means is not withinsight of the controller location or ismore than 50 feet distant from thecontroller, paragraph (e)(1) or (2) ofthis section shall be complied with.

(2) A manually operable switchwhich will disconnect the motor fromits source of supply shall be providedadjacent to the motor location. Thisswitch shall be rated in accordancewith the appropriate requirements of§ 111.70-30.

(3) A maintaining type switch in themotor control circuit shall be providedadjacent to the motor which will pre-vent the motor from being energized.

(f) Number of motors served by eachcontroller. Each motor shall be pro-vided with an individual controller,except that for motors of 600 volts orless, a single controller may serve agroup of motors under any one of theconditions provided by this paragraph.

(1) If a number of motors drive sev-eral parts of a single machine or pieceof apparatus.

(2) If a group of motors is under theprotection of one overcurrent device aspermitted in § 111.70-10(c)(1).

(g) Adjustable-speed motors. Adjust-able-speed motors, if controlled bymeans of field regulation, shall be soequipped and connected that theycannot be started under weakenedfield unless the motor is designed forsuch starting.

(h) Speed limitation. Machines ofthe types listed in this paragraph shallbe provided with speed limiting de-vices, unless the inherent characteris-tics of the machine, the system, or theload and the mechanical connection

Title 46-Shipping

thereto are such as safely to limit thespeed, or unless the the machine isalways under the manual control of aqualified operator.

(1) Separately excited direct-currentmotors.

(2) Series motors.(3) Motor-generators and converters

which can be driven at excessive speedfrom the direct-current end, as by re-versal of current or decrease in load.

(i) Enclosure-(l) General. All con-trolling apparatus, except as otherwisepermitted below, shall be protected byenclosing cases, either dripproof orwatertight, depending on their loca-tion. Cable entrance plates, if pro-vided, for watertight enclosures and atthe top of dripproof enclosures shallbe at least 1/8-inch thick and be fittedwith gaskets. Watertight enclosuresshall be provided with external feet orlugs for mounting.

(2) Open type. Control apparatusmay be of the open type provided it islocated in a compartment or enclosureassigned solely to electrical controlequipment and accessible only toqualified persons. Where the compart-ment is used for other apparatus andthe location of an open controller issuch that it is subject to accidentalcontact, adequate guardrails or theequivalent shall be provided.

(j) Hinged doors. All controllerhinged doors having either a heightexceeding 45 inches or a width exceed-ing 24 inches shall be provided withdoor positioners and stops. Equipmentmounted on a hinged door shall beconstructed or shielded in such amanner that no live parts of the doormounted equipment will be exposed toaccidental contact by a person withthe door open and the circuit ener-gized.

(k) Grounding. Controller cases,except insulating covers of snapswitches, shall be grounded.

(1) Construction. The constructionof controlling apparatus and their en-closures shall conform to the require-ments of Underwriters' Laboratories,Inc., "Standard for Industrial ControlEquipment," except that sheet metalenclosures for installation in corrosivelocations shall not be installed unlessone of the conditions covered in thisparagraph is complied with.


(1) The enclosure is fabricated ofcorrosion-resistant material.

(2) The enclosure is fabricated ofsheet steel not less than 1/s inch inthickness and hot dip galvanized afterfabrication.

(3) The enclosure is fabricated ofsheet steel not less than 3/,6 inch inthickness and given a corrosion resis-tant finish in accordance with§ 110.15-40 of this subchapter.

(m) Wearing parts. All wearing partsof controller should be readily accessi-ble for inspection and renewal.

(n) Protection against low voltage.Motor controllers for motors of 2horsepower or larger shall be providedwith protection against low voltage.Low-voltage release should be pro-vided only on controllers for auxil-iaries which are vital to the operationof the propelling equipment whereautomatic restart after a voltage fail-ure will not be hazardous. Otherwise,low-voltage protection should be used.To permit prompt restoration of serv-ice after interruption, the starting cur-rent and short-time sustained currentof all low-voltage release load shall bewithin the capacity of one generator.

(o) Manually operated controllers.Manually operated controllers shall bearranged for operation without open-ing the enclosing case. In the paneltype the starting arm shall be ar-ranged so that the motor will stop ifthe arm is left on a starting point. Inregulating drum controllers the resis-tor shall be proportioned for the dutycycle.

(p) Alternating-current manualauto-starters. Alternating-currentmanual auto-starters with self-con-tained auto-transformers should beprovided with switches on the quick-make-and-break type and the startersshould be arranged so that it will beimpossible to throw to the running po-sition without having first thrown tothe starting position. Switches shouldbe preferably of the contractor or air-break type. In case oil is necessary, thestarter should not leak when tilted toan angle of 15 degrees and should beconstructed to prevent the liquid fromsplashing out due to the rolling of thevessel.

(q) Identification of controllers. Acontroller shall be marked with themaker's name or identification symbol,the voltage, the current or horsepowerrating, and such other data as may beneeded properly to indicate the motorwhich it controls. The identificationdata necessary to indicate the motorwhich the controller controls shall beon the external surface of the enclo-sure. A heat resistant durable typewiring diagram of the controller shallbe permanently attached to the insideof the controller door.[CGFR 70-143, 35 FR 19907, Dec. 30, 1970;36 FR 5606, Mar. 25, 1971]§ 111.70-25 Group control panels.

(a) General. The provisions in thissection are in addition to and amenda-tory of the other provisions of thissubpart and are applicable to two ormore motor controllers grouped into amotor control center and supplied by acommon feeder. The provisions of thisparagraph are not applicable to thecontrollers for two or more motorsdriving several parts of a single ma-chine or piece of apparatus when thecontrollers are grouped or installed ina single enclosure.

(b) Arrangement. Each controllerand its associated motor overcurrentprotective device, motor branch circuitovercurrent protective device and dis-connecting means shall be mounted ina common metal enclosure providedwith a hinged door.

(c) Door interlock. The hinged doorrequired above shall be interlockedwith the disconnect device to preventthe door being opened with the circuitenergized.

(d) Working space. Working space,generally not less than 30 inches andat no point less than 24 inches, shallbe provided in front of group controlboards. Where access to the rear is re-quired for making connections and forsubsequent inspections, or for otherpurposes, space adequate for the workto be done, and in no case less than 18inches shall be provided.

(e) Nameplates. Circuit nameplatesin accordance with § 111.30-1(h) shallbe provided.

§ 111.70-30 Disconnecting means.(a) General. The provisions con-

tained in this section are intended to

§ 111.70-30

§ 111.70-30

require disconnecting means formotors and controllers capable of dis-connecting them from the circuit.

(b) Type. The disconnecting meansshall be an enclosed, externally oper-able, motor-circuit switch, rated inhorsepower, or a circuit breaker,except as permitted in the paragraphs(c), (d), (e), f), and (g) of this section.Every switch in the motor branch cir-cuit within sight from the controllerlocation shall comply with these re-quirements.

(c) One-eighth horsepower or less.For stationary motors of 1/s horsepow-er or less, the branch circuit overcur-rent device may serve as the discon-necting means.

(d) Two horsepower or less. For sta-tionary motors rated at 2 horsepoweror less and 300 volts or less, the discon-necting means may be a general-useswitch having an ampere rating atleast twice the full-load current ratingof the motor.

(e) Over 2 horsepower to and includ-ing 50 horsepower. The disconnectingmeans shall be a motor-circuit switchrated in horsepower, or a circuitbreaker, except that for a motor withan auto transformer type of control-ler, the disconnecting means may be ageneral use switch if all the provisionscontained in this paragraph are com-plied with.

(1) The motor drives a generatorwhich is provided with overcurrentprotection.

(2) The controller is:(i) Capable of interrupting the

stalled-rotor current of the motor.(ii) Provided with a low-voltage re-

lease, and(iii) Provided with running overcur-

rent protection not exceeding 115 per-cent of the motor full-load currentrating.

(3) Separate fuses or a circuit break-er, rated or set at not more than 150percent of the motor full-load currentare provided in the motor branch cir-cuit.

(f) Exceeding 50 horsepower. For sta-tionary motors rated at more than 50horsepower, the disconnecting meansmay be a motor-circuit switch alsorated in amperes, a general-use switch,or an isolating switch. Isolating andgeneral-use switches for motors ex-

Title 46-Shipping

ceeding 50 horsepower, not capable ofinterrupting stalled-rotor currents,shall be plainly marked "Do not openunder load."

(g) Portable motors. For portablemotors an attachment plug and recep-tacle may serve as the disconnectingmeans.

(h) Current-carrying capacity. Thedisconnecting means shall have a cur-rent-carrying capacity of at least 115percent of the current rating of themotor.

(i) Poles; in which conductors. Thedisconnecting means shall simulta-neously open all conductors.

(j) To'be indicating. The disconnect-ing means shall plainly indicatewhether it is in the open or closed po-sition.

(k) To disconnect both motor andcontroller. The disconnecting meansshall disconnect both the motor andthe controller from all supply conduc-tors. The disconnecting means may bein the same enclosure with the con-troller.

(1) Switch or circuit breaker as bothcontroller and disconnecting means. Aswitch or circuit breaker complyingwith the provisions of § 111.70-20(b)may serve as both controller and dis-connecting means if it opens all con-ductors to the motor, is protected byan overcurrent device (which may bethe branch circuit fuses) which opensall ungrounded conductors to theswitch or circuit breaker, and is one ofthe types listed in this paragraph.

(1) An air-break switch operable di-rectly by applying the hand to a leveror handle.

(2) A circuit breaker switch operabledirectly by applying the hand to alever or handle.

(3) An oil switch used on a circuitwhose rating does not exceed 600 voltsor 100 amperes, or on a circuit exceed-ing this capacity if under expert super-vision and by special approval.

(4) The oil switch or circuit breakerspecified above may be both powerand manually operable. If power oper-able, provisions shall be made to lockit in the open position. The overcur-rent device protecting the controllermay be part of the controller assemblyor may be separate. An autotrans-former type controller is not included


above and will require a separate dis-connecting means.

(m) Panelboard or switchboard de-vices, as disconnecting means. Abranch circuit switch or circuit break-er may serve as the disconnectingmeans provided it conforms to all therequirements of this section. Whenprovision for locking in the open cir-cuit position is required by paragraph(n) of this section, accessibility formanual operation of any other switchor circuit breaker on the panelboardor switchboard shall not be hindered.

(n) In sight from controller location.The disconnecting means shall be lo-cated within sight of controller loca-tion or be arranged to be locked in theopen circuit position. A distance ofmore than 50 feet is considered equiva-lent to being out of sight. The discon-necting means shall be located in thesame ship's compartment with thecontroller.

(o) Motors served by a single discon-necting means. Each motor shall beprovided with individual disconnectingmeans, except that for motors of 600volts or less a single disconnectingmeans may serve a group of motorsunder any one of the conditions pro-vided by this paragraph. The discon-necting means serving a group ofmotors shall have a rating not lessthan is required by paragraph (b) ofthis section for a single motor whoserating equals the sum of the horse-powers or currents of all motors of thegroup.

(1) If a number of motors drive sev-eral parts of a single machine or pieceof apparatus such as metal and wood-working machines, cranes, and hoists.

(2) If a group of motors is under theprotection of one set of overcurrentdevices as permitted by § 111.70-10(c).

(p) Readily accessible. The discon-necting means shall be readily accessi-ble.

§ 111.70-35 Heater circuits.Where motors, master switches, and

similar enclosures, except motor con-trollers, are fitted with electric heaterslocated inside the enclosures and ener-gized from a separate circuit, theheater circuits shall be disconnected inthe same manner as required for con-

trol, interlock and indicator circuits in§ 111.70-40(e)(2). In the case of deckmachinery, when the location of themotor, master switch, or similar enclo-sure is remote from the motor andcontroller disconnect device, a warningsign may be affixed to the unit enclo-sure warning the operator of the pres-ence of two sources of potential withinthe unit enclosure and giving the loca-tion of the heater circuit disconnectdevice in lieu of the disconnect ar-rangement required by § 111.70-40(e)(2). Electric heaters installedwithin motor controllers and energizedfrom a separate circuit shall be discon-nected in the same manner as required,by § 111.70-40(e).

§ 111.70-40 Remote-control, electrical in-terlock, and indicator circuits.

(a) General. The deviations from thegeneral requirements in this sub-chapter as covered by this section areintended to provide for peculiar condi-tions governing remote-control, elec-trical interlock, and indicator circuits.

(b) Overcurrent protection. Conduc-tors of control, electrical interlock,and indicator circuits of motor con-trollers shall be considered as beingproperly protected against overcurrentby the branch-circuit overcurrentdevice where the conductors arewholly within the controller enclosure.Conductors of control, electrical inter-lock, and indicator circuits external tothe controller enclosure shall be con-sidered as being properly protectedagainst overcurrent under any one ofthe conditions listed in this paragraph.

(1) If the rating or setting of thebranch-circuit overcurrent device isnot more than 500 percent of the cur-rent-carrying capacity of the control,electrical interlock, or indicator circuitconductors.

(2) By overcurrent devices, in bothsides of the line, having a rating orsetting of not more than 500 percentof the current-carrying capacity of thecontrol, electrical interlock, or indica-tor circuit conductors, except thatwhere under operating conditionsthere is no appreciable difference inpotential between the external con-ductors, overcurrent protection needonly be provided at the supply of thatside of the line.

§ 111.70-40

§ 111.75-1

(3) If the opening of the control,electrical interlock, or indicator circuitwould create a hazard, no overcurrentprotection shall be provided.

(4) For overcurrent protection ofsteering gear control and indicatorlight circuits see § 111.80-70.

(c) Accidental ground. It is recom-mended that remote control circuitsbe so arranged that an accidentalground will not start the motor.

(d) Source of potential. The poten-tial for a control, interlock, or indica-tor circuit shall be derived from theload side of the motor and controllerdisconnect means specified by § 111.70-30, except that where the controlfunctions are such that such circuitsmust be common to two or more con-trollers, the switching arrangementsspecified by paragraph (e) of this sec-tion, shall be complied with.

(e) Switching. In the design of con-trol, interlock, and indicator circuits,all possible steps shall be taken toeliminate more than one source of po-tential in an enclosure. Where the con-trol functions are such as to make itimpracticable to energize a control, in-terlock, or indicator circuit from theload side of the motor and controllerdisconnect means specified by § 111.70-30, one of the following alternativemethods of switching shall be em-ployed.

(1) The potential of the control, in-terlock, or indicator circuits shall belimited to not more than 24 volts, inwhich case no disconnecting meansneed be provided.

(2) The conductors of control, inter-lock, or indicator circuits shall be dis-connected from all sources of potentialby a disconnect device independent ofthe motor and controller disconnectdevice specified by § 111.70-30. Thetwo independent devices shall be locat-ed immediately adjacent one to theother, and a sign, warning the opera-tor to open both devices to disconnectcompletely the motor and controller,shall be permanently attached to theexterior of the door of the main dis-connect device.

(3) The conductors of control, inter-lock, or indicator circuits shall be dis-connected from all sources of potentialby a disconnect device actuated by theopening of the controller door, thisdevice and its connections (including

Title 46-Shipping

terminal blocks, when employed, forterminating the ship's wiring) beingsuch that there are no electrically un-insulated or unshielded surfaces.

Subpart 111.75-Lighting Circuits andProtection

§ 111.75-1 Lighting feeders.(a) Passenger quarters, crew quar-

ters, and public spaces: On passengervessels constructed with firescreenbulkheads forming fire zones, thelighting distribution system shall be soarranged that fire in any main firezone will not interfere with the light-ing in any other main fire zone. Thisrequirement will be met if main andemergency feeders passing throughany zone are separated both verticallyand horizontally as widely as is practi-cable.

(b) Machinery spaces: Lighting forenginerooms, for the boilerrooms, andfor the auxiliary machinery spacesshall, where practicable, be suppliedfrom two or more feeders, one ofwhich may be an emergency feeder.

(c) Cargo spaces: Separate feedersshall be provided for cargo space light-ing. The distribution panels shall belocated outside of the cargo spaces.

(d) Special requirements for emer-gency lighting, feeders, and branchcircuits are given in § 112.05-10 of thissubchapter.

§ 111.75-3 Transformer feeder circuits.The conductors of transformer pri-

mary and secondary feeder circuitsshall be provided with short circuitprotection and shall be protected byovercurrent devices located at thesource of supply to the primary, ratedor set at 100 percent of the smaller ofthe primary and secondary feeder con-ductors (taking into account the trans-former ratio as necessary). The ratingor setting of the overcurrent devicesshall not exceed 115 percent of therated primary current of the trans-former.

§ 111.75-5 Lighting branch circuits.(a) General. Lighting branch circuit

conductors shall be not smaller thanNo. 14 AWG, except that taps to lam-pholders within a lighting fixture maybe not smaller than No. 18 AWG


where the branch circuit is protectedby an overcurrent device rated or setat not more than 15 amperes.

(b) 15-ampere lighting branch cir-cuits. The connected load on a light-ing branch circuit shall not exceed 12amperes, computed on the basis of thelamp sizes to be installed, but in nocase less than 50 watts per outletunless the design of the fixture pre-cludes the possibility of installinglamps of a higher wattage than thoseoriginally installed. Circuits supplyingelectric discharge type lamps shall becomputed on the basis of ballast inputcurrent. Receptacle outlets providedfor the convenience of passengers orcrew to which no ship's service appara-tus, such as room fans, desk lamps,table lamps, etc., will be connected,need not be counted as a connectedload.

(c) 20-ampere lighting branch cir-cuits. Lighting branch circuits supply-ing only fixed nonswitched lightingfixtures for cargo hold or deck light-ing may be supplied by 20-amperebranch circuits wired with not lessthan No. 12 AWG conductors, pro-vided all the following conditions arecomplied with:

(1) Fixture wire or portable cord, ifemployed in the lighting fixtures,shall not be smaller than No. 14 AWG.

(2) The connected load shall notexceed 16 amperes.

(3) 30-ampere lighting branch cir-cuits: Lighting branch circuits supply-ing only fixed nonswitched lightingfixtures having only lampholders ofthe mogul type, or other lampholdingdevices required for lamps exceedingthe maximum rating of medium-baselamps (300 watts), may be supplied by30-ampere branch circuits wired withnot smaller than No. 10 AWG conduc-tors, provided all of the following con-ditions are complied with:

(i) Fixture wire, if employed inwiring the lighting fixtures, shall benot less than No. 12 AWG.

(ii) The connected load shall notexceed 24 amperes.

(4) Multilamp fixtures: Multilampfixtures employing a large number oflow-wattage lamps, where the totalload of the fixture exceeds 12 am-peres, may be supplied by a polyphasebranch circuit provided all the condi-

tions covered in this paragraph arecomplied with.

(i) The branch circuit is controlledfrom the distribution panelboard onlyby a common closing, common trip cir-cuit breaker having a pole for each cir-cuit conductor.

(ii) The potential between any twoconductors of the polyphase circuitdoes not exceed 120 volts.

(iii) The current in any conductor ofthe polyphase branch circuit does notexceed 12 amperes.

(d) Connections to screw-shell lam-pholders. On branch circuits with agrounded conductor, the screw shell oflampholders shall be connected to thegrounded neutral.

(e) Fixture wires or flexible cords.Fixture wire or flexible cord, size No.16 or No. 18 AWG, shall be consideredas protected by 15-ampere overcurrentdevices.

§ 111.75-10 Low-voltage system, 0 to 50volts.

(a) Lighting. Where a low-voltagesystem is used for lighting, standardlamp sockets and receptacles shall beused, and no branch circuit is to befitted with more than eight lamp sock-ets or receptacles. Each lightingbranch circuit shall be wired with notless than No. 12 AWG conductors, andshall be protected by fuses of no great-er capacity than 20 amperes, exceptthat special circuits supplying appli-ances shall have receptacles of 20-ampere rating and shall be wired withnot smaller than No. 10 AWG conduc-tors. Where a low-voltage, low-amper-age system is used, such as for interiorcommunication, no electrical connec-tion is to be made to a standard volt-age system unless specifically ap-proved.

§ 111.75-15 Lighting requirements.(a) General requirements-(1) Pas-

sageways, public spaces, etc. Thesupply to lights in passageways, publicspaces, and berthing compartments ac-commodating more than 25 personsshall be divided between two or morebranch circuits one of which may bean emergency.

(2) Machinery spaces. Where practi-cable, alternate groups of lights in anengineroom, a boilerroom, and an aux-

§ 111.75-15

§ 111.75-15

iliary machinery space shall be ar-ranged so that the failure of onebranch circuit will not leave largeareas in darkness.

(b) General lighting requirements-(1) Crew spaces and work spaces. Allspaces where members of the crew areregularly employed or quartered shallbe adequately lighted. The minimumstandard for natural lighting is that itwill be possible on a clear day to readprint such as that of an ordinarynewspaper in any part of the clearworking space. When it is not possibleto provide adequate natural lighting,artificial lighting may be accepted onthe same basis.

(2) Washrooms, toilet rooms, etc.Washrooms, toilet rooms, and hospitalspaces are in particular to be welllighted.

(3) Artificial lighting. In every spaceapportioned to the crew, provisionshall be made for efficient illumina-tion at night and in dull weather byartificial lighting.

(4) Berth lights. Special provisionsshall be made for berth lights for eachmember of the crew.

(c) Berth lights. Berth lights shall bepermanently mounted and wired with-out the use of portable cords. Theberth light shall have a minimumhorizontal projection so that it will bedifficult completely to cover the lightwith bedding.

(d) Exit lights. (1) Exit lights are re-quired by § 78.47-40 of this chapter.

(2) The word "Exit" shall be in redblock letters not less than 2 incheshigh and of such type that it can beseen from a distance.

(e) Lifeboat floodlights. (1) Illumina-tion for lifeboat launching operationsis required by §§ 33.20-1(c)(3), 75.50-10,and 94.50-10 of this chapter. Thepower supply to the lifeboat branchcircuits shall be from the emergencysource as specified in § 112.05-10 ofthis subchapter.

(2) Lifeboat floodlights: The ar-rangement of branch circuits to life-boat floodlights shall be such that thefloodlights at adjacent lifeboats aresupplied by different branch circuits.

(3) Lifeboat floodlights shall be ar-ranged so that the floodlights may bequickly directed either to the launch-ing gear or to the lifeboat alongside.

Title 46-Shipping

Means of training the floodlights shallbe positive and shall not require theuse of tools. The floodlights shall beconnected to the supply circuit bymeans of a short length of heavy-dutyportable cord, Type S or the equiva-lent, and no receptacle outlet shall beemployed,

(4) Vessels having liferafts, author-ized in lieu of lifeboats for which ap-proved launching devices are provided,shall be fitted with floodlights for illu-minating the liferafts, launching de-vices, and water into which the lifer-afts are launched. Such floodlightsshall be arranged as required by para-graph (e)(2) of this section for life-boats. Means shall also be provided forilluminating the stowage position of li-ferafts for which approved launchingdevices are not provided.

(f) Pilot ladders. Means shall be pro-vided and used on all vessels engagedon voyages in which pilots are likely tobe embarked at night for illuminatingthe pilot ladders.

(g) Navigation lights-() Applica-tion. The provisions of this subpart,with the exception of paragraph (g)(8)of this section shall apply to all vesselscontracted for on or after November19, 1952. Vessels contracted for priorto November 19, 1952, shall meet therequirements of paragraph (g)(8) ofthis section.

(2) General requirements. (i) All ves-sels and motorboats shall be equippedwith navigation lights and shapes asprescribed by law and regulation.

(ii) Navigation light circuits: Thefeeder supplying a navigation lightpanel shall be protected by overcur-rent devices rated or set at not lessthan 30 amperes. The navigation lightpanel shall be fitted with 10-amperemain fuses and with three-amperebranch circuit fuses as indicated onFigure 111.75-15(g)(3).

(3) Navigation light indicator panel.(i) Self-propelled vessels of 1,600 grosstons and over shall be provided with anavigation light indicator panel locat-ed in the wheelhouse to control elec-tric side, masthead, range, and sternlights. The panel shall provide visibleand audible indications of the failureof any of the above-named navigationlights. The power supply shall meet


the requirements of § 112.05-10(b)(2)of this subchapter.

(ii) Recommended circuit diagramsfor navigation light indicator panelsare shown in Figure 111.75-15(g)(3) ofthis subchapter. Other circuit dia-grams may be submitted for approval.

(4) Construction of navigationlights. Navigation lights shall be of anapproved type.

(5) Installation of navigation lights.(i) Navigation lights shall be installedin such a manner that the angles ofvisibility and the minimum heightsabove the deck required by the appli-cable Rules of the Road will be as-sured.

(ii) The light from a navigation lightshall not be obscured by any part ofthe vessel's structure or rigging.

§ 111.75-15

Title 46-Shipping

-" . . . . . . . - - - .

-- . . . .. ..l-

§ 111.75-15


(iii) Navigation lights shby means of a short lengtduty portable cable to a waceptacle outlet located adjato. Where the double lentype electric navigation 1stalled, each lamp shall bIto its branch circuit conmeans of an individual poand receptacle plug.

(6) Light screens. Lightquired by the Rules of thport and starboard side ligipainted with a glossy blacishall project not less thanward of the center of the 1:

(7) Light intensity staNavigation lights shall be cintensity so that the candleside the lens is not lessamount corresponding to tdistance of visibility as sTable 111.75-15(g) (7)(i).

TABLE 111.75-1 5(g)(7)(

Distance of visibilty,in nautical miles

f ..................... ................ .................... % ..............

2 .........................................................................3 .........................................................................5 .........................................................................

NOTE: In Table 111.75-15(g)(7)(i) the staupon a transmissivity factor of 70 percent ppractical threshold of vision of %-sea-mile c

(ii) The standard incandeslisted in Table 111.75-15(Erecommended for vessels 1volt electrical systems.

TABLE 111.75-15(g)(7)(i

Distance of Color Witvisibility, in fresn

nautical miles lens

1 ...................................... Red ................1 ...................................... G reen ...........2 ............... White ...............2 ............... Amber ...............2 .................... Red ..............2 ...................................... G reen ...........3 ................ White ................3 ................ Amber ..........5 ..................................... W hite ...........

NOTE: In table 111.75-15(g)(7)(ii) the rewattages for lights with fresnel lenses assunratio of 1 to 4. The following filter efficiencAmber-30 percent; red-5 percent; greerthis table it is also assumed the lamps have

all be wiredh of heavy-ttertight re-acent there-s, two-lamplight is in-e connectediductors byrtable cable

screens re-.e Road forhts shall bek paint and3 feet for-

tensities: 15w.-11cp.; 25w.-21cp.; 40w.-37cp.; 50w.-50cp.; 75w.-90cp.; 100w.-130cp.: 200w.-290cp. The com-putations are based upon

Allards Law, using the formula:

Io=EoD2

TO

Where:Io=Intensity of the source in candlepower.Eo=The practical threshold of vision, %

sea-mile candles.D =Distance light must be seen in nautical

miles.T=0.7, the transmissivity factor, or frac-

tion of light passing through eachnautical mile of atmosphere on a"dark night with a clear atmosphere."

ight source. (8) Navigation lights for existingndards. (i) vessels. (i) Navigation lights on vesselsf sufficient contracted for prior to November 19,

epower out- 1952, shall meet the requirements coy-than that ered in this section.

he required (ii) Existing arrangements, materi-pecified in als, and facilities previously approved

will be considered satisfactory so longas they are maintained in good condi-tion to the satisfaction of the Officerin Charge, Marine Inspection. Minor

Candlepower repairs and minor alterations may be..... 1.0

5. made to the same standard as the17.6 original installation.

100.0 (iii) All new installations or majorndards are based replacements shall meet the applica-er sea-mile and a ble specifications or requirements.andles. (h) Signaling lights-() Application.scent lamps The provisions of this subpart, with)(7)(ii) are the exception of paragraph (h)(5) of

iaving 115- this section, shall apply to vessels con-tracted for on or after November 19,1952. Vessels contracted for prior toNovember 19, 1952, shall meet the re-quirements of paragraph (h)(5) of this

Wattage section.(2) General requirements. Except as

h Without modified by § 33.50-1 of this chapter,a] fresnel all ocean and coastwise self-propelleds lens

vessels of over 150 gross tons shall beequipped with an efficient daylight

.......... 25 signaling light of the type covered by25 50 this subpart.

1525 (3) Signaling lamp circuit. A sepa-

40 100 rate branch circuit shall be provided75 200 to supply the signaling lamps required

2525 75 by this paragraph. The branch circuit40 100 shall be supplied either from the

emergency lighting panel required by§ 112.05-10(b)(2) emergency source of

commended lamp emergency lighting and power as pro-me a lamp-to-ight vided for in § 112.15-5(h) of this sub-cies are assumed:n-2 percent. For chapter, or from a source as approvede the following in- in the case of vessels not fitted with

§ 11 1.75-1!

§ 111.75-20

an emergency lighting and powersystem.

(4) Detail requirements. (i) The sig-naling light shall consist of a devicewhich produces a narrow high-intensi-ty beam of light suitable for daylightblinker communication at speeds up tonine words (180 dots and/or dashes)per minute.

(ii) The axial candlepower of thebeam shall be not less than 60,000candlepower. The beam shall have atotal horizontal and vertical diver-gence of approximately 6 degrees.This divergence is defined as the angu-lar limits of the beam where the cand-lepower has fallen to one-tenth of theaxial candlepower.

(iii) In addition to the requirementsof paragraph (h)(4) (ii) of this section,the candlepower of the beam in everydirection within an angle of 0.70 fromthe axial shall be not less than 50 per-cent of the axial candlepower.

(iv) The signaling light shall befitted with a suitable sighting arrange-ment capable of directing the beam onto the receiving station.

(v) Signaling may be effected bykeying the current through the lamp,by movement of shutters, or by otherapproved means.

(vi) The signaling light may beeither a fixed unit mounted on the topof the wheelhouse, a semifixed unitwith arrangements for quick mountingat either wing of the navigatingbridge, or a portable unit.

(vii) Fixed or semifixed signalinglights shall be energized from theemergency lighting and power systemas required by § 112.15-5(h) of thissubchapter. Portable signaling unitsshall be energized from a self-con-tained storage battery capable of oper-ating the unit 2 hours continuouslywithout recharging.

(5) Signaling light for existing ves-sels. (i) Signaling lights on vessels con-tracted for prior to November 19, 1952,shall meet the requirements in thissection.

(ii) Ocean and coastwise ships over150 gross tons shall be equipped withan efficient signaling lamp. This lampshall be permanently fixed above thebridge and equipped with a Fresnellens and high-speed bulb, operated bya weatherproof key fitted with a suit-

Title 46-Shipping

able condenser. The lamp shall be soconnected that it can be operatedfrom the normal source of ship's cur-rent, the emergency source, and otheremergency batteries if provided.

(iii) Existing arrangements, materi-als, and facilities previously approvedwill be considered satisfactory so longas they are maintained in good condi-tion and meet all test requirements tothe satisfaction of the Officer inCharge, Marine Inspection, having ju-risdiction. Minor repairs and minor al-terations may be made to the samestandard as the original installation.All new installations or major replace-ments shall meet the applicable speci-fications or requirements for new ves-sels.

§ 111.75-20 Lighting fixtures.(a) General requirements. (1) Con-

struction details shall be in accordancewith Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.,"Standard for Marine Type ElectricLighting Fixtures Subject 595."

(2) Open arc lamps shall not be usedfor applications other than for search-lights and for motion picture projec-tors.

(3) Fixture globes shall be protectedby guards except in living quarters,wheelhouse, gyro room, radio room,galley, and similar spaces where notsubject to mechanical damage.

(4) Fixtures shall be of such con-struction, or so installed, that the con-ductors in outlet boxes will not be sub-jected to temperatures greater thanthat for which the conductors are ap-proved (75' C. for rubber insulatedconductors, 85* C. for varnished-clothinsulated and mineral-insulated con-ductors, 95' C. for asbestos-varnished-cloth insulated conductors, and 105' C.for MIL-C-2194 type SGA cable). Forthe purpose of this section, an ambi-ent temperature of 25' C. will be as-sumed for passenger and crew quar-ters, public spaces, cargo spaces, andopen deck areas, an ambient tempera-ture of 40' C. will be assumed for aux-iliary machinery and work spaces, andan ambient temperature of 50' C. willbe assumed for the engine and boiler-rooms.

(5) Fixtures shall be so constructed,or installed, or equipped with shadesand/or guards that combustible mate-


rial will not be subjected to tempera-tures in excess of 90* C.

(6) Fixtures shall not be used as con-nection boxes for circuits other thanthe branch circuit supplying the fix-ture except that two or more circuitsmay supply the fixture when:

(i) One or more lamps of a multi-lamp fixture are supplied from anemergency lighting circuit; or

(ii) When the number of lamps of afixture exceeds the capacity of a singlecircuit. When more than one circuit isemployed in a fixture, the circuitsshall be as widely separated as possibleand the different circuits clearly iden-tified at terminal points. Also see§ 111.75-5(c)(4).

(7) For wiring of explosion-proofequipment see § 111.80-5.

(b) Lighting fixture installations. (1)Fixtures installed in locations exposedto the weather and in other locationsoccasionally exposed to splashingwater shall be of watertight construc-tion. Fixtures installed in other wet ordamp locations shall be of at leastdripproof construction as installed.

(2) Any combustible bulkhead orceiling finish exposed between theedge of a fixture canopy or pan andthe outlet box shall be covered withnoncombustible material.

(3) In a completed installation, eachoutlet box shall be provided with acover unless it is covered by means ofa fixture canopy, lampholder, or simi-lar device.

(4) Fixtures, lampholders, and recep-tacle outlets shall be securely support-ed. Fixtures shall not be supported bythe screw shell of a lampholder.

(5) Pendent fixtures shall be sus-pended by, and supplied throughthreaded rigid conduit stems.

(6) Tablelamps, desklamps, floor-lamps, and similar equipment shall besecured in place to prevent displace-ment by the roll or pitch of the vessel.

(c) Grounding of lighting equipment.(1) Lighting equipment (including fix-tures) shall be grounded.

(2) Equipment shall be considered asgrounded when mechanically connect-ed in a permanent and effectivemanner to the metal structure of theship, the armor of armored cable, or agrounding connector.

§ 111.75-25 Appliance circuits.(a) General. Branch circuits which

supply appliance loads, electric heaterloads, and isolated small motor loadsmay be connected to distribution pan-elboards supplying lighting providedthe required branch circuit capacitydoes not exceed 30 amperes.

(b) Overcurrent protection. Therating or setting of branch circuitovercurrent devices shall not be inexcess of the current-carrying capacityof the circuit conductors except asprovided in § 111.50-1(b). If the circuitsupplies only a single appliance ordevice, the rating or setting of thebranch circuit overcurrent device shallnot exceed 150 percent of the rating ofthe appliance or device or 15 ampereswhichever is the higher.

§ 111.75-30 Receptacle outlets.(a) General. (1) A sufficient number

of receptacle outlets shall be locatedthroughout crew's accommodations topermit the use of electric razors,radios, and the like without usingportable cords of excessive length.

(2) A sufficient number of receptacleoutlets shall be located throughoutthe machinery spaces to permit light-ing of any machine vital to the oper-ation of the vessel with a portablelight having a 75-foot portable cord.The requirements of this subpara-graph shall be effective on vessels con-tracted for on or after November 19,1956.

(b) Grounding. Receptacle outletsand attachment plugs for the attach-ment of portable lamps, tools, and sim-ilar apparatus supplied as ship's equip-ment and operating at 100 volts ormore, shall provide a grounding poleand a grounding conductor in theportable cord to ground the deadmetal parts of the portable apparatus.For portable devices made entirely ofnonconducting material or so con-structed that dead metal parts will notbecome energized under any condi-tions, the grounding conductor in theportable cord and the grounding poleof the attachment plug need not befurnished. Portable apparatus shall bedeemed to be any apparatus served bymeans of a flexible extension cord,whether the apparatus is permanentlymounted or not.

40-130 0-79--7

§ 111.75-30

§ 111.75-35

(c) Receptacle outlets provided forthe convenience of, and located inquarters for, passengers or crew forconnecting portable appliances operat-ing at 100 volts or more, shall providea grounding pole. '

(d) Receptacle outlets of the typeproviding a grounding pole shall be ofa distinctive design that will notpermit the dead metal parts of porta-ble apparatus to be connected to a liveconductor.

(e) Receptacle outlets for use indamp or wet locations shall be so de-signed that, when the plug is in place,the plug will be held in positive con-tact and will establish and maintain awatertight integrity of the enclosure.

(f) Receptacle outlets for use indamp or wet locations shall be so de-signed that, when the plug is not inplace, the plug opening may be closedto establish and maintain a watertightintegrity of the enclosure. Wherethreaded caps are used for this pur-pose, the cap shall be mechanicallyfastened to the cover or enclosure by astrong link or hinged strap.

(g) Receptacle outlets for use in lo-cations exposed to the weather shallbe so designed that, with the plugopening uncovered, water will not col-lect in the interior of the box.

(h) Receptacle outlets for use in lo-cations where accessible to other thanqualified persons shall, with the plugopening uncovered, present no liveparts. Any screw, rivet, contact, or thelike, which is accessible and in electri-cal connection with any live-metalpart, shall be connected in a hole notmore than nine thirty-seconds of aninch in diameter and recessed not lessthan three-sixteenths of an inch inthe clear.

(i) When it is necessary to transmitcurrent in one direction between tworeceptacle outlets by means of a porta-ble cable with a plug on each end(such as a battery charging lead be-tween a receptacle outlet on a shipand a receptacle outlet in a lifeboat),the plug which may be energized whennot inserted in the receptacle outlet,

'Applicable to vessels contracted for on orafter January 1, 1964. Vessels contracted forbefore January 1, 1964, need not provide atype with grounding pole if operating at 125volts or less.

Title 46-Shipping

shall be of the female type. When re-ceptacle outlets may be used as asource of power as well as to receivepower (such as the receptacles onbarges that may have to supply powerto adjoining barges in some makeupsand receive power from the towboat oradjoining barge in other makeups) thereceptacles shall be of the male, re-verse service type. Plugs of associatedportable cable shall be of the femaletype and shall be provided at bothends of the portable lead. The femaletype plug specified in this paragraphshall comply with the requirements ofparagraph (h) of this section.

(j) A receptacle outlet installed on alifeboat for the purpose of connectingit to the ship's electrical system shallbe of the type that will permit theplug to pull free should the lifeboat belowered.

(k) Where receptacle outlets on aship are connected to different poten-tials, or to different types of poten-tials, receptacle outlet types shall beselected so that a portable devicecannot be plugged into a receptacleoutlet of an unsuitable potential.

(1) Receptacle outlets and plugs foruse in damp or wet locations shall beconstructed of corrosion-resistant ma-terials, or of materials with corrosion-resistant finishes, except that recepta-cle outlets and plugs for use in corro-sive locations shall be constructed ofcorrosion-resistant materials.

(m) Interior units of receptacle out-lets and plugs shall conform to the re-quirements of Underwriters' Laborato-ries, Inc., "Standard for AttachmentPlugs and Receptacles."

§ 111.75-35 Outlet boxes.(a) General. The requirements of

this section are applicable to outletboxes for use with lighting fixtures,wiring devices, and the like, includingseparately installed connection andjunction boxes, having a volume of notmore than 100 cubic inches. Boxes oflarge size will require special consider-ation. An outlet box shall be installedat each outlet, switch, receptacle, orjunction point. In the complete instal-lation, each outlet or junction boxshall be provided with a cover unless afixture canopy, switch cover, recepta-cle cover, or similar cover is used.


(b) Cables entering boxes. Cables en-tering boxes or fittings shall be pro-tected from abrasion, and shall con-form to the requirements of this para-graph.

(1) Openings through which conduc-tors enter shall be adequately closed.

(2) The cable armor shall be securedto the box or fitting.

(3) In damp or wet locations, thecable entrance shall be made water-tight by means of a terminal or stuff-ing tube, except that cables enteringthe bottom of dripproof enclosuresneed not be made watertight.

(c) Size. Outlet boxes shall have aninternal depth of at least 11/2 inches,except that when an outlet box is in-corporated in a fixture the depth maybe decreased to not less than 1 inchprovided the outlet box volume is notless than 20 cubic inches. The freespace within an outlet box for eachconductor, not counting fixtures wires,shall be not less than that given intable 111.75-35(c). Table 111.75-35(c)applies where no fitting or devices,such as cable clamps, hickeys, switch-es, or receptacles are contained in thebox. Where one or more such devicesare contained in the box, each suchdevice shall count as one conductor.Each conductor terminated in the boxis counted as one conductor.

TABLE 111.75-35(C)-OUTLET Box SIZE

A WG size of conductor, No.-

Free space incubic inches foreach conductor

within box14 ................................................................................ 2 .012 ................................................................................ 2 .2 510 ................................................................................ 2 .58 .................................................................................. 3 .0

(d) Degree of enclosure. Outlet boxesfor use in damp or wet locations shallbe of watertight construction.

(e) Mounting and grounding. Outletboxes shall be securely fastened inplace and grounded to the hull of thevessel. Outlet boxes of watertight con-struction shall have external mount-ing feet or lugs.

(f) Penetration of walls. Holes in thewalls of watertight outlet boxes forthe purpose of providing means forthe attachment of parts on the exteri-or or interior thereof, or for securingthe cover and the like, shall not pene-

trate the total thickness of the boxwall.

(g) Construction. The constructionof outlet boxes shall conform with therequirements of Underwriters' Labora-tories, Inc., "Standard for OutletBoxes and Fittings", except that sheetsteel outlet boxes shall not be in-stalled in corrosive locations.

Subpart 111.80-Special Require-ments for Certain Locations andSystems

§ 111.80-1 Application.The requirements of this subpart

contain special requirements relativeto electrical installations in specificareas and to specific electrical systems.Except as modified by this subpart, allother applicable rules contained inthis subchapter shall also apply tosuch installations and systems.

§ 111.80-5 Wiring methods and materialsfor hazardous locations.

(a) General. (1) The provisions ofthis section apply to locations inwhich equipment and wiring are sub-jected to the conditions indicated bythe classifications covered by para-graphs (a)(8) through (10) of this sec-tion. It is necessary that each com-partment or area containing electricalequipment be considered individuallyin order to determine its hazard classi-fication. Except as modified by thissection, all other applicable rules con-tained in this subchapter shall applyto electrical equipment and wiring in-stalled in hazardous locations.

(2) The term "explosion-proof" asused in this section shall mean en-closed in a case which is capable ofwithstanding an explosion of a speci-fied gas or vapor which may occurwithin it, and of preventing the igni-tion of a specified gas or vapor sur-rounding the enclosure by sparks,flashes, or explosion of the gas orvapor within, and which operates atsuch an external temperature that asurrounding flammable atmospherewill not be ignited thereby.

(3) The term "intrinsically safe"when used with instruments andequipment or wiring shall mean suchinstruments and equipment or wiringthat is incapable of releasing sufficient

§ 11!1.80-5

§ 111.80-5

electrical or thermal energy undernormal or abnormal conditions tocause ignition of a specific hazardousatmospheric mixture in its most easilyignited concentration.

(i) Intrinsically safe instruments andequipment or wiring may be installedin any hazardous area for which it hasbeen approved by the Commandant. Itmay be used in lieu of explosion-proofequipment. Detailed requirements arecontained in § 111.80-8.

(4) Through the exercise of ingenu-ity in the layout of electrical installa-tions for hazardous locations, it is fre-quently possible to locate much of theequipment in less hazardous or in non-hazardous areas and thus reduce theamount of special equipment required.The amount of electrical equipment orwiring in hazardous locations shall beminimized.

(5) The intent of this section is to re-quire a form of construction of equip-ment, and of installation that willinsure safe performance under condi-tions of proper use and maintenance.It is necessary, therefore, that morethan ordinary care be exercised withregard to the installation and mainte-nance of equipment and wiring in haz-ardous areas.

(6) Explosion-proof switches andswitches controlling explosion-proofequipment shall have a pole for eachcircuit conductor.

(7) Electrical equipment is approvedfor location and for specific hazardousatmospheres of gas, vapor, or dust,that are present. Hazardous air mix-tures that are not oxygen enriched aregrouped on the basis of their charac-teristics in Article 500 of the NationalElectric Code, which is reproduced inTable § 111.80-5(a)(7). Other chemi-cals and materials which generate haz-ardous atmospheres and are not listedin Table 111.80-5(a)(7) are listed inTable 151.05 of this chapter.

TABLE 111.80-5(a)(7) HAZARDOUS

ATMOSPHERES

GROUP A

Acetylene.

Title 46-Shipping

GROUP B

Butadiene. IEthylene oxide. 2

Hydrogen.Manufactured gases containing more than

30 percent hydrogen (by volume).Propylene oxide. 2

GROUP C

Acetaldehyde.Cyclopropane.Diethyl ether.Ethylene.Isoprene.Unsymmetrical dimethyl hydrazine (UDHM

1, 1-dimethyl hydrazine).

GROUP D

Acetone.Acrylonitrile.Ammonia.Benzene.Butane.1-butanol (butyl alcohol).2-butanol (secondary butyl alcohol).n-butyl acetate.Isobutyl acetate.Ethane.Ethanol (ethyl alcohol).Ethyl acetate.Ethylene dichloride.Gasoline.Heptanes.Hexanes.Methane (natural gas).Methanol (methyl alcohol).3-methyl-l-butanol (isomyl alcohol).Methyl ethyl ketone.Methyl isobutyl ketone.2-methyl-l-propanol (isobutyl alcohol).2-methyl-2-propanol (tertiary butyl alco-

hol).Petroleum naptha .

3

Octanes.Pentanes.1-pentanol (amyl alcohol).Propane.1-propanol (propyl alcohol).2-propanol (isopropyl alcohol).Propylene.Styrene.Toluene.

'Group D equipment may be used for thisatmosphere if such equipment is isolated asrequired by paragraph (b)(10) of this sec-tion.2Group C equipment may be used for thisatmosphere if such equipment is isolated asrequired by paragraph (b)(10) of this sec-tion.

3 A saturated hydrocarbon mixture boil-ing in the range of 20-135' C (68-275 ° F).Also known by the synonyms benzine, li-groin, petroleum ether or naphtha.


Vinyl acetate.Vinyl chloride.Xylenes.

GROUP E

Metal dust, including aluminum, magne-sium, and their commercial alloys, andother metals of similar hazardous charac-teristics.

GROUP F

Carbon black.Coal.Coke dust.

GROUP G

Flour.Starch.Grain dust.

(8) Class I locations are those inwhich flammable gases or vapors areor may be present in the air in quanti-ties sufficient to produce explosive orignitable mixtures. Class I locationsshall include the following:

(i) Class I, division 1, locations: (a)In which hazardous concentrations offlammable gases or vapors exist con-tinuously, intermittently, or periodi-cally under normal operating condi-tions; (b) in which hazardous concen-trations of such gases or vapors mayexist frequently because of repair ormaintenance operations or because ofleakage; or (c) in which breakdown orfaulty operation of equipment or proc-esses which may release hazardousconcentrations of flammable gases orvapors, might also cause simultaneousfailure of electrical equipment. Thisclassification would usually include lo-cations such as cargo tanks, cargopumprooms, cofferdam areas, and insome cases open deck areas, storageand mixing rooms for paint and alliedproducts, storage rooms for oil, oillamps and the like, battery rooms, andhospital operating rooms in whichcombustible anesthetics may be ad-ministered.

(ii) Class I, division 2, locations: (a)In which flammable volatile liquids orflammable -gases are handled, proc-essed or used, but in which the hazard-ous liquids, vapors, or gases will nor-mally be confined within closed con-tainers or closed systems from whichthey can escape only in case of abnor-mal operation of equipment; (b) inwhich hazardous concentrations of

gases or vapors are normally prevent-ed by positive mechanical ventilation,but which might become hazardousthrough failure or abnormal operationof the ventilating equipment; or (c)which are adjacent to class I, division1 locations, and to which hazardousconcentrations of gases or vaporsmight occasionally be communicatedunless such communication is prevent-ed by adequate positive-pressure venti-lation from a source of clean air, andeffective safeguards against ventila-tion failure are provided. This classifi-cation would usually include locationswhere flammable volatile liquids orflammable gases or vapors are used,but which in the judgment of theCommandant would become hazard-ous only in case of an accident or ofsome unusual operating conditions.The quantity of hazardous materialthat might escape in case of accident,the adequacy of ventilating equip-ment, and the total area involved shallreceive consideration in determiningthe classification and extent of eachhazardous area.

(iii) Special limitations and require-ments for electrical installations inhazardous locations on tank vesselsare contained in Subpart 111.85.

(9) Class II locations are those, (i) inwhich combustible dust is or may be inthe air continuously, intermittently,or periodically under normal condi-tions, in quantities sufficient to pro-duce explosive or ignitable mixtures,(ii) where mechanical failure or abnor-mal operation of machinery or equip-ment might cause such mixtures to beproduced, and might also provide asource of ignition through simulta-neous failure or electrical equipment,operation of protection devices, orfrom other causes, or (iii) in whichdusts of an electrically conductingnature may be present.

(a) This classification would usuallyinclude the working areas handlingbulk grain and similar products, coalpulverizing plants (except where thepulverizing equipment is essentiallydusttight), and the like.

(10) Class III locations are those inwhich easily ignitable fibers or materi-als producing combustible flyings arehandled or used.

§ !111.80-5

§ 111.80-5

(i) Easily ignitable fibers and com-bustible flyings will include rayon,cotton (including cotton linters andcotton waste), sisal or henequen, istle,jute, hemp, tow, cocoa fiber, oakum,baled waste, kapok, Spanish moss, ex-celsior, sawdust, and other materialsof similar nature.

(ii) Class III locations will usually in-clude areas where the above productsare handled in bulk, and in carpentershops and similar locations.

(11) Where it is specified in this sec-tion that equipment shall be approvedfor class I or class II locations, approv-al by an independent testing labora-tory is required. This approval shall bebased on the tests outlined in the Un-derwriters' Laboratories, Inc., "Stand-ards for Industrial Control Equipmentfor Use in Hazardous Locations, Sub-ject 698". Equipment that bears theUnderwriters' Laboratories, Inc., labelis acceptable for the class of hazard-ous locations indicated on the label.

(b) Electrical installations in ClassL Division 1, Groups A, B, C, and Dhazardous location-(1) Meters, instru-ments and relays. Meters, instrumentsand relays, including kilowatt-hourmeters, instrument transformers andresistors, rectifiers, and thermionictubes, shall be provided with explo-sion-proof enclosures approved forclass I locations.

(2) Switches, circuit breakers, motorcontrollers and fuses. Switches, circuitbreakers, motor controllers and fuses,including pushbuttons, relays and sim-ilar devices, shall be provided with en-closures, and the enclosures in eachcase together with the enclosed equip-ment, shall be approved as a completeassembly for use in class I locations.

(3) Control transformers and resis-tors. Transformers, impedance coilsand resistors used as, or in conjunctionwith, control equipment for motors,generators and appliances, togetherwith any switching mechanism associ-ated with them, shall be provided withexplosion-proof enclosures approvedfor class I locations.

(4) Motors and generators. Motors,generators and other rotating electri-cal machinery shall be of an enclosedexplosion-proof type approved forclass I locations. Belt drives shall notbe used in hazardous locations.

Title 46-Shipping

(5) Lighting fixtures. Each lightingfixture shall be approved as a com-plete assembly for class I locations,and shall be clearly marked to indicatethe maximum wattage of lamps forwhich it is approved. Fixtures intend-ed for portable use shall be specificallyapproved as a complete assembly forthat use.

(i) Mechanical injury. Each fixtureshall be protected against mechanicalinjury by a suitable guard. Pendentfixtures having rigid conduit stemslonger than 12 inches shall have per-manent and effective bracing againstlateral displacements.

(ii) Supports. Boxes, box assemblies,or fittings used for the support oflighting fixtures shall be approved forthe purpose and for class I locations.

(6) Appliances, fixed and portable.Appliances, including electricallyheated and motor-driven appliances,shall be approved for class I locations.

(7) Flexible cords. A flexible cordmay be used only for connections be-tween a portable lamp or a portableappliance and the fixed portion of itssupply circuit, and, where used, shallbe of a type approved for extra hardusage; shall contain, in addition to theconductors of the circuit, a groundingconductor, shall be connected to termi-nals or to supply conductors in an ap-proved manner, shall be supported byclamps or by other suitable means insuch a manner that there will be notension on the terminal connections,and shall be provided with suitableseals where the flexible cord entersboxes, fittings, or enclosures of the ex-plosion-proof type.

(i) Where flexible cords may be ex-posed to liquids having a deleteriouseffect on the insulation or sheath,they shall be of a type approved foruse under such conditions.

(8) Receptacle and attachment plugs.Receptacles and attachment plugsshall be of the polarized type provid-ing for connection to the groundingconductor of the flexible cord andshall be approved for class I locations.

(9) Signal, alarm, remote-controland communication systems. Signal,alarm, remote-control and communica-tion systems, irrespective of voltage,shall be approved for class I locations.


(10) Wiring methods. (i) Electriccables shall be leaded and armored, orimpervious sheathed and armored, ormineral-insulated metal sheathed.

(ii) The cable entrance to each ex-plosion-proof device shall be sealed toprevent the passage of gases, vapors,or flame from within the explosion-proof enclosure.

(iii) The seal fitting shall be locatedas close as practicable to, but in nocase more than 18 inches from, the en-closure, and shall be connected there-to by means of a short length of rigidmetal conduit with threaded explo-sion-proof joints each having at leastfive full threads engaged. Type MIcables, however, shall enter enclosuresdirectly through explosion-proof fit-tings especially approved for class I lo-cations.

(iv) Except for type MI cables, allcable covering except the individualconductor insulation shall be removedin way of the seal fitting, and the sealfitting filled with a sealing compound.

(v) The sealing compound shall beapproved for the purpose, shall not beeffected by the surrounding atmos-phere or liquids, and shall not have amelting point of less than 930 C.

(vi) In the completed seal, the mini-mum thickness of the sealing com-pound shall be not less than the tradesize of the conduit, and in no case lessthan % inch.

(vii) Splices and taps shall not be lo-cated in the seal fittings, nor shallother fittings in which splices or tapsare made be filled with compound.

(c) Electrical installations in class ,division 2, groups A, B, C, and D haz-ardous locations-(1) Equipment withsliding contacts or contacts formaking or breaking current, relays,switches, circuit breakers, motor con-trollers, and fuses. All switching andcurrent interrupting mechanisms shallbe provided with explosion-proof en-closures approved for class I locations,unless provided with explosion-proofenclosures otherwise suited to the lo-cation where installed with featuresdescribed in paragraph (c)(2) of thissection, and interruption of currentoccurs in a chamber hermeticallysealed against the entrance of gasesand vapors or the current interrupting

contacts are oil immersed and thedevice is approved for the location.

(2) Meters, instruments, transform-ers, resistors, thermionic tubes, sole-noids, and impedance coils. Equip-ment which does not incorporate slid-ing or make and break contacts shallbe provided with explosion-proof en-closures approved for class I locations,unless provided with nonexplosion-proof enclosures otherwise suited tothe location where installed with ventsadequate to permit prompt escape ofany gases or vapors. The maximum op-erating temperature of any exposedsurface shall not exceed 80 percent ofthe ignition temperature in degreescentigrade of the gas or vapor in-volved.

(3) Motors and generators. Motors,,generators, and other rotating electri-cal machinery in which are employedsliding contacts, centrifugal or othertypes of switching mechanism (includ-ing motor overcurrent devices), or in-tegral resistance devices, either whilestarting or while running, shall be ofenclosed explosion-proof type ap-proved for Class I locations. Non-ex-plosion-proof enclosed motors such assquirrel cage induction motors withoutbrushes, switching mechanisms, andsimilar motors are permitted.

(4) Lighting fixtures. Each lightingfixture shall either be approved forClass I locations or shall be providedwith globes and guards and, undernormal operating conditions, thelamps shall not reach surface tempera-tures exceeding eighty percent (80%)of the ignition temperature in degreescentigrade of the gas or vapor in-volved. Pendent fixtures shall be in ac-cordance with paragraph (b)(5)(i) ofthis section.

(5) Appliances, fixed and portable.Motors, switches, circuit breakers andfuses shall conform to paragraphs(c)(1) through (3) of this section. Elec-trically heated appliances shall be ap-proved for Class I locations.

(6) Flexible cords. Flexible cordsshall conform to paragraph (b)(7) ofthis section.

(7) Receptacles and attachmentplugs. Receptacles and attachmentplugs shall conform to paragraph(b)(8) of this section.

§ 111.80-5

§ 111.80-5

(8) Wiring methods. Explosion-proofenclosures and equipment shall con-form to paragraph (b)(10) of this sec-tion. Non-explosion-proof equipmentand enclosures shall conform to Sub-part 111.60.

(d) Electrical installations in ClassII hazardous locations-l) Switches,circuit breakers, motors controllers,and fuses. Switches, circuit breakers,motor controllers and fuses, includingpushbuttons, relays and similar de-vices, which are intended to interruptcurrent in the normal performance ofthe function for which they are in-stalled, or which are installed wheredusts of an electrically conductingnature may be present, shall be pro-vided with dusttight enclosures ap-proved for Class II locations.

i) Disconnecting and isolatingswitches containing no fuses and notintended to interrupt current, andwhich are not installed where dustmay be of an electrically conductingnature, shall be provided with tightmetal enclosures which shall beequipped with close-fitting covers, orwith other effective means to preventthe escape of sparks or burning mate-rial, and shall have no openings (suchas holes for attachment screws)through which, after installation,sparks or burning material mightescape, or through which exterior ac-cumulations of dust or adjacent com-bustible material might be ignited.

(2) Control transformers and resis-tors. Transformers, impedance coilsand resistors used as, or in conjunctionwith, control equipment for motors,generators and appliances, and anyovercurrent devices or switching mech-anisms associated with them, shallhave dusttight enclosures approvedfor Class II locations.

(3) Motors and generators. Motors,generators, and other rotating electri-cal machinery shall be totally enclosednot ventilated, totally enclosed pipe-ventilated, or totally enclosed fan-cooled, and shall be approved for ClassII locations.

(4) Appliances, fixed and portable.Appliances, fixed and portable, includ-ing electrically heated and motor-driven appliances, shall be approvedfor Class II locations.

Title 46-Shipping

(5) Lighting fixtures. Each lightingfixture, fixed or portable, shall be ap-proved for Class II locations, and shallbe clearly marked to indicate themaximum wattage of the lamp forwhich it is approved. Each fixtureshall be protected against mechanicalinjury by a suitable guard. Pendentfixtures having rigid conduit stemslonger than 12 inches shall have per-manent and effective bracing againstlateral displacement. Boxes, box-as-semblies, or fittings used for the sup-port of lighting fixtures shall be ap-proved for the purpose and for ClassII locations.

(6) Receptacles and attachmentplugs. Receptacles and attachmentplugs shall be polarized-type providingfor connection to the grounding con-ductor of the flexible cord, and shallbe approved for Class II locations.

(7) Signal, alarm, remote-control,and communication systems. (i)Switches, circuit breakers, relays, con-tactors, and fuses which may interruptother than voice current, and current-breaking contacts for bells, horns,howlers, sirens and other devices inwhich sparks or arcs may be producedshall be provided with dusttight enclo-sures approved for Class II locations.

(ii) Resistors, transformers, andchoke coils which may carry otherthan voice currents, and rectifiers,thermionic tubes, and other heat gen-erating equipment or apparatus shallbe provided with dusttight enclosuresapproved for Class II locations.

(8) Wiring methods-(i) Fittings andboxes. Fittings and boxes shall be pro-vided with threaded boxes for termi-nal tubes, shall have close-fittingcovers, and shall have no openings(such as holes for attaching screws)through which sparks or burning ma-terial might escape. Fittings or boxesin which taps, joints or terminal con-nections are made, or which are usedin locations where dusts are of an elec-trically conducting nature, shall be ap-proved for Class II locations.

(ii) Electric cables. Electric cablesshall be leaded and armored, impervi-ous sheathed and armored, or mineral-insulated metal sheathed. Cable en-trances shall be made dusttight by ter-minal tubes or, in case of Type MI


cable, by fittings designed for thatpurpose.

(iii) Flexible connections. Where nec-essary to employ flexible connections,dusttight flexible connectors, flexiblemetal conduit, or flexible cord ap-proved for extra hard usage and pro-vided with bushed fittings shall beused, except that where dusts are ofan electrically conducting nature,flexible metal conduit shall not beused, and flexible cords shall be pro-vided with dust seals at both ends.Where flexible cords are subject to oilor other corrosive conditions, the con-ductors shall be of a type approved forthe condition. An additional conductorfor grounding shall be provided in theflexible cord.

(e) Electrical installations in ClassIII hazardous locations-(1) Switches,circuit breakers, motor controllers,and fuses. Switches, circuit breakers,motor controllers, and fuses, includingpushbuttons, relays, and similar de-vices shall be provided with tightmetal enclosures which shall beequipped with close-fitting covers, orwith other effective means to preventescape of sparks or burning material,and shall have no openings (such asholes for attachment screws) throughwhich, after installation, sparks orburning material might escape, orthrough which exterior accumulationsof fibers or flyings or adjacent com-bustible material might be ignited.

(2) Control transformers and resis-tors. Transformers, impedance coilsand resistors used as, or in conjunctionwith, control equipment for motors,generators and appliances, shall con-form to paragraph (d)(2) of this sec-tion.

(3) Motors and generators. Motors,generators, and other rotating electri-cal machinery shall be totally enclosednot ventilated, totally enclosed pipe-ventilated, or totally enclosed fan-cooled.

(4) Appliances, fixed and portable.Appliances, fixed and portable, shallconform to the requirements of thefollowing:

(i) Heaters. Electrically heated appli-ances shall be provided with dusttightenclosures, and shall be approved forClass III locations.

(ii) Motors. Motors of motor-drivenappliances shall conform to subpara-graph (3) of this paragraph. Appli-ances which may be readily movedfrom one location to another shallconform to requirements for the mosthazardous location.

(iii) Switches, circuit breakers, motorcontrollers and fuses. Switches, circuitbreakers, motor controllers and fusesshall conform to the requirements ofparagraph (d)(1) of this section.

(5) Lighting fixtures. Lighting fix-tures shall conform to the require-ments of this subparagraph.

(i) Construction. Each fixture shallbe of dusttight type so designed thatin the event of burnout of lamp orlampholder, no spark or hot metal canescape from the fixture. Unless eachfixture is so constructed that it willnot accept a lamp of larger wattagethan that for which it is designed, itshall be clearly marked to indicate themaximum wattage of lamp thatshould be used.

(ii) Mechanical injury. A fixturewhich may be exposed to mechanicalinjury shall be protected by a suitableguard.

(iii) Supports. Boxes, box assemblies,or fittings used for the support oflighting fixtures shall be of a type ap-proved for the purpose.

(iv) Portable lamps. Portable lampsshall be dusttight and shall be protect-ed with substantial guards. Lam-pholders shall be of unswitched typewith no exposed metal parts. Unlessthe portable lamp is so constructedthat it will not accept a lamp of largerwattage than that for which it is de-signed, it shall be clearly marked to in-dicate the maximum wattage of lampthat should be used.

(6) Receptacles and attachmentplugs. Receptacles and attachmentplugs shall conform to the require-ments of paragraph (d)(6) of this sec-tion.

(7) Signal, alarm, remote-controland communication systems. Signal,alarm, remote-control and communica-tion systems shall conform to the re-quirements of paragraph (d)(7) of thissection.

(8) Wiring methods-(i) Fittings andboxes. Fittings and boxes in whichtaps, joints, or terminal connections

§ !111.80-5

§ 111.80-8

are made shall be provided with close-fitting covers, or other effective meansto prevent the escape of sparks orburning material, and shall have noopenings (such as holes for attachingscrews) through which, after installa-tion, sparks or burning material mightescape, or through which exterior ac-cumulations of fibers or flyings or ad-jacent combustible materials might beignited.

(ii) Electric cables. Electric cablesshall conform to the requirements ofparagraph (d)(8)(ii) of this section.

(iii) Flexible connections. Flexibleconnections shall conform to the re-quirements of paragraph (d)(8)(iii) ofthis section.

(9) Maximum operating tempera-tures. In general, maximum surfacetemperatures under operating condi-tions shall not exceed 165 ° C. forequipment which is not subjected tooverloading, and 1020 C. for equipmentsuch as motors, power transformers,etc., which may be overloaded.

[CGFR 70-143, 35 FR 19907, Dec. 30, 1965;36 FR 5606, Mar. 25, 1971, as amended byCGD 73-6R, 38 FR 22788, Aug. 24, 1973;CGD 73-6CR, 38 FR 32914, Nov. 29, 1973]

§ 111.80-8 Intrinsically safe systems.(a) Application. Intrinsically safe

systems may be installed in any haz-ardous area as permitted by § 111.80-5(a) (3)(ii).

(b) General requirements. (1) Intrin-sically safe systems shall be approvedby the Commandant for each specificatmosphere.

(2) The recommended practice for"Intrinsically Safe and Non-IncendiveElectrical Instruments (RP 12.2)" pub-lished by the Instrument Society ofAmerica is recognized as a guide forapproval of intrinsically safe equip-ment by the Commandant.

(c) Submittals required for approval.(1) Detailed assembly drawings, list ofmaterials, wiring diagrams, and de-scriptions of operation. The hazardousatmosphere class and group as definedin § 111.80-5(a) shall be indicated.

(2) Detailed analysis of the maxi-mum possible energy that may be re-leased under normal and abnormalconditions.

(i) The term "normal condition"means that equipment operating at

Title 46-Shipping

maximum available voltage and cur-rent.

(ii) The term "abnormal condition"means that equipment operatingunder conditions resulting from acci-dental damage to any part of theequipment or wiring, insulation orother failure of electrical components,application of overvoltage, adjustmentand maintenance operations, andother similar conditions. The analysisof an "abnormal condition" of equip-ment will be considered to be not morethan two independent faults in a com-bination.

(d) Coast Guard evaluation and testprocedure. (1) The material submittedshall be evaluated for suitability andenergy level. Paragraph (d)(3) of thissection contains data pertaining toenergy level which will be used in eval-uation of the material submitted.

(i) Where evaluation indicates thecurrent and voltage levels are notmore than that listed in Table 111.80-8(d)(1) for ignition of the specific at-mospheric mixture of the gas groupinvolved, the requirements for testingmay be waived by the Commandant.

TABLE 111.80-8(d)(1 )-PERCENTAGE OF CURRENTAND VOLTAGE LEVELS FOR IGNITION OF SPECIFIC

ATMOSPHERIC MIXTURES OF A GAS GROUP

No normally Normallyoperating operatingcontacts contacts(percent) (percent)

Normal conditions ............. 25 25Abnormal conditions 50 25

(ii) Where evaluation indicates thecurrent and voltage levels are morethan that listed in Table 111.80-8(d)(1) for ignition of the specific at-mospheric mixture of the gas groupinvolved, or in any case where thecomplexity of the circuit is such thatcircuit analysis is not acceptable, theCommandant will require the equip-ment to be tested by an approved labo-ratory.

(2) For purposes of evaluation,energy that may be released from a ca-pacitive and inductive circuit can becalculated by the following methods:


(i) Capacitors; the maximum energy,"W," available from capacitors is thetotal stored energy as determined bythe following formula:

W= /2 CV2

Where:C is capacitance in farads.V is the maximum instantaneous voltage

. on the capacitor in volts.W is energy in joules.

(ii) Inductors; the maximum energyavailable from an inductor when thecurrent is interrupted is the totalstored energy, "W," as determined bythe following formula:

W=/2L12

Where:W is energy in joules.L is the inductance in henries.I is the maximum instantaneous value of

the interrupted current in amperes.

(3) Gases are grouped according totheir ignitability as specified in§ 111.80-5(a)(7). The energy requiredfor igniting the most easily ignitedmixture of a typical member of eachgroup of gases under conditions moresevere than are likely to be encoun-tered in a practical installation havebeen determined by experiment. Fig-ures 111.80-8(d)(3)(i) through 111.80-8(d)(3)(iii) are plots of the lowest levelof current as a function of inductancefor ignition of the specific gas groupinvolved. Figures 111.80-8(d)(3)(iv)through 111.80-8(d)(3)(vi) are plots ofthe lowest level of capacitor voltage asa function of capacitance for ignitionof the specific gas group involved.These plots may be used for determin-ing acceptable current and voltagelevels for use in connection with in-trinsically safe calculations.

(e) Testing requirements. (1) Testsconducted for purposes of compliancewith paragraph (d)i 1) of this sectionshall experimentally determinewhether or not the most ignitable gasinvolved can be ignited as a result ofany possible function, malfunction, orfailure of the component concerned.

(2) Independent laboratories thatare acceptable to the Commandantshall perform the required tests in ac-cordance with a testing procedure ap-proved by the Commandant. Theoriginal three copies of the laboratorytest report shall be submitted to theCommandant (without cost to theCoast Guard) directly by the labora-tory, and one copy will be forwardedto the manufacturer when he is ad-vised of the Commandant's actionstaken under this section. The inde-pendent laboratory shall inform theCommandant in advance when desig-nated tests will be performed so that amarine inspector may be present.

(f) Wiring installation. The wiringinstallation for the intrinsically safesection of each approved installationshall comply with Subpart 111.60except where exempted by this sub-part and:

(1) The cable insulation shall becompatible with the liquid or vapor towhich it may be exposed.

(2) The intrinsically safe conductorsshall be separated from all other con-ductors to insure that the intrinsicallysafe circuit is not compromised by be-coming energized by other conductorsthrough damage or failure of insula-tion or by induction from othersources.

§ i111.80-8

Title 46-Shipping

Inductance vs. Current, B Group

CUii 1 NT0-MPUB()1

Fi pre III.80-8(d) (3) (i)

§ 111.80-8

0.I

0.U

I.M

S.m

I *.i -


Inductance vs. Current, C Group

SAW.

Cam

O.-

O-I

Figure 111.80-84d) (8) ()

§ 111.80-8

Title 46-Shipping

Inductance vs. Current, D Group

I-l

SAWS

SAIM

0-490

1e.,

e6l~

---- 1

t 4 4-4-4 -4--- 04- 44- 4 -~T- I -~-

su - r1~I-I'

-I.

V

I.j pU -

IT*M im e 1. J I .l. .J 1 I. I )

Fig'ure 111.80-8(d) (3) (iii)

i

\\

ff

I 111.80-8

\


Capacitance vs. Voltage, B Group

I.Ul..,

a - CAPACWI MLSTM U Wllf

FiRe, e 111.80-8(d) (3) (iv)

Title 46-Shipping

Capacitance vs. Voltage, C Group

I - CAPACITOR VQLTAGE N VOLTS

Figure li.80-8(d) (3) (v)

§ 111.80-8


Cqpacitance vs. Voltage, D Group

§ 111.80-8

I - CAPWTM VOL1I41 VOLT

Figure 111.80-8 1(0) (8) (Vi)

103

40-130 0-79- 8

§ 111.80-10

§ 111.80-10 Ventilation systems.(a) Cargo ventilation fans, machin-

ery spaces ventilation fans, and accom-modation ventilation fans shall, ifpracticable, be supplied by separatefeeders. All electrical ventilation sys-tems shall be provided with remotecontrol means for stopping the motorsin case of fire or other emergency. Forthe machinery space ventilation, thereshall be provided a control located inthe passageway leading to, but outsideof, the space. For all other ventilationsystems there shall be provided twoemergency stop stations. One of thesestations shall be in the wheelhouse,fire control room, the inside passage-way near the wheelhouse door, or inan accessible position in the passage-way leading to, but outside of, thespace ventilated. The second emergen-cy stop station shall be located as dis-tant as practicable from the other,except that the ventilation circuitbreakers at the main ship's serviceswitchboard may be considered as thesecond station provided all aregrouped together and are conspicuous-ly marked "In Case of Fire Trip ToStop Ventilation." The means pro-vided for stopping ventilation fansfrom the main ship's service switch-board shall not interfere with powerto other circuits. The remote emergen-cy stop stations shall be protected byenclosures with glass paneled doors onthe front of which shall be marked "InCase of Fire Break Glass and OperateSwitch To Stop Ventilation." Eachcontrol switch shall have the "stop"position clearly identified and shall beprovided with a nameplate identifyingthe system with which it is associated.This remote control system shall be ofthe undervoltage protection type andso arranged that damage to the masterswitch or cable will automatically stopthe fans. For automatic shutdown ofmechanical ventilation in spaces pro-tected by a carbon dioxide fire extin-guishing system, see §§ 34.15-35, 76.15-35, and 95.15-35 of this chapter.

(1) The requirements of this para-graph shall not be construed to in-clude a closed ventilation system for amotor or generator, diffuser fans forrefrigerated spaces, or room circulat-ing fans, or exhaust fans for private

Title 46-Shipping

toilets of an electrical rating compara-ble to that of room circulating fans.

(2) The remote control means forstopping accommodation and machin-ery space ventilation fans required bythis paragraph shall be provided on allpassenger vessels on an internationalvoyage regardless of the date of con-struction.

§ 111.80-13 Remote shutdown require-ments.

Machinery driving forced and in-duced draft fans, fuel oil transferpumps, fuel oil unit and servicepumps, and other similar fuel pumps,shall be fitted with remote controlsfrom a readily accessible position out-side of the space concerned so thatthey may be stopped in the event offire occurring in the compartment inwhich they are located. These controlsshall be suitably protected against ac-cidental operation or tampering, andshall be suitably marked. All passen-ger ships on an international voyage,regardless of the date of construction,shall comply with the requirements ofthis paragraph. Refer to § 58.01-25(a)of this chapter.

§ 111.80-15 Shore connection boxes.(a) Shore connection boxes shall be

of ample size to accommodate the con-nections of the portable and fixedcables, and shall be of watertight con-struction when installed in damp orwet locations.

(b) Shore connection boxes for in-stallation in corrosive locations shallnot be constructed of sheet metalunless the conditions of § 111.55-05(d)are met.

(c) The minimum spacing betweenlive parts and between live parts andground in shore connection boxesshall meet the requirements of table111.30-5(d). Means other than frictionbetween parts shall be provided to pre-vent cable lugs from rotating.

(d) Shore connection boxes shall bearranged for bottom entrance of port-able cable and shall provide a protect-ed enclosure while in use.

§ 111.80-20 Hospital operating rooms.(a) Application. The requirements of

this section are applicable to any areaof a hospital in which it is intended to


administer to a patient any combusti-ble anesthetic agent in the course ofexamination or treatment, and to anyroom used for storage of combustibleanesthetic or disinfecting agents.

(b) General requirements. The elec-trical installations and electricalequipment in anesthetizing locationsand in storage locations for combusti-ble anesthetic or disinfecting agentsshall comply with "Code for Use ofFlammable Anesthetics (Safe Practicefor Hospital Operating Rooms)" pub-lished by National Fire Protection As-sociation. The requirements of "ClassI, Group 0, Division 1 locations of Ar-ticle 500 of the National ElectricalCode" as referred to in "Code for Useof Flammable Anesthetics (Safe Prac-tice for Hospital Operating Rooms)"shall be construed to mean the re-quirements for class I, group C loca-tions covered in § 111.80-5.

§111.80-25 Locations where gasoline orother highly volatile motor fuel is car-ried in vehicles.

(a) Application. The provisions ofthis section are applicable to spaceswhich are "specially suitable for vehi-cles" as defined in §§ 70.10-44 and90.10-38 of this chapter. Electrical re-quirements for spaces other thanthose "specially suitable for vehicles"are contained in § 146.27-30 of thischapter.

(b) General requirements. Electricalequipment which tends to producearcs or sparks, such as cutouts, switch-es, receptacles, lampholders, gener-ators, motors, or other equipmenthaving make-or-break or sliding con-tacts, when installed within 18 inchesof the deck, shall be of a type ap-proved for class I, group D locations,in accordance with § 111.80-5(b). Elec-trical equipment installed at or over 18inches above the deck shall be of thetotally enclosed type or dripproof pro-tected equipment provided with suit-able guards or screens to preventescape of sparks or hot metal particles.

§ 111.80-30 Motion picture projectionrooms and projection equipment.

(a) General-(1) Professional typeprojectors. The professional type ofprojectors shall be located in a projec-tor room. Such rooms shall not be con-

sidered as a hazardous location as de-fined in § 111.80-5. (The professionalprojector employs a 35-millimeter filmwhich is 1% inches wide and has oneach edge 5.4 perforations per inch.)

(2) Nonprofessional type projectors.Projectors of the nonprofessional orminiature type may be operated with-out a projection room.

(3) Film. Only acetate or slow-burn-ing film may be used. Nitrocellulosefilm is specifically prohibited.

(b) Equipment and projectors of theprofessional type-(1) Motor drivenprojectors. A motor driven projectorand an enclosure for an arc or incan-descent lamp shall be approved by Un-derwriters' Laboratories, Inc. A quali-fied projectionist shall be in charge ofthe projector when it is in use.

(2) Conductor size. Conductors sup-plying outlets for projectors of theprofessional type shall not be smallerthan No. 8 AWG, and shall be of suffi-cient size for the projector employed.

(3) Conductor insulation. Conduc-tors having a maximum operatingtemperature of 2000 C. shall be usedon all lamps or other equipment whenthe ambient temperature at the con-ductors as installed will exceed 50' C.

(4) Flexible cords. Cords approvedfor hard service shall be used on porta-ble equipment.

(5) Lamp guards. Incandescentlamps in projector rooms shall be pro-vided with guards unless otherwiseprotected by noncombustible shadesor other enclosures.

(6) Location of equipment. Motor-generator sets, transformers, rectifi-ers, rheostats, and similar equipmentfor the supply or control of current toarc lamps on projectors shall, if practi-cable, be located in separate rooms. Ifplaced in the projector room, theyshall be so located or guarded thatarcs or sparks cannot come in contactwith film. Motor-generator sets shallhave the commutator end or ends to-tally enclosed.

(7) Equipment prohibited. Noswitches, overcurrent devices, or-otherequipment, not normally required orused for projectors, sound reproduc-tion, flood, or other special effectlamps or other equipment, shall be in-stalled in projector rooms, except

§ 111.80-30

§ 111.80-35

remote-control switches for control ofauditorium lights.

[CGFR 70-143, 35 FR 19907, Dec. 30, 1970,as amended by CGFR 72-35, 37 FR 4962,Mar. 8, 1972]

§ 111.80-35 Electric elevators and dumb-

waiters.

(a) Application. The requirements ofthis section are applicable to electricelevators and dumbwaiters.

(b) General requirements. The elec-trical control and interlock circuits ofelevators and dumbwaiters shall be inaccordance with American StandardsAssociation Safety Code for Elevators,Dumbwaiters, and Escalators. Theconstruction of control switches shallconform with the requirements of Un-derwriters' Laboratories, Inc., "Stand-ard for Elevator Electric Contacts andElevator Hoistway Door Interlocks."

§ 111.80-40 Submersible motor-drivenbilge pumps.

(a) Application. The requirements ofthis section are applicable to submers-ible motor-driven bilge pumps requiredon certain vessels by section 56.50-55of this chapter.

(b) General requirements. (1) Theelectric motor driving the submersiblebilge pump shall be installed in anopen end air bell of rugged construc-tion and of such proportions thatflooding of the compartment, in whichit is located, to the bulkhead deck willnot cause water to enter the motor.

(2) The motor may be of the opentype provided it is protected againstsplashing water from the bottom.

(3) Cables to the motor shall enterthrough the open bottom of the airbell.

(4) The motor shall be capable ofcontinuous operation at rated loadunder any condition, dry or with waterin air bell at any level up to maximum.

(5) The motor controller shall be lo-cated above the bulkhead deck with amaster switch at the controller and amaster switch at the motor. Themaster switch at the motor shall beconnected in such a manner that itwill be completely disconnected fromthe circuit when the motor is startedor stopped from the remote masterswitch.

Title 46-Shipping

(6) The motor shall be energizedfrom the final source of emergencylighting and power.

§ 111.80-45 Electric power-operated water-tight door systems.

(a) Application. The provisions ofthis section are applicable to electricpower-operated watertight door sys-tems required by subpart 73.35 of thischapter, except that only paragraph(g) of this section shall be applicableto installations contracted for prior toNovember 19, 1952.

(b) General requirements. The wa-tertight door operating system shallcomply with the specification require-ments of subpart 163.001 of this chap-ter.

(c) Power supply. The power supplyto power-operated watertight door sys-tems shall comply with the applicablerequirements contained in this para-graph.

(1) The source of power for electricmotor-driven door operators shall bethe sources of the emergency lightingand power system as required by sub-part 112.15 of this chapter.

(2) If the peak current resultingfrom the simultaneous starting of alldoors is too great for the temporary orfinal source of supply, the controlshall be so arranged that when thecentral master switch is put to "close"the doors will start to close serially atintervals of not more than 3 seconds,preference being given to the doorsstarting with those in the lowest partof the vessel. The total time for alldoors to be closed shall not exceed 60seconds.

(3) The power supply for hydrauli-cally operated watertight door systemsemploying a hydraulic system commonto more than one watertight doorshall be an accumulator tank of suffi-cient capacity to open all doors twiceand to close all doors three times, andone or more motor-driven hydraulicpumps capable of being operated fromthe final source of the emergencylighting and power system.

(i) The motor-driven hydraulicpumps automatically shall maintainthe accumulator tank pressure withinthe design limits, and shall be locatedand controlled from above the bulk-head deck.


(ii) The accumulator tank capacityrequired by paragraph (c)(3)(i) of thissection shall be available when the ac-cumulator tank pressure is at theautomatic pump "cut-in" pressure.

(4) The source of power for hydrau-lically operated watertight door sys-tems employing an independent hy-draulic system for each door operatorshall be as required by paragraphs(c)(1) and (2) of this section.

(5) The power supply for other typesof watertight door operators shall beas approved by the Commandant.

(d) Distribution. Distribution ofelectric power to the watertight dooroperators shall comply with the fol-lowing:

(1) Distribution panelboards used inconnection with watertight door sys-tems shall be located above the bulk-head deck and shall be provided withmeans for locking to prevent unau-thorized access to the switching de-vices or fuses.

(2) Feeders supplying several water-tight door operators shall be locatedabove the bulkhead deck.

(3) A separate branch circuit shall beprovided for each watertight door op-erator.

(e) Overcurrent protection. Overcur-rent devices employed in watertightdoor system feeders and branch cir-cuits shall be arranged to isolate afault with as little disruption of thesystem as possible. The relationshipbetween loads and rating or setting ofovercurrent devices shall comply withthe following:

(1) The rating or setting of eachfeeder overcurrent device shall be notless than 200 percent of its maximumload.

(2) The rating or setting of a branchcircuit overcurrent device shall be notmore than 25 percent of that of thefeeder overcurrent device.

(f) Cable. All cable used in connec-tion with watertight door systemfeeder circuits or branch circuits shallbe leaded and armored, impervioussheathed and armored, or mineral-in-sulated, metal sheathed.

(g) Existing vessels. (1) Existing ar-rangements, materials, and facilitiespreviously approved but not meetingthe applicable specifications or re-quirements set forth in paragraphs (b)

through (f) of this section may be con-tinued in service so long as they aremaintained in good condition to thesatisfaction of the Officer in Charge,Marine Inspection. Minor repairs andminor alterations may be made to thesame standards as the original instal-lation provided that in no case will agreater departure from the standardsof paragraphs (b) through (f) of thissection be permitted than presentlyexist.

(2) All new installations or major re-placements shall meet the applicablespecifications or requirements for ves-sels contracted for on or after Novem-ber 19, 1952.

§ 111.80-50 Firescreen door holding andrelease systems.

(a) Application. When an electric fir-escreen door holding and releasesystem is installed in compliance withthe requirements of section 72.05-25(b)(9) of this chapter, the provisionsof this section with the exception ofparagraph (e) shall apply to all instal-lations contracted for on or after No-vember 19, 1952. Installations con-tracted for prior to November 19, 1952,shall meet the requirements of para-graph (e) of this section.

(b) Definitions. (1) The term "fire-screen door" will be used in this sec-tion to designate any self-closing doorrequired to comply with § 72.05-25(b)(9) of this chapter.

(2) The term "firescreen holdingdevice" will be used in this section todesignate any device designed and in-stalled for the purpose of holdingopen a firescreen door.

(3) The term "local control station"will be used in this section to desig-nate any manually operated device in-stalled adjacent to a firescreen doorfor the purpose of releasing the doorso that the firescreen door self-closingmechanism may close the door.

(4) The term "central control sta-tion" will be used in this section todesignate any manually operateddevice installed to release the fire-screen doors from the wheelhouse orfire control room.

(c) General. (1) The firescreen doorholding and release system require-ments contained in this section pre-suppose that the firescreen doors will

§ 111.80-50

§ 111.80-50

be held open by electromagnets, doorrelease being effected by deenergizingthe electromagnets.

(2) The Commandant may a6ceptany other means for firescreen doorholding and releasing not less effectivethan the electromagnetic type coveredby this section.

(d) General requirements. (1) Thefirescreen door holding and releasesystem shall consist of an electromag-net for each firescreen door, a self-alining armature plate on each door tobe seized and held by the electromag-net when the firescreen door is fullyopen, a control station switch locatedadjacent to the door to interrupt thesupply potential to the csltromagnet,and a central control located in thewheelhouse or fire control room to in-terrupt remotely potential to all hold-ing magnets.

(2) The firescreen door holding cir-cuit shall be arranged so that loss ofpotential from any cause will releasethe doors, except that momentary in-terruptions of the circuit that mayresult from the operation of automaticbus-transfer devices in connectionwith the emergency lighting andpower system, will not release thedoors.

(3) The central control station shallconsist of an enclosed switch, circuitbreaker, or magnetic contactor ofample rating to interrupt the connect-ed load. The switching unit shall beexternally operative and maintainingin both the "hold doors" and "releasedoors" positions.

(4) The local control station shallconsist of an enclosed externally oper-ative fused switch having a rating ofnot less than 10-T amperes, 125 volts,and may be either the momentarycontact type or the maintaining con-tact type. A single door holding-magnet shall be connected to the fuseend of this local control station.Where several doors are in close prox-imity to each other, a single local con-trol station switch of ample ratingmay be used to release simultaneouslythese several doors.

(5) A door-holding electromagnetshall be designed for a nominal pull ofapproximately 200 pounds. When thearrangement of the electrical supplyinvolves transfer relays to transfer the

Title 46-Shipping

supply from a normal to a temporarysource, a door-holding electromagnetshall be designed so that, with a pullon the armature of 110 pounds, the ar-mature will be held in the sealed posi-tion for approximately one-fourthsecond after the circuit to the electro-magnet is opened. The electromagnetshall be designed for continuous dutyin an ambient temperature of 50' C.with a temperature rise by thermom-eter measurement of not more than550 C. for Class A insulation nor morethan 750 C. for Class B insulation. Theelectromagnet coil shall be vacuum im-pregnated and the magnet enclosureshall be either dripproof or watertightas required by location.

(6) The source of power for the fire-screen door holding and releasesystem shall be the source of theemergency lighting and power systemas required by Subpart 112.15 of thissubchapter.

(7) On large vessels, where the clos-ing of all firescreen doors simulta-neously would seriously interfere withfirefighting operations or with theevacuation of passengers, it is recom-mended that the firescreen door re-lease system be subdivided into severalcircuits. The circuits shall be arrangedso that it will be possible to isolate anycompartment in which a fire is report-ed by a sufficient number of closed fir-escreen doors effectively to stop alldraft to the fire area. An effectivedraft stop will entail closing:

(i) All firescreen doors in the areabetween the main vertical zone bulk-heads immediately forward and aft ofthe fire area;

(ii) All firescreen doors in the mainvertical zone bulkheads immediatelyforward and aft of the fire area; and,

(iii) All firescreen doors in the nextadjacent main vertical zones, forwardand aft of the fire area. The firescreendoor tripping arrangement shall bespecifically approved for each vessel.

(e) Existing vessels. Firescreen doorholding and release systems on vesselscontracted for prior to November 19,1952, shall meet the requirement cov-ered in this paragraph.

(1) Existing arrangements, materi-als, and facilities previously approvedwill be considered satisfactory so longas they are maintained in good condi-


tion to the satisfaction of the Officerin Charge, Marine Inspection. Minorrepairs and minor alterations may bemade to the same standard as theoriginal installation.


§ 111.80-55 Electric power-operated life-boat winches.

(a) Application. The provisions ofthis section, with the exception ofparagraph (h) of this section shallapply to all vessels contracted for onor after November 19, 1952. The provi-sions of paragraph (h) of this sectionshall apply to all vessels contracted forprior to November 19, 1952.

(b) General. The provisions of thissection supplement the requirementsof § 33.10-5 and Subparts 75.30, 94.35,and 160.015 of this chapter.

(c) General construction require-ments. (1) Control and power circuitswitches and motor controllers in-stalled in conjunction with lifeboatwinches shall be specifically approvedfor use with lifeboat winches.

(2) Switches and motor controllersshall be of a design not likely to be ad-versely affected by corrosion of theworking parts. Particular attentionshall be given to hinged parts of con-tactors and relays. Structural parts,such as the enclosing cases, if not con-structed of corrosion-resistant materi-als, shall be given a durable corrosion-resistant finish.

(3) Insulating materials shall be lim-ited to those which exhibit the lowestrelative water absorption and/or theleast effect of such water absorptionupon the dielectric properties consist-ent with the other necessary charac-teristics.

(4) Where gaskets are used to pro-vide a water seal between parts of anassembly, the gasket shall be securedin place in such a manner as to pre-vent its falling out or becoming loosewhen the unit is disassembled.

(5) Holes in the walls of equipmenthousings for the purpose of providingmeans for the attachment of parts onthe interior thereof, or for securingcovers and the like, shall not pene-

trate the total thickness of the hous-ing wall.

(6) Totally enclosed units shall beprovided with a suitable valve, or withat least one hold closed by a 1/4-inchpipe plug, for draining condensedmoisture. The valve or hole shall be lo-cated at the bottom, or as near thebottom as practicable, of the enclosurein order that it may drain the enclo-sure satisfactorily.

(7) Main line emergency disconnectswitches, when installed in a locationaccessible to passengers, shall be pro-vided with means whereby the switchcan be locked in the open-circuit posi-tion by means of a padlock or theequivalent. The switch shall have noprovisions for locking in the closed-cir-cuit position.(d) Detail construction require-

ments-(1) Enclosures. Each enclosurefor motor controller and switching de-vices, when installed in locations ex-posed to the weather, shall be water-tight.

(2) Electrical clearances. The mini-mum creepage and air clearance dis-tance between live parts of differentpolarity of motor controllers, masterswitches, and control circuit limitswitches shall be not less than thevalues shown in Table 111.80-55(d)(2).It is desirable to exceed these valueswhere possible. The electrical clear-ances for power circuit limit switchesand main line emergency disconnectswitches shall be not less than thegeneral requirements for such devicesgiven in this part.

(3) Motors. Motors shall be of water-proof construction in accordance withthe general requirements of this part.

TABLE 111.80-55(d)(2)-MINIMUM SPACINGS ININCHES

Potential involved in volts

Location 0-150 151- 301-300 600

Between any Through air 1/-. .......... _ Auninsulated live part Over surface 1/. ........ 3/4and an uninsulatedlive part of oppositepolarity anuninsulatedgrounded part otherthan the enclosureor an exposedmetal part.

109

§ 111.80-55

§ 111.80-55

TABLE 111.80-55(d)(2)-MINIMUM SPACINGS ININCHES-Continued

Potential involved in volts

Location 0-150 151- 301-300 600

Between any Through air '- .......... 'uninsulated live part Over surface %-. ....... 4 14and the walls of ametal enclosure,including fittings forcable entrance.

(e) Wiring of lifeboat winch compo-nents. (1) When the motor controllerof a lifeboat winch power unit is locat-ed adjacent to the winch, the mainline emergency switch shall disconnectall parts of the lifeboat winch powerunit, including the motor controllerand limit switches, from all sources ofpotential. Any other power circuitswitches employed shall be connectedin series with the main line emergencyswitch and ahead of the motor con-troller. The main line emergencyswitch shall serve as the motor andcontroller disconnect required by thegeneral requirements of this part, andshall have a horsepower rating not lessthan that of the winch motor.

(2) When the motor controller of alifeboat winch power unit is remotelylocated with relation to the winch, aswitch shall be provided at the con-troller arranged to disconnect theentire winch electrical installationfrom all sources of potential. In suchcases, the main line emergency switchshall be connected in series with thiscircuit disconnect switch and ahead ofthe power circuit limit switches, whenemployed, and ahead of the motorcontroller.

(3) Davit arm limit switches whetherconnected in the power circuit or inthe control circuit, shall disconnect all

Title 46-Shipping

ungrounded conductors of the circuitcontrolled.

(4) Where one motor is used withtwo winches, a main line emergencyswitch, a clutch interlock switch, and amaster switch shall be provided foreach winch, except that a single mainline emergency switch located in ac-cordance with subparagraph (5) of thisparagraph with respect to both winch-es will be accepted. The main lineemergency switches shall be connectedin series ahead of the motor control-ler. The master switches shall be con-nected in parallel and each in serieswith the corresponding clutch inter-lock switch for that winch. The clutchinterlock switches shall open the cir-cuit to its master switch except whenthe power unit is clutched to the asso-ciated winch. Means shall be providedto prevent the power unit from beingclutched to both winches simulta-neously.

(5) Typical lifeboat winch wiring dia-grams and arrangement drawings areshown on Figures 111.80-55(e)(5)(i)through 111.80-55(e)(5)(iv), the ar-rangement of the. equipment shownbeing diagrammatical. (The fact thatsome show direct-current motors andsome show alternating-current motorshas no particular significance.) Inactual installations the main lineemergency disconnect switch shall beso located as to be adjacent to themaster switch, within reach of thewinch operator, in a position accessibleto the person in charge of the boatstowage, and in a position, for gravitydavit installations, from which themovement of both davit. arms can beobserved as they approach the finalstowed position. Special considerationwill be given to other arrangementswhere complete compliance with theselocation requirements cannot be met.

110


UN'S0

;F4

o-

C

§ 111.80-55 Title 46-Shipping

4W4: Il

I U%

LI0

1 0i .!Ii

e-,.

I n =4'=


I

0

'-4

'-

§ 111.80-55

I

!I

%51

cii

Title 46-Shipping

/ U'

9.4


(f) Procedure for approval of lifeboatwinch electrical installations andequipment-(1) Switches. Manufactur-ers of master switches, limit switches,and main line emergency disconnectswitches desiring to qualify their prod-ucts for use in connection with life-boat winch installations shall submitfor review detail assembly drawings ofthe unit, identifying each part used inthe assembly and the material specifi-cation, including finish, if any, of eachpart. After the detail assembly draw-ings have been reviewed sample unitsmay be requested for testing. Unitsfound to comply with the require-ments of this section will be listed bythe Coast Guard as being satisfactoryfor use as lifeboat winch auxiliaryequipment.

(2) Motor controllers. Manufacturersof motor controllers desiring to quali-fy their products for use in conjunc-tion with lifeboat winch installationsshall submit for review detail assemblydrawings and material lists of the en-closing cases to be furnished, anddetail assembly drawings and materiallists and/or samples of contactors,relays, resistors, and other motor-con-troller components to be employed.For each installation of lifeboat winchmotor controllers there shall be sub-mitted for approval a drawing showingthe enclosure outline, front view as-sembly, wiring diagram, and materiallist, together with the name or otheridentification of the vessel on whichthe motor controllers will be installed.No general approval of motor control-lers will be given.

(3) Motors. For each installation oflifeboat winch motors, manufacturersoutline drawings giving nameplatedata and degree of enclosure shall besubmitted, together with the name orother identification of the vessel onwhich the motor will be installed. Nogeneral approval of motors will begiven.

(4) Shipboard installation drawing.For each shipboard installation ofelectric power-operated lifeboat winch-es, an elementary wiring diagram, andisometric or deck wiring diagram as re-quired by § 111.05-5 shall be submit-ted.

(g) Testing of lifeboat winch electri-cal equipment. The electrical equip-

ment shall be given periodic inspec-tions and tests as required by §§ 78.17-55 and 97.15-40 of this chapter.

(h) Electric power-operated lifeboatwinches for existing vessels. (1) Theelectrical equipment installed in con-nection with electric power-operatedlifeboat winches used with gravitydavits on passenger vessels and cargovessels contracted for prior to Novem-ber 19, 1952, and on tank vessels con-tracted for on or after November 19,1952, shall comply with the require-ments of § 160.015-3(k) of this chapterand with the wiring arrangements ofparagraph (e) of this section.

(2) New materials installed to effectcompliance with this paragraph shallcomply with the applicable require-ments of this section. Existing materi-als continued in service shall complywith the requirements of this sectioninsofar as it is reasonable and practica-ble.

(3) Modification of existing lifeboatwinch electrical installations to effectcompliance with this paragraph shallhave been completed not later thanOctober 1, 1952.

(4) The electrical equipment in-stalled in connection with electricpower-operated lifeboat winches usedwith other than gravity davits on ves-sels contracted for prior to November19, 1952, previously approved, but notmeeting the applicable specificationsor requirements set forth in para-graphs (b) through (e) of this section,may be continued in service so long asthey are maintained in good conditionto the satisfaction of the Officer inCharge, Marine Inspection. Minor re-pairs and minor alterations may bemade to the same standards as theoriginal installation; however, in nocase, will a greater departure from thestandards of paragraphs (b) through(e) of this section be permitted thanpresently exist. All new installationsor major replacements shall meet theapplicable specifications or require-ments for new vessels.

(CGFR 70-143, 35 FR 19907, Dec. 30, 1970;36 FR 5606, Mar. 25, 1971]

§ 111.80-60 Electric air heaters.(a) Application. (1) The provisions of

this section with the exception ofparagraph (c) shall apply to all vessels

§ 111.80-60

§ 111.80-65

contracted for on or after November19, 1952. The provisions of paragraph(c) of this section shall apply to allvessels contracted for prior to Novem-ber 19, 1952.

(2) The provisions of this section areapplicable to electrically energizedunits or panels, to be employed inheating a room or compartment forthe comfort of the occupants thereof.The provisions of this section are notapplicable to electrically energizedunits employed to heat the air in en-closed apparatus, such as motors, con-trollers, or the like.

(b) General requirements. (1) Elec-tric heaters shall be so constructedthat the risk of fire is reduced to aminimum. Unspecified constructionand circuit details shall be in accord-ance with Underwriters' Laboratories,Inc., "Standard for Electric Space-Heating Equipment."

(2) Heaters shall be designed to heatthe surrounding air principally by con-vection. Heater elements shall be ofthe enclosed type. The heater elementcase or jacket should be of a corrosion-resistant material.

(3) Heaters shall be provided with athermal cutout of the manually-resettype that will prevent overheating,and with a suitable regulating switch.

(4) Heaters for bulkhead mountingshall have their top slanted or other-wise designed to prevent hangingtowels, etc., on the heaters. Whenheaters are of the portable type, an ac-ceptable clip or bracket shall be fittedto hold the heater in a fixed position.

(5) The external temperature of theheater enclosing case shall not exceeda temperature of 1250 C., except thatthe external temperature of the en-closing case of flush-mounted heatersshall not exceed a temperature of 100'C. When heaters are mounted upon, oradjacent to, the deck or bulkhead, theconstruction of the heater shall besuch that the nearest deck or bulk-head surface will not exceed a tem-perature of 550 C. For test purposes,an ambient temperature of 250 C. willbe used.

(c) Electric air heaters on vesselscontracted for prior to November 19,1952. (1) Existing arrangements, mate-rials, and equipment previously ap-proved shall be considered satisfactory

Title 46-Shipping

so long as they are maintained in goodcondition to the satisfaction of the Of-ficer in Charge, Marine Inspection.Minor repairs and minor alterationsmay be made to the same standard asthe original installation.


§ 111.80-65 Electric cooking equipmentand motor-driven commissary equip-ment.

(a) Application. The provisions ofthis section with the exception ofparagraph (d) shall apply to all vesselscontracted for on or after November19, 1956. The provisions of paragraph(d) of this section shall apply to allvessels contracted for prior to Novem-ber 19, 1956.

(b) Electric cooking equipment re-quirements. (1) All equipment attach-ments and devices shall be of ruggedconstruction and so designed as topermit complete cleaning, mainte-nance and repair with ease.

(2) Doors shall be provided withheavy-duty hinges and locking devicesto prevent accidental opening in aheavy sea.

(3) Where necessary for safety ofpersonnel, grab rails shall be provided.Ranges shall be provided with sea railswith adjustable- barriers to resist acci-dental cook pot movement.

(4) Means shall be provided to effectpositive grease or fat collection and toprevent spillage thereof onto the deck.

(5) All equipment shall be mountedto prevent dislodgment by roll and/orpitch, whether arranged for fixedwiring or for portable wiring.

(6) Each equipment unit shall beprovided with means for disconnectingit from all circuit conductors. The dis-connecting means shall plainly indi-cate whether it is in the open or closedcircuit position and shall be located inthe same compartment with, andwithin sight of, its associated equip-ment. The disconnecting means maybe an integral part ,of the equipmentprovided this device remains unaffect-ed by the heat of the equipment ofwhich it is a part. If the disconnectingmeans is made part of the equipment,


it shall be so located as to be accessiblein the event of a fire on the cookingsurfaces.

(7) Unspecified construction and cir-cuit details shall be in accordance withUnderwriters' Laboratories, Inc.,"Standard for Commercial ElectricCooking Appliances."

(c) Motor-driven commissary equip-ment requirements. (1) All equipmentshall be rigidly constructed and self-supporting, and shall be securelymounted whether arranged for fixedwiring or for portable wiring unlesssuch mounting would defeat the util-ity of the equipment.

(2) The enclosures of motors andcontrols shall be either watertight ortotally enclosed or comparable protec-tion provided.

(d) Electric cooking equipment andmotor-driven commissary equipmenton vessels contracted for prior to No-vember 19, 1956. (1) Existing arrange-ments, materials, and equipment pre-viously approved shall be consideredsatisfactory so long as they are main-tained in good condition to the satis-faction of the Officer in Charge,Marine Inspection. Minor repairs andminor alterations may be made to thesame standard as the original installa-tion.

(2) All new installations or major re-placements shall meet the applicablerequirements for vessels contractedfor on or after November 19, 1956.

§ 111.80-70 Electric steering gear.

(a) General. This section contains re-quirements for steering gear installa-tions where the main or both the mainand auxiliary steering means is elec-tric power driven and where the steer-ing control means is electric powered.Where two steering gear power motorsand two' separate and independentmeans for controlling the rudder fromthe pilothouse are provided, there willbe two steering systems each consist-ing of a power motor, control system,and steering gear feeder. In generalthese two systems are to be separateon a port and starboard basis. For anydifferent arrangement of the steeringgear system, special consideration andapproval will be required with theintent of obtaining a steering installa-

tion which will be equivalent to theone covered in this section.

(b) Feeder circuits. Electric and elec-tro-hydraulic steering gear shall beserved by two feeder circuits from theship's service switchboard except inspecial cases where the length of cir-cuit is very short. One of the circuitsmay be taken from the emergencyswitchboard if the rating of the emer-gency generator is sufficient to supplythe steering gear in addition to theemergency loads. The circuits shall beseparated throughout their length aswidely as practicable. Each circuitshall have adequate current carryingcapacity for supplying all motors andcontrol equipment normally connectedto it and which operate simultaneous-ly.

(c) Overcurrent protection for steer-ing systems-(1) Motor circuits. Eachsteering gear circuit shall be protectedonly by a circuit breaker with instan-taneous trip located on the switch-board from which it emanates.

(i) Direct-current motors. For direct-current steering gear motors, each cir-cuit breaker shall be of the instanta-neous trip type only, set to trip at acurrent of not less than 300 percentand not greater than 375 percent ofthe rated full-load current of onesteering gear main motor.

(ii) Alternating-current motors. Foralternating-current steering gearmotors, each circuit breaker shall beof the instantaneous trip type only,set to trip at a current of approximate-ly 175 percent of the locked rotor cur-rent of one steering gear main motor.

(iii) Use of fuses. On vessels of a sizethat may be steered by hand, fusedswitches may be substituted for the in-stantaneous trip circuit breakers re-quired by this paragraph if the ar-rangement of the steering gear is suchthat it is possible to shift to handsteering without delay.

(2) Motors. Main steering gearmotors and motors associated withsteering control systems shall not beprovided with a motor-running protec-tive device. In lieu of a motor-runningovercurrent protection, the motorstarter shall be fitted with a protectivedevice responsive to motor current,motor temperature or to both currentand temperature which will operate an

§ 11 1.80-7t.

§ 111.80-70

indicating light at the propulsion con-trol station in case of overload whichwould cause overheating of the motor.This device shall follow as closely aspracticable the temperature of themotor.

(3) Control circuits. Short circuitprotection only shall be provided forthe control circuits of controllers ofsteering gear power motors andmotors used for control systems. Thisprotection shall be instantaneous andrated at 400-500 percent of the cur-rent-carrying capacity of the conduc-tors.

(4) Control systems. Pilothousesteering control systems and any otherelectric means for controlling therudder remote from the steering gearroom shall be provided with short cir-cuit protection only. The protectionshall be instantaneous and rated at400-500 percent of the current-carry-ing capacity of the control system con-ductors. The protection means shall belocated in the steering gear room justafter the disconnecting means re-quired by paragraph (d)(1) of this sec-tion.

(5) Indicating and alarm circuits.Indicating and alarm circuits shall beprotected by overcurrent devices, inboth sides of the line having a ratingor setting of not more than 500 per-cent of the current-carrying capacityof the control, electrical interlock, orindicator circuit conductors, exceptthat where under operating conditionsthere is no appreciable difference inpotential between the external con-ductors, overcurrent protection needonly be provided at the supply of thatside of the line.

(d) Control of motors and controlsystems. (1) Means shall be provided inthe steering gear room for startingand stopping the steering gear powermotors and any motors that are partof the pilot-house control system.

(2) Where two separate and inde-pendent steering control systems areinstalled, the means of switching shallbe provided in the pilothouse to selectthe steering control system which is tobe used for steering. This selectionshall be accomplished by one operat-ing handle but the switches for eachsystem shall be in separate enclosuresor shall be separated by suitable fire-

Title 46-Shipping

resistant barriers. The handle shallhave positions for "port control","off", and "starboard control" withsuch an arrangement to necessitatethe passing through the "off" positionwhen transferring from one steeringsystem to the other.

(3) The selecting means in the pilot-house shall be so arranged that thesteering gear power motor for thesteering system selected will automati-cally be started if not already running.Any ancillary device necessary to acti-vate the selected remote means forcontrolling the rudder shall be auto-matically operated upon starting thesteering gear power motor.

(e) Disconnecting and switchingmeans. (1) The steering gear powermotors and control systems shall beconnected to the respective steeringgear feeder circuits in the steeringgear room. Separate means shall beprovided in the steering gear room fordisconnecting the motor and controlsystems from the power source.

(2) If a means of transfer is providedin the steering gear room so arrangedthat either steering gear power motorand associated control system can beconnected to either of the two steeringgear feeder circuits, interlocks shall beprovided to prevent both steering sys-tems from being connected to thesame feeder circuit simultaneously.

(f) Indicating and alarm systems forsteering installations. (1) A pilot lightfor each steering gear power motorand each auxiliary motor vital to thecontrol of the rudder shall be providedat the propulsion control station, andother locations if desired, to indicatewhen the motors are energized.

(2) The opening of a steering gearfeeder circuit breaker shall automati-cally be indicated at the propulsioncontrol station by the sounding of anaudible alarm.

(3) The opening of a steering gearfeeder circuit fuse shall automaticallybe indicated in the wheelhouse by thesounding of an audible alarm.

(4) For the requirements pertainingto overload indicating lights for steer-ing gear motors, see paragraph (c)(2)of this section.


Subpart 11 1.85-SpecialRequirements for Tank Vessels

§ 111.85-1 Application-TB/ALL.

(a) General. The requirements ofthis subpart contain special require-ments relative to electrical installa-tions on tank vessels. Except as modi-fied by this subpart and regulations ofSubchapter D of this chapter, allother applicable regulations containedin this Subchapter J shall also applyto tank vessels.

(b) Symbols. The vessels and servicesto which each regulation applies areindicated by letters in the heading ofthe section or paragraph. The firstletter or two letters indicates the typeof vessel and the letter or letters fol-lowing the oblique line indicates thewaters in which such vessels may oper-ate. The letters are described as fol-lows:

(1) "T" signifies a tank ship.(2) "B" signifies a tank barge when

it precedes an oblique line; or it signi-fies service on bays, sounds, and lakesother than the Great Lakes when itfollows an oblique line.

(3) "ALL" signifies service on allwaters.

(4) "0" signifies service on oceanwaters.

(5) "C" signifies service on coastwisewaters.

(6) "L" signifies service on GreatLakes waters.

(7) "R" signifies service on riverwaters.

§ 111.85-5 Definitions.

(a) General-TB/ALL. Certain termsused in this subpart are defined in thissection.

(b) Cargo-TB/ALL. The term"cargo" means combustible liquid,flammable liquid, or liquefied flamma-ble gas unless otherwise stated.

(c) Cofferdam-TB/ALL. The term"cofferdam" means a void or emptyspace separating two or more compart-ments for the purpose of isolation orto prevent the contents of one com-partment from entering another inthe event of the failure of the walls ofone to retain their tightness.

(d) Combustible liquid-TB/ALL.The term "combustible liquid" meansany liquid having a flashpoint above800 F. (as determined from an open-cup tester, as used for test of burningoils). Combustible liquids havinglethal qualities are those having thecharacteristics of class "B" or "C" poi-sons as defined in §§ 146.25-10 and146.25-15 of this chapter. In the regu-lations of this subchapter, combustibleliquids are referred to by grades, asfollows:

(1) Grade D. Any combustible liquidhaving a flashpoint below 150 F. andabove 80* F.

(2) Grade E. Any combustible liquidhaving a flashpoint of 150 F. orabove.

(e) Flashpoint-TB/ALL. The term"flashpoint" indicates the tempera-ture in degrees Fahrenheit at which aliquid gives off a flammable vaporwhen heated in an open-cup tester.For the purpose of the regulations inthis subchapter, flashpoints deter-.mined by other testing methods willbe equivalent to those determinedwith an open-cup tester, as follows:

TABLE 111.85-5(e)-EQUIVALENT FLASHPOINTS

Open-cup Tag closed- Pensky-Martenstester cup tester closed tester

(A. S. T. M.) (A. S. T. M.)

F. "F "F.80 75

150 .......... ................ 140

(f) Gas free-TB/ALL. The term"gas free" means free from dangerousconcentrations of flammable or toxicgases.

(g) Flammable liquid-TB/ALL. Theterm "flammable liquid" means anyliquid which gives off flammablevapors (as determined by flashpointfrom an open-cup tester, as used fortest of burning oils) at or below a tem-perature of 80* F. Flammable liquidshaving lethal qualities are thosehaving the characteristics of class "B"or "C" poisons as defined in §§ 146.25-10 and 146.25-15 of this chapter. Flam-mable liquids are referred to bygrades, as follows:

19

40-130 0-79--9

§ 111!.85-5

Title 46-Shipping

(1) Grade A. Any flammable liquidhaving a Reid' vapor pressure of 14pounds or more.

(2) Grade B. Any flammable liquidhaving a Reid' vapor pressure under14 pounds and over 8V2 pounds.

(3) Grade C. Any flammable liquidhaving a Reid' vapor pressure of 8Vpounds or less and a flashpoint of 80F. or below.

(h) Liquified flammable gas-TB!ALL. The term "liquefied flammablegas" means any flammable gas havinga Reid I vapor pressure exceeding 40pounds, which has been liquefied.

(i) Tank barge-B/ALL. The term"tank barge" means any tank vesselnot equipped with means of self-pro-pulsion.

(j) Tank ship-T/ALL. The term"tank ship" means any tank vesselpropelled by power or sail.

(k) Tank vessel-TB/ALL. The term"tank vessel" means any vessel espe-cially constructed or converted tocarry liquid bulk cargo in tanks.

(1) Cargo handling room. A cargohandling room is any enclosed spacewhere cargo is pumped, compressed, orprocessed. Examples of cargo handlingrooms are pumprooms, compressorrooms, and cargo valve rooms.

[CGFR 70-143, 35 FR 19907, Dec. 30, 1970;36 FR 5606, Mar. 25, 1971]

§ 111.85-10 Special requirements for tankvessels contracted for on or after No-vember 19, 1955-TB/ALL.

(a) Application. The requirements ofthis section apply to all tank vesselscontracted for on or after November19, 1955.

(b) General. The special installationrequirements are contained in §§ 32.45-1 and 38.15-15 of this chapter, and, insome instances and to some degree,are repeated in this section for com-pleteness of this subchapter.

(1) Cable location. Where practica-ble, electric cable shall be located well

I American Society for Testing MaterialsStandard D-323 (most recent revision),Method of Test for Vapor Pressure of Petro-leum Products (Reid Method).

inboard from the sides, preferablyalong or near the centerline, to reducethe risk of injury in the event of colli-sion, but it shall be kept clear of cargotank openings. Specific additional re-quirements for cargo pumprooms andenclosed spaces immediately above oradjacent to cargo tanks are covered inparagraph (c) of this section.

(2) Electrical equipment in cargotanks. Except as permitted by para-graph (d) of this section for Grade Ecargo tanks, no electrical equipmentmay be installed in cargo tanks exceptapproved intrinsically safe equipmentand approved submergible pumps. Theinstallation of submergible pumpsmust be restricted to closed tank sys-tems such as refrigerated or com-pressed gas tanks and must complywith the following:

(i) Provisions shall be made to ex-clude air from the tanks containingcargo in either vapor or liquid phase.The pump motor shall be deenergizedwhen this condition is not met.

(ii) A liquid level sensing device shallbe provided that will automaticallyshut down the motor and sound analarm at a predetermined low liquidlevel. The alarm location may be thestation from which cargo handling iscontrolled or such other location out-side the cargo area which is acceptableto the Commandant.

(iii) Details of the power cable, tankpenetrations, and cable connection tothe pump motor shall be submitted.

(iv) Means for positively disconnect-ing the power supply between theswitchboard and the pump motorpanels shall be provided; i.e., discon-nect links, lockable circuit breakers,etc.

(3) Electrical equipment in second-ary barrier spaces. No electrical equip-ment shall be installed in secondarybarrier spaces except for approved in-trinsically safe equipment and ap-proved submergible pumps when thespace is properly inerted.

(4) Explosion-proof- installations.Where explosion-proof equipment isrequired, the equipment and installa-tion thereof shall comply with§ 111.80-5.

(5) Portable equipment. Illuminationmay be obtained in any compartment

120

§ 111.85-10


by the use of approved explosion-proof, self-contained, battery-fedlamps. Otherwise, no portable electri-cal equipment of any type shall beused in bulk cargo tanks, fuel oiltanks, cargo handling, rooms, or en-closed spaces immediately above or ad-jacent to bulk cargo tanks unless allthe following conditions are met:

(i) The compartment itself is gasfree.

(ii) The compartments adjacent anddiagonally adjacent are either (a) gasfree, (b) inerted, (c) filled with water,(d) contain grade E liquid and areclosed and secured, or (e) are spaces inwhich flammable vapors and gasesnormally are not expected to accumu-late; and,

(iii) All other compartments of thevessel in which flammable vapors andgases normally may be expected to ac-cumulate are closed and secured.

(c) Installation requirements ontank vessels handling grade A, B, C, orD liquid cargo. The requirements ofthis paragraph apply only to tank ves-sels handling grade A, B, C, or D liquidcargo.

(1) Electrical devices. Power devices,switchboards, distribution panels,switches, fuses, and other circuit inter-rupting devices shall not be installedin cargo handling rooms nor in en-closed spaces immediately above or ad-jacent to cargo tanks. Storage batter-ies shall not be located in cargo han-dling rooms.

(2) Lighting of cargo handling roomsand certain enclosed spaces. Lightingfor cargo handling rooms and enclosedspaces immediately above or adjacentto cargo tanks shall comply witheither of the following:

(i) Cargo handling rooms shall belighted through permanently fixedglass lenses fitted in the bulkheadand/or overhead. Each fixed glass lensshall be of rugged construction and ar-ranged to maintain the watertight andgastight integrity of the structure.The fixed glass lens may form a partof a lighting fixture if all the follow-ing conditions are complied with: (a)No means of access to the interior ofthe fixture from the cargo handlingroom is provided; (b) the fixture is

vented to the engineroom or a similarnonhazardous area; (c) the fixture iswired from outside the cargo handlingroom; and (d) the maximum observ-able temperature on the cargo han-dling room surface of the glass lensbased on an ambient temperature of40 ° C. shall not exceed 180 ° C.

(ii) Where the location of a cargohandling room does not permit thelighting arrangement of paragraph(c)(2)(i) of this section, or where thelighting arrangement of paragraph(c)(2)(i) of this section, if used, wouldnot provide the required illumination,approved explosion-proof lighting fix-tures may be installed. Specific ap-proval by the Commandant is requiredfor the installation of approved, explo-sion-proof lights associated wiring andaccessories.

(3) Lighting of enclosed spaces.Lighting of the enclosed space immedi-ately above or adjacent to cargo tanksshall either comply with the require-ments of paragraph (c)(1) of this sec-tion applicable to cargo handlingrooms, or may be effected or supple-mented by means of explosion-prooffixtures located in these spaces.

(4) Cable. Through runs of electriccable, regardless of how they may beprotected, are prohibited in cargo han-dling rooms except where permittedby § 111.80-8. In any enclosed spaceimmediately above or adjacent tocargo tanks other than cargo handlingrooms, through runs of electric cableare permitted.

(5) Weather decks. On each tankvessel subject to the requirements ofthis section, all motors, their controlequipment, and other electrical equip-ment and installations located on orabove the weather decks within 10 feetof a cargo tank opening, cargo han-dling room door, ventilation outlet, orcargo tank vent termination shall beexplosion proof. Explosion proofequipment installed in locations ex-posed to the weather shall be water-proof, enclosed in a watertight hous-ing, or protected against the entranceof water by a Coast Guard approvedmethod.

(6) Additional requirements. In addi-tion to the requirements of paragraph

§ 111.85-10

§ 111.85-90

(c)(5) of this section, electrical equip-ment on each tank ship that is con-tracted for after May 22, 1975, must beexplosion proof if it is located in theweather in the cargo deck space, in en-closed spaces having an opening oraccess located within the cargo deckspace, or in enclosed spaces having anopening or access located within threemeters (approx. 10 feet) of a cargotank vent outlet, a cargo tank ullageopening, a cargo pipe flange, a cargovalve, a cargo pumproom entrance, ora cargo pumproom ventilation open-ing. For the purpose of this para-graph, the term "cargo deck space"means the volume bounded by theopen deck over the cargo tank block(including all ballast tanks within thecargo tank block), extending to thefull width of the vessel, plus threemeters (approx. 10 feet) fore and aftof the cargo tank block and up to aheight of 2.4 meters (approx. 8 feet)above the deck.

(d) Installation requirements ontank vessels handling grade E liquidcargo. The requirements of this para-graph apply to tank vessels handlinggrade E liquid cargo only.

(1) Storage batteries must not be lo-cated in cargo handling rooms.

(2) Impressed cathodic protectionsystems may be used in Grade E cargotanks. No electrical equipment is per-mitted in these tanks except impressedcathodic protection system anodes,submergible pumps, and intrinsicallysafe equipment.

[CGFR 70-143, 35 FR 19907, Dec. 30, 1970,as amended by CGFR 72-35, 37 FR 4962,Mar. 8, 1972; CGFR 74-118, 40 FR 17754,Apr. 22, 1975J

§ 111.85-90 Special requirements for tankvessels constructed prior to November19, 1955-TB/ALL.

(a) General installation require-ments for tank vessels the constructionor conversion of which was started onor after November 10, 1936, but priorto November 19, 1955-(1) Application.The requirements of this paragraphshall apply to all tank vessels the con-struction or conversion of which wasstarted on or after November 10, 1936,but prior to November 19, 1955.

Title 46-Shipping

(2) General. The electrical installa-tion shall be in compliance with thisparagraph, and to the extent thatsuch installation is not covered by thisparagraph, it shall be at least equiva-lent to the Commandant's general re-quirements.

(3) Existing arrangements. (i) Exist-ing arrangements, materials, and facil-ities previously approved will be con-sidered satisfactory so long as they aremaintained in good condition to thesatisfaction of the Officer in Charge,Marine Inspection. Minor repairs orminor alterations may be made to thesame standards as the original instal-lation.

(ii) Any major change in the electri-cal installation or any conversion shallcomply with the requirements of§§ 111.85-1 and 111.85-10.

(4) Location of cables. Where practi-cable, electrical cable is to be locatedwell inboard from the sides, preferablyalong or near the centerline, to reducethe risk of injury in the event of colli-sion, but it shall be kept clear of cargotank openings. Except where grade Eliquids only are involved, feeders shallbe run as far as practicable to avoidcargo pumprooms and enclosed spacesimmediately adjoining cargo tanks.

(5) Cable armor. The armor on allcables shall be electrically and me-chanically continuous.

(6) Locations of circuit-interruptingdevices. Except where grade E liquidsonly are involved, switchboards, distri-bution panels, switches, fuses, andother current-interrupting devicesshall not be fitted in cargo pumproomsor enclosed spaces immediately adjoin-ing cargo tanks.

(7) Portable equipment. Portable ex-tension cables and fittings are to be ofan approved type.

(8) Overload protection. Main distri-bution circuits shall be protectedagainst overload by circuit breakingdevices, the capacity of which shall bemarked at each such device.

(9) Storage batteries. Storage batter-ies shall not be located in cargo pum-prooms. The space in which they arelocated shall be well ventilated andthey shall be protected against me-chanical and electrical injury includ-ing short circuiting and overloading.


Batteries shall be secured againstmovement and acid batteries shall beset in leadlined trays at least 3 inchesdeep of at least 4-pound sheet lead.

(10) Installations made during theUnlimited National Emergency. Elec-trical equipment installed during theUnlimited National Emergency as de-fined in § 110.25-5 of this subchapterand not complying with the require-ments of the regulations in this sub-chapter may be continued in service iffound to be satisfactory by the Com-mandant for the purpose intended.

(11) Portable equipment. When thevessel is not gas free, no portable elec-trical equipment shall be used in thecargo or fuel oil tanks, the cargo pump-rooms or any enclosed space immedi-ately above or adjacent to the bulkcargo tanks, except as permitted by§ 111.80-5.

(b) Cargo pumprooms and enclosedspaces of tank vessels constructed onor after July 1, 1951, but prior to No-vember 19, 1955-(1) Application. Therequirements of this paragraph shallapply to cargo pumprooms and en-closed spaces immediately above thebulk cargo tanks of all tank vesselscarrying Grade A, B, C, or D liquidcargo the construction or conversionof which vessels was started on orafter July 1, 1951, but prior to Novem-ber 19, 1955. There are no special re-strictions in regard to the electrical in-stallations in cargo pumprooms andenclosed spaces of tank vessels carry-ing only Grade E liquid cargo.

(2) Equipment. No electric lightingor power circuit-interrupting or powerdevices shall be installed in pump-rooms or enclosed spaces immediate-ly above the bulk cargo tanks.Through runs of electrical cable arepermitted.

(3) Lighting. Lighting of pumproomsor the enclosed spaces immediatelyabove the bulk cargo tanks shall be ef-fected by means of approved explo-sion-proof or magazine type lightingfixtures. When the vessel is not gasfree no portable lighting equipmentshall be used except as permitted by§ 111.80-5.

(c) General cargo spaces of tank ves-sels constructed on or after July 1,1951, but prior to November 19, 1955.

Regardless of location, general cargospaces of tank vessels carrying GradeE liquid cargo only and constructed onor after July 1, 1951, but prior to No-vember 19, 1955, shall have no specialrestrictions in regard to electrical in-stallations.

(d) Cargo pumprooms and enclosedspaces of tank vessels constructed onor after November 10, 1936, but priorto July 1, 1951-(1) Application. Therequirements of this paragraph shallapply to cargo pumprooms for GradeA, B, C, or D liquid and to enclosedspaces required to segregate Grade A,B, C, or D liquid cargo tanks fromother spaces, on all tank vessels theconstruction or conversion of whichwas started on or after November 10,1936, and prior to July 1, 1951.

(2) Wiring. Wiring is to be leadedand armored .nd shall be run throughapproved gastight fittings havingstuffing glands at inlets and outlets.

(3) Boxes. Joints in wiring shall bemade only in wiring appliances, suchas junction boxes, outlet boxes, etc.,and such boxes shall be completelymetallic and shall be gastight.

(4) Lighting fixtures. Lighting fix-tures shall be of approved type.

(5) Motors. Electric motors shall beof approved type either totally en-closed or ventilated to the atmosphereby suction and discharge air ducts.Separately ventilated motors are tohave pressure type ventilation andshall be arranged with an automaticshutoff to open the circuit when theventilating fan motor stops. Thesystem is to be so interlocked that thepump motor cannot be started prior toa circulation of air. The air ducts areto lead to and from the atmosphereoutside the pumproom and are to ter-minate not less than 3 feet above thedeck and not less than 6 feet from anycargo tank vent. (See § 32.60-20 of thischapter.)

(e) General installation require-ments for tank vessels the constructionor conversion of which was startedprior to November 10, 1936-(l) Appli-cation. The requirements of this para-graph shall apply to all steel hull tankvessels the construction or conversionof which was started prior to Novem-ber 10, 1936.

§ 111!.85-90

§ 111.90-1

(2) General requirements. The elec-trical installation shall be maintainedin a safe and in a good mechanicalcondition, and shall comply with theregulations in effect when the vesselwas built, or to the requirements of arecognized classification society. Anymajor change in the electrical installa-tion or any conversion shall complywith the requirements covered by§§ 111.85-1 and 111.85-10.

(3) Pumprooms and enclosed spaces.The electrical installation in pump-rooms and enclosed spaces immedi-ately adjoining cargo tanks (except inpump-engine rooms as provided in§ 32.70-20 of this chapter) of steel hulltank vessels handling Grade A, B, C,or D products shall be made to complywith §§ 111.50-1, 111.50-15, 111.60-5,111.85-10(b) (1) and (2) and 111.85-90(a) (2) and (9), (b), and (d), to theextent that the changes required are,in the opinion of the Officer inCharge, Marine Inspection, necessaryin the interest of safety.

(4) Portable equipment. When thevessel is not gas free, no portable elec-trical equipment shall be used in thecargo or fuel oil tanks, the cargo pump-rooms, or any enclosed space imnimedi-ately above or adjacent to the bulkcargo tanks, except that lighting inthese spaces may be effected by theuse of approved explosion-proof self-contained, battery-fed lamps.[CGFR 70-143, 35 FR 19907, Dec. 30, 1970;36 FR 5606, Mar. 25, 1971J

Subpart 111.90-Electrical Equipmentand Installations on Vessels Con-tracted for Prior to November 19,1952

§ 111.90-1 General.The electrical installations on exist-

ing vessels shall be maintained in goodelectrical and mechanical condition tothe satisfaction of the Office inCharge, Marine Inspection.

§ 111.90-5 Major alterations.Major alterations and major exten-

sions to electrical installations on ex-isting vessels shall be made to thesame standard as required for new ves-sels. Minor repairs and minor alter-ations may be made to the same stand-

Title 46-Shipping

ard as the original installation as de-scribed in §§ 111.85-90, 111.90-10,111.90-15, 111.90-20, and 111.90-25. Inno case will a greater departure fromthe standards of this subchapter bepermitted than presently exist.

§ 111.90-10 Vessels contracted for prior toJuly 2, 1937.

(a) Except as otherwise provided fortank vessels in § 111.85-90, the installa-tion on vessels contracted for betweenJune 30, 1928, and July 1, 1937, inclu-sive, using electricity for any purpose,shall be in keeping with the bestmodem practice.

(b) Except as otherwise provided fortank vessels in § 111.85-90, the changesor alterations in the electrical installa-tions on vessels contracted for prior toJune 30, 1928, shall be in accordancewith the requirements of this section.

§ 111.90-15 Vessels contracted for betweenJuly 2, 1937, and January 1, 1939.

Except as otherwise provided fortank vessels in § 111.85-90, the electri-cal installation on vessels contractedfor between July 2, 1937, and January1, 1939, inclusive, shall be in accord-ance with the "Recommended Practicefor Electrical Installations on Ship-board," AIEE Standard No. 45, Octo-ber 1930, as published by the Ameri-can Institute of Electrical Engineers.

§ 111.90-20 Vessels contracted for betweenJanuary 2, 1939, and June 1, 1941.

Except as otherwise provided fortank vessels in § 111.85-90, the electri-cal installation on vessels contractedfor between January 2, 1939, and June1, 1941, inclusive, shall be in accord-ance with the "Recommended Practicefor Electrical Installations on Ship-board," AIEE Standard No. 45, Decem-ber 1938, as published by the Ameri-can Institute of Electrical Engineers.

§ 111.90-25 Vessels contracted for betweenJune 2, 1941, and November 18, 1952.

(a) Except as otherwise provided fortank vessels in § 111.85-90, the electri-cal installation on vessels contractedfor between June 2, 1941, and Novem-ber 18, 1952, inclusive, shall be in ac-cordance with the "RecommendedPractice for Electrical Installations onShipboard," AIEE Standard No. 45,


July 1940, as published by the Ameri-can Institute of Electrical Engineers.

(b) Except as otherwise provided fortank vessels in § 111.85-90, the specifi-cation covering electrical installationstitled "United States Coast Guard,Merchant Marine Inspection, Specifi-cation for Electrical Installations onMerchant Vessels," dated August 31,1944, revised March 6, 1945, is, duringthe Unlimited National Emergency,applicable as alternative provisions tothose contained in this section for ves-sels the contract for the constructionof which was signed prior to Septem-ber 2, 1945.

(c) Except as otherwise provided fortank vessels in § 111.85-90, those partsof the specification covering electricalinstallations titled "United StatesCoast Guard, Merchant Marine In-spection, Specification for ElectricalInstallations on Merchant Vessels,"dated August 31, 1944, revised March6, 1945, specified in paragraphs 1, 4,and 5, thereof relating to electriccable, are, during the Unlimited Na-tional Emergency, applicable as alter-native provisions to those contained inthis Section for vessels the contractfor the construction of which wassigned on and after September 2, 1945.

Subpart 11 1.92-Mobile OffshoreDrilling Units

AUTHORITY: Sec. 2, 87 Stat. 418 (46 U.S.C.86); see. 3, 82 Stat. 341, as amended (46U.S.C. 367); R.S. 4405, as amended (46U.S.C. 375); sec. 10, 35 Stat. 428 (46 U.S.C.395); R.S. 4423, as amended (46 U.S.C. 400);R.S. 4429, as amended (46 U.S.C. 407); R.S.4430, as amended (46 U.S.C. 408); 88 Stat.423 (46 U.S.C. 411); R.S. 4434, as amended(46 U.S.C. 412); R.S. 4462, as amended (46U.S.C. 416); sec. 1, 73 Stat. 475 (46 U.S.C.481); sec. 4 67 Stat. 462 (43 U.S.C. 1333(d));sec. 6(b)(1), 80 Stat. 937 (49 U.S.C.1655(b)(1)); 49 CFR 1.46(b) and (n)(6).

SOURCE: CGD 73-251, 43 FR 56837, Dec. 4,1978, unless otherwise noted.

§ 111.92-1 Definition.

As used in this subpart, "semi-en-closed location" means a locationwhere natural conditions of ventila-tion are notably different from thoseon open decks due to the presence ofstructures such as roofs, windbreaks orbulkheads.

§ 111.92-3 Intrinsically safe electricalequipment.

(a) This section applies to eachmobile offshore drilling unit.

(b) Only intrinsically safe electricalequipment approved for a Class I, Di-vision 1 Location may be installed inthe following locations:

(1) The internal space of each pres-sure vessel, tank, pipe, or gas vent ofthe mud circulating system betweenthe well and the final degassing dis-charge.

(2) Any space in which an oil-gas-airmixture is continuously present undernormal operational conditions.

§ 111.92-5 Class I, Division 1 locations.The following are Class I, Division

locations:(a) An enclosed space that contains

any part of the mud circulatingsystem that has an opening into thespace and is between the well and finaldegassing discharge.

(b) An enclosed or semi-enclosed lo-cation that is below the drill floor, andcontains a possible source of gas re-lease.

(c) An enclosed space that is on thedrill floor, and is not separated by asolid, gas-tight floor from the spacesspecified in paragraph (b) of this sec-tion.

(d) A space that would normally beconsidered a Division 2 location under§ 111.92-7 but where combustible orflammable gases might accumulate.

(e) A location in the weather, or asemi-enclosed location, except as pro-vided in paragraph (b) of this sectionthat is within 1.5 m (5 ft.) of theboundary of any-

(1) Equipment or opening specifiedin paragraph (a) of this section;

(2) Ventilation outlet, access, orother opening to a Class I, Division 1space; or

(3) Gas vent outlet.(f) Except as provided in § 111.92-9,

an enclosed space that has an openinginto a Class I, Division 1 location.

§ 111.92-7 Class I, Division 2 locations.The following are Class I, Division 2

locations:(a) An enclosed space that has any

open portion of the mud circulatingsystem from the final degassing dis-

125

§ 111.92-7

§ 111.92-9

charge to the mud suction connectionat the mud pit.

(b) A location in the weather thatis-

(1) Within the boundaries of thedrilling derrick up to a height of 3 m(10 ft.) above the drill floor;

(2) Below the drill floor and within aradius of 3 m (10 ft.) of a possiblesource of gas release; or

(3) Within 1.5 m (5 ft.) of the bound-aries of any ventilation outlet, access,or other opening to a Class I, Division2 space.

(c) A location that is-(1) Within 1.5 m (5 ft.) of a semi-en-

closed Class I, Division 1 location indi-cated in § 111.92-5(b); or

(2) Within 1.5 m (5 ft.) of a Class I,Division 1 space indicated in § 111.92-5(e).

(d) A semi-enclosed area that isbelow and contiguous with the drillfloor to the boundaries of the derrickor to the extent of any enclosurewhich is liable to trap gasses.

(e) A semi-enclosed derrick to theextent of its enclosure above the drillfloor or to a height of 3 m (10 ft.)above the drill floor, whichever isgreater.

(f) Except as provided in § 111.92-9an enclosed space that has an openinginto a Class I, Division 2 location.

§ 111.92-9 Contiguous locations.

An enclosed space that has directaccess to a Division 1 or Division 2 lo-cation is the same division as that lo-cation, except-

(a) An enclosed space that has directaccess to a Division 1 location is not ahazardous location if-

(1) The access has self-closing gas-tight doors that form an air lock;

(2) The ventilation causes greaterpressure in the space than in the Divi-sion 1 location; and

(3) Loss of ventilation overpressureactivates an alarm at a manned sta-tion;

(b) An enclosed space that has directaccess to a Division 1 location can beconsidered as a Division 2 location if-

(1) The access has a self-closing, gas-tight door that opens into the spaceand that has no hold-back device;

Title 46-Shipping

(2) Ventilation causes the air to flowwith the door open from the space

-into the Division 1 location; and(3) Loss of ventilation activates an

alarm at a manned control station;and

(c) An enclosed space that has directaccess to a Division 2 location is not ahazardous location if-

(1) The access has a self-closing, gas-tight door that opens into the spaceand that has no hold-back device;

(2) Ventilation causes the air to flowwith the door open from the spaceinto the Division 2 location; and

(3) Loss of ventilation activates analarm at a manned control station.

§ 111.92-11 Electrical equipment in classi-fied locations.

Electrical equipment and devices in-stalled in spaces made non-hazardousby the methods indicated in § 111.92-9must only be essential equipment.

Subpart 111.94-Mobile OffshoreDrilling Unit Industrial Systems

§ 111.94-1 Industrial systems.A system on a mobile offshore drill-

ing unit that is used only for the in-dustrial function of the unit andmeets the National Electric Code neednot meet this subchapter except-

(a) The Underwriters' Laboratories,Inc. standards in § 110.10-1(e) of thissubchapter;

(b) NEMA standards in § 110.10-1(c)(1) and (2) of this subchapter.

(c) Section 111.05-5-Plan approval;(d) Section 111.05-15-General con-

sideration;(e) Section 111.60-25(f)-Ship struc-

ture as a conductor;(f) Section 111.60-30-Engine start-

ing;(g) Subpart 111.92-Mobile offshore

drilling units; and(h) Cables that penetrate a deck or

bulkhead must-(1) Be installed in accordance with

§ 111.60-(k); and(2) Meet the flammability test re-

quirements of Section 18.13.5 of IEEEStd. No. 45.

AUTHORITY: Sec. 2, 87 Stat. 418 (46 U.S.C.86); sec. 3, 82 Stat. 341, as amended (46U.S.C. 367); R.S. 4405, as amended (46


U.S.C. 375); sec. 10, 35 Stat. 428 (46 U.S.C.395); R.S. 4423, as amended (46 U.S.C. 400);R.S. 4429, as amended (46 U.S.C. 407); R.S.4430, as amended (46 U.S.C. 408); 88 Stat.423 (46 U.S.C. 411); R.S. 4434, as amended(46 U.S.C. 412); R.S. 4462, as amended (46U.S.C. 416); sec. 1, 73 Stat. 475 (46 U.S.C.481); sec. 4, 67 Stat. 462 (43 U.S.C. 1333(d)));sec. 6(b)(1), 80 Stat. 937 (49 U.S.C.1655(b)(1)); 49 CFR 1.46(b) and (n)(6).

[CGD 73-251, 43 FR 56838, Dec. 4, 1978]

PART 112-EMERGENCY LIGHTING

AND POWER SYSTEM


Sec.112.01-1 General.

Subpart 112.05-General Requirements

112.05-1 Intent.112.05-5 Emergency source of supply.112.05-10 Emergency lights.112.05-15 Emergency lighting system for

small passenger vessels.

Subpart 112.10-Classifications of EmergencyLighting and Power Systems

112.10-1 General.112.10-5 Manual emergency lighting and

power system.112.10-10 Automatic emergency lighting

and power system.112.10-15 Temporary source of emergency

lighting and power.112.10-20 Final source of emergency light-

ing and power.

Subpart 112.15-Emergency Loads

112.15-1 Temporary emergency sourceloads.

112.15-5 Final emergency source loads.112.15-10 Single automatically started

source loads.112.15-15 Manually started source loads.

Subpart 112.20-Operation of Emergency Sys-tems Having Both a Temporary and a FinalSource of Emergency Lighting and Power

112.20-1 Emergency Loads.112.20-5 Failure of power from the normal

source.112.20-10 Diesel or gas turbine driven

emergency source of power.112.20-15 Potential of final source.

Subpart 112.25-Operation of EmergencySystem Having an Automatic Starting Diesel-Engine or Gas Turbine Driven EmergencyGenerator as the Sole Source of EmergencyLighting and Power

Sec.112.25-1 Emergency loads.112.25-5 Reduction of potential.112.25-10 Operation requirements.

Subpart 112.30-Operation of Emergency Sys-tems Having an Automatically ConnectedStorage Battery as the Sole Source of Emer-gency Lighting and Power

112.30-1 Emergency loads.112.30-5 Reduction of potential.112.30-10 Operation requirements.

Subpart 112.35-Operation of a ManuallyControlled Emergency System Having a Stor-age Battery or a Diesel-Engine or Gas Tur-bine Driven Generator as the Sole Source ofEmergency Lighting and Power

112.35-1 Manual operation requirements.112.35-5 Means for starting.

Subpart 112.40-Installations Requiring an Al-ternating-Current Temporary Source ofSupply


Subpart 112.45-Visible Indicators and TestSwitch

112.45-1 Visible indicators.112.45-5 Test switch.

Subpart 112.50-Emergency Diesel-Engine-Driven Generator Sets


Subpart 112.51 -Emergency Gas TurbineDriven Generator Sets


Subpart 112.55-Storage Battery Installation

112.55-1 General requirements.112.55-5 Emergency lighting loads.112.55-10 Storage battery requirements.112.55-15 Capacity of storage battery.112.55-20 Diesel engine cranking batteries.

Subpart 112.90-Emergency Lighting andPower Systems for Vessels Contracted forPrior to November 19, 1952

112.90-1 General.

Part 112

Title 46-Shipping

Sec.112.90-3 Emergency lighting and power

systems for passenger vessels, contract-ed for prior to November 19, 1952, on aninternational voyage.

112.90-5 Emergency lighting system forocean and coastwise passenger vesselscontracted for prior to November 19,1952, other than passenger vessels on aninternational voyage.

112.90-10 Emergency lighting system forpassenger vessels, contracted for prior toNovember 19, 1952, other than oceanand coastwise passenger vessels and pas-senger vessels on an internationalvoyage.

AUTHORITY: R.S. 4405, as amended, 4462,as amended, sec. 6(b)(1), 80 Stat. 938; 46U.S.C. 375, 416, 49 U.S.C. 1655(b); 49 CFR1.46(b) (35 FR 4959). Interpret or apply R.S.4399, as amended, 4400, as amended, 4417,as amended, 4417a, as amended, 4418, asamended, 4421, as amended, 4426, as amend-ed, 4427, as amended, 4433, as amended,4452, as amended, 4488, as amended, 4491,as amended, sec. 14, 29 Stat. 690, as amend-ed, sec. 10, 35 Stat. 428, as amended, 41 Stat.305, as amended, sec. 5, 49 Stat. 138, asamended, secs. 1, 2, 49 Stat. 1544, 1545, asamended, sec. 17, 54 Stat. 166, as amended,sec. 3, 54 Stat. 347, as amended, sec. 3, 70Stat. 152, sec. 3, 68 Stat. 675; 46 U.S.C. 361,362, 391, 391a, 392, 399, 404, 405, 411, 435,481, 489, 366, 395, 363, 369, 367, 526p, 1333,390b, 50 U.S.C. 198; E.O. 11239, July 31,1965, 30 FR 9671, 3 CFR, 1965 Supp.



§ 112.01-1 General.The provisions of this part, with the

exception of Subpart 112.90, shallapply to all vessels contracted for onor after November 19, 1952. The provi-sions of Subpart 112.90, shall apply toall vessels contracted for prior to No-vember 19, 1952.

CROSS REFERENCE: See § 110.05-3 of thissubchapter for application of amendmentsto regulations.

Subpart 112.05-GeneralRequirements

§ 112.05-1 Intent.(a) The intent of the provisions in

this part is to assure that vessels areprovided with a dependable, independ-ent emergency source of electricalpower with sufficient capacity tosupply all those services that are nec-essary for the safety of the passengersand/or the crew in an emergency.

(b) Nonemergency loads may be sup-plied from the emergency source onlywhen the emergency source has ade-quate capacity to supply all loads thatmay be connected to the emergencysource simultaneously.

§ 112.05-5 Emergency source of supply.(a) The emergency source of supply

shall be of a type and capacity in ac-cordance with Table 112.05-5(a),except as otherwise provided by§ 112.05-15.

(b) The emergency source of supplyshall be independent of the vessels'ship's service lighting and powerplantand propulsion plant.

(c) The complete emergency installa-tion shall function satisfactorily whenthe ship is inclined 221/2 degrees and/or when the trim of the ship is 10 de-grees.

(d) The emergency source of supplyshall be located aft of the collisionbulkhead and outside the machinerycasing.

(1) On passenger vessels the emer-gency source of supply shall be locatedabove the bulkhead deck or above thefreeboard deck, whichever is thehigher.

(2) On cargo and miscellaneous ves-sels, including tankships and barges,the emergency source of supply shallbe located above the freeboard deck,or above the uppermost continuousdeck, whichever is the higher.

2.05-5(a)

Type or types of emergency source Period of operation and minimumSize of vessel and service of power capacity of emergency source of

power

Passenger vessels over 65 feet inlength

Ocean and Coastwise ...................... Storage battery ................................................... 36 hours.or

128

§ 112.01-1


TABLE 112.05-5(a) -Continued

Type or types of emergency source Period of operation and minimumSize of vessel and service of power capacity of emergency source of

power

An automatically started generator driven by 36 hours (generator) and 1h hour (battery).a suitable prime mover with an independ-ent fuel supply and an automatic loadtransfer from a temporary source of emer-gency power consisting of a storage bat-tery of sufficient capacity to supply thetemporary emergency source loads for notless than 1/h hour.

Other than Ocean and Coastwise, Storage battery with automatic transfer gear 8 hours or twice the time of run, whichever is100 g.t. and over. or diesel or gas turbine generator with the smaller.

automatic starting and transfer gear.Other than Ocean and Coastwise, Storage battery or diesel or gas turbine gen- 8 hours or twice the time of run, whichever is

over 15 g.t. but less than 100 erator with automatic or manual oper- smaller.g.t. I ation 2.

Cargo and miscellaneous self-propelled vessels and tankships barges with sleepingaccommodations for morethan six persons.

All waters, 1,600 g.t. and over . Storage battery or diesel or gas turbine gen- 12 hours.. erator automatic or manual operation.

All waters, 300 g.t. and over, but Storage battery or diesel or gas turbine gen- 12 hours or twice the time of run, whicheverless than 1,600 g.t. erator, automatic or manual operation, or is the smaller.'

approved relay-controlled battery-operatedlanterns'.

'See also § 112.05-15.See also §§ 112.35-1 and 112.35-5.

3 Applicable to barges contracted for on or after Nov. 19, 1958.4 Minimum period of operation of relay-controlled, battery-operated lanterns may be less than 12 hours but not less than 6

hours.3 Battery-operated lanterns shall have rechargeable batteries, shall incorporate an automatic battery charger that will main-

tain the battery in a fully charged condition, and shall not be readily portable.

(e) When a compartment containingthe emergency source of electricpower, or vital components thereof,adjoins a space containing either theship's service generators or machinerynecessary for the operation of theship's service generators, all commonbulkheads and/or decks shall be pro-tected by approved "structural insula-tion" or other approved material. Thisprotection shall be such as to be capa-ble of preventing an excessive tem-perature rise in the space containingthe emergency source of electricpower, or vital components thereof,for a period of at least one hour in theevent of fire in the adjoining space.Bulkheads or decks meeting Class A-60 requirements, as defined by § 72.05-10 in Subchapter H (Passenger Ves-sels) of this chapter, will be consideredas meeting the requirements of thisparagraph.

(f) Except for those cables used to

connect equipment located in the en-gineroom or boilerroom, all cablesemanating from the emergencyswitchboard shall be run so as to avoidpenetrating the boundaries of the en-gineroom, boilerroom or the uptakesand casings of these spaces. All suchcables shall be kept clear of the bulk-heads and decks forming these bound-aries.

(g) The emergency switchboard shallbe installed as near as practicable tothe emergency source of power.

(h) When the emergency source ofpower is a generator, the emergencyswitchboard shall be located in thesame space as the emergency source ofpower, unless the operation of theemergency switchboard would therebybe impaired.

[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 17085, Dec. 30, 1965, asamended by CGFR 67-88, 32 FR 20815, Dec.27, 1967; CGFR 68-65, 33 FR 19991, Dec. 28,

129

§ 112.05-5

§ 112.05-10

1968; CGFR 72-35, 37 FR 4962, Mar. 8,1972J

§ 112.05-10 Emergency lights.(a) Emergency lights supplied by an

automatic emergency lighting systemshall form a part of the regular light-ing system, and shall be continuouslylighted at all times passengers or creware aboard, except as provided byparagraph (b) of this section and§ 112.05-15(c), and except when theemergency lights consist of relay-con-trolled battery-operated lanterns. (Seefootnote 5 in Table 112.05-5(a).)

(b) Emergency lighting feeders. (1)For vessels provided with firescreenbulkheads forming fire zones, at leastone emergency lighting feeder shall beprovided to supply only the emergencylights between two adjacent main ver-tical fire zone bulkheads. The emer-gency lighting feeder shall be separat-ed as widely as possible from any gen-eral lighting feeder supplying thesame space.

(2) On vessels fitted with an auto-matic emergency lighting and powersystem, a separate emergency lightingfeeder shall be provided for emergencylights located in, or controlled from,the wheelhouse. A distribution panelfor these lights with a fused switch orcircuit breaker for each branch circuitshall be provided. Circuits to naviga-tion lights not controlled by the navi-gation light panel, signal lights, andemergency lights on open decks,wheelhouse, chartroom, and fire con-trol room shall be supplied from thiswheelhouse distribution panel. Thesupply to the navigation light indica-tor panel shall be either a separate cir-cuit from the emergency switchboardor a through feed, without switch orovercurrent protection, from thefeeder supplying the wheelhouseemergency lighting panel. For overcur-rent protection of the feeder supply-ing a navigation light panel see§ 111.75-15(g)(2)(ii) of this chapter.

(3) On vessels provided with both atemporary and a final emergencylighting source of supply, a separatefeeder to the wheelhouse shall be pro-vided for the lifeboat floodlights. Thisfeeder shall supply a distribution pan-elboard having a fused switch or cir-cuit breaker for each brand circuit.

Title 46-Shipping

This feeder may be connected to thefinal emergency lighting source ofsupply. On vessels without a tempo-rary source of supply, these lights,when provided, may be supplied bythe same feeder as other emergencylights controlled from the wheelhouse.

(c) Emergency lights for the illumi-nation of boats and embarkationdecks, lifeboat launching gear, wheel-house, chart room, and navigating in-struments need not be continuouslylighted and, except as provided other-wise in this paragraph, shall be con-trolled by switches located in thewheelhouse.

(1) On "island type" vessels, such astankers and Great Lakes' bulk freight-ers, lighting for illumination of life-boats, launching gear and embarka-tion areas remote from the wheel-house island may be controlled from acentral location within the island in-volved in lieu of from the wheelhouse.

(d) Emergency lights shall bemarked with a letter "E" of at least 2-inch in height as required by § 78.47-33 of Subchapter H (Passenger Ves-sels), and § 97.37-25 of' Subchapter I(Cargo and Miscellaneous Vessels) ofthis chapter.

(e) On a mobile offshore drillingunit, the distribution panels requiredin paragraph (b) of this section maybe in the control room.

(f) On a mobile offshore drillingunit, the switches required in para-graph (c) of this section may be in thecontrol room.

(Sec. 2, 87 Stat. 418 (46 U.S.C. 86); sec. 3, 82Stat. 341, as amended (46 U.S.C. 367); R.S.4405, as amended (46 U.S.C. 375); sec. 10, 35Stat. 428 (46 U.S.C. 395); R.S. 4423, asamended (46 U.S.C. 400); R.S. 4429, asamended (46 U.S.C. 407); R.S. 4430, asamended (46 U.S.C. 408); 88 Stat. 423 (46U.S.C. 411); R.S. 4434, as amended (46U.S.C. 412); R.S. 4462, as amended (46U.S.C. 416); sec. 1, 73 Stat. 475 (46 U.S.C.481); sec. 4, 67 Stat. 462 (43 U.S.C. 1333(d));sec. 6(b)(1), 80 Stat. 937 (49 U.S.C.1655(b)(1)); 49 CFR 1.46(b) and (n)(6).)

[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 17086, Dec. 30, 1965, asamended by CGFR 70-143, 35 FR 19955,Dec. 30, 1970; CGD 73-251, 43 FR 56838,Dec. 4, 1978]

130


§ 112.05-15 Emergency lighting system forsmall passenger vessels.

(a) Small passenger vessels, certifi-cated to operate only between sunriseand sunset, may be permitted to oper-ate without an emergency lightingsystem.

(b) Small passenger vessels, certifi-cated to operate not more than 15miles offshore, may be permitted tooperate without an emergency lightingsystem provided all of the conditions,where applicable, contained in thisparagraph are complied with.

(1) The source of supply of the gen-eral lighting system must be independ-ent of the propulsion plant.

(2) On vessels required to meet atleast a one compartment standard ofsubdivision, the source of supply ofthe general lighting system must belocated above the bulkhead deck.

(c) On small passenger vesselshaving no sleeping accommodationsfor passengers and requiring not morethan 10 emergency lights, the auto-matic emergency lighting system neednot form a part of the regular lightingsystem and need not be continuouslylighted. Individual storage-battery-op-erated automatic emergency lightingunits will be acceptable for such ves-sels in lieu of a single source emergen-cy lighting system provided the unitsincorporate an automatic batterycharger, are not readily portable, andhave sufficient capacity for not lessthan 6 hours continuous operation.

Subpart 112.10-Classifications ofEmergency Lighting and PowerSystems

§ 112.10-1 General.(a) Emergency lighting and power

systems are classified in accordancewith the method provided to cause thesystem to apply potential to the emer-gency loads and in accordance withthe basic function of the system.

§ 112.10-5 Manual emergency lighting andpower system.

(a) A manual emergency lightingand power system is one in which asingle manual operation, such as themanual operation of a switch from an"off" to an "on" position, is required

to cause the emergency lighting andpower system to supply power to theemergency loads.

§ 112.10-10 Automatic emergency lightingand power system.

(a) An automatic emergency lightingand power system is one in which aspecified reduction in potential fromthe ship's service power and lightingplant will cause the emergency light-ing and power system to supply powerto the emergency loads.

§ 112.10-15 Temporary source of emergen-cy lighting and power.

(a) A temporary source of emergen-cy lighting and power is one of limitedcapacity designed to carry, for a shorttime, selected emergency loads whilean emergency source of larger capac-ity is being started.

§ 112.10-20 Final source of emergencylighting and power.

(a) A final source of emergencylighting and power is one designed tofunction subsequent to the termina-tion of the temporary source.

Subpart 112.15-Emergency Loads

§ 112.15-1 Temporary emergency sourceloads.

(a) The emergency lighting andpower loads listed in this section shallbe arranged so that they can be ener-gized from the temporary emergencysource.

(b) Navigation light indicator panel,if required by § 113.55-25 of this sub-chapter.

(c) A sufficient number of lightsthroughout machinery spaces topermit the performance of essentialoperations and observations underemergency conditions and to facilitaterestoration of service.

(d) Lighting for passageways, stair-ways, and escape trunks in passengerquarters, crew quarters, public spaces,machinery spaces and work spaces,adequate to permit passengers andcrew readily to find their way to opendecks and to lifeboat embarkation andassembly points with all watertightdoors and fire screen doors closed.

§ !112.15-1

§ 112.15-5

(e) Illuminated signs bearing theword "Exit" in red letters shall be in-stalled in such locations throughout apassenger vessel so that from any por-tion of the vessel normally accessibleto the passengers or crew, except ma-chinery spaces, and except stores andsimilar spaces where the crew are notnormally employed, and with all firedoors in stairway inclosures and mainvertical zone bulkheads closed and allwatertight doors closed, the directionof escape to the open deck will be ap-parent. For the purpose of this para-graph, individual staterooms andother similar small rooms will not berequired to have such signs, but uponemerging from such rooms the direc-tion of escape shall be apparent. (Alsosee § 111.50-15(d) of this subchapter.)

(f) General illumination for safe op-eration of watertight doors, if installedand power operated.

(g) One or more lights in galleys,pantries, steering gear rooms, emer-gency power rooms, chartroom, wheel-house, mess rooms, and recreationrooms:

(h) Lighting for boat and embarka-tion decks and passenger assemblypoints for safe embarkation into the li-feboats.

(i) Electric communication systemsessential under temporary emergencyconditions and which do not have anindependent storage battery source ofpower.

(j) Watertight door system, if in-stalled and power operated.

(k) Emergency loudspeaker system,if installed.

(1) Fire screen door holding and re-lease system, if installed.

(m) Supply to motor-generator orother conversion equipment where atemporary emergency source of alter-nating current is necessary for essen-tial communication systems, emergen-cy or safety requirements.

(n) Lights must provide continuousillumination for-

(1) The launching gear of a lifeboator a liferaft; and

(2) The entire process of launching alifeboat or a liferaft from its stowedposition until waterborne.

[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 17086, Dec. 30, 1965, asamended by CGFR 70-143, 35 FR 19955,

Title 46-Shipping

Dec. 30, 1970; CGFR 72-45, 37 FR 5032,Mar. 9, 1972J

§ 112.15-5 Final emergency source loads.

(a) The emergency lighting andpower loads listed in paragraphs (b) to(i), inclusive, of this section shall bearranged so that they can be energizedfrom the final source. It is recom-mended that loads listed in para-graphs (j) to (p), inclusive, of this sec-tion be arranged so that they can beenergized from the final source wherethe capacity and character of theemergency plant will permit.

(b) All loads listed in § 112.15-1, asindicated.

(c) Each electric blow-out preventercontrol system on a mobile offshoredrilling unit.

(d) Charging panels of temporaryemergency battery and of starting bat-tery for diesel engine driving emergen-cy generator.

(e) One of the bilge pumps, if de-pendent upon the emergency gener-ator for its source of power to complywith Part 56 of this chapter.

(f) One of the fire pumps, if depend-ent upon the emergency generator forits source of power to comply withPart 34 of Subchapter D (Tank Ves-sels), Part 76 of Subchapter H (Pas-senger Vessels), Part 95 of SubchapterI (Cargo and Miscellaneous Vessels),or Part 108 of Subchapter IA (MobileOffshore Drilling Units) of this chap-ter.

(g) Sprinkler system pump or waterspray extinguishing system pump, ifdependent upon the emergency gener-ator for its source of power to complywith Part 76 of Subchapter H (Passen-ger Vessels) of this chapter.

(h) Daylight signaling lights, if in-stalled.

(i) Smoke detector system, if in-stalled.

(j) Radio installation, if installed.(k) Radio direction finder, if in-

stalled.(1) Loran, if installed.(m) Radar plan position indicator, if

installed.(n) Gyrocompass, if installed.(o) Depth sounder, if installed.(p). Electric whistle and siren con-

trol, if installed.


(Sec. 2, 87 Stat. 418 (46 U.S.C. 86); sec. 3, 82Stat. 341, as amended (46 U.S.C. 367); R.S.4405, as amended (46 U.S.C. 375); sec. 10, 35Stat. 428 (46 U.S.C. 395); R.S. 4423, asamended (46 U.S.C. 400); R.S. 4429, asamended (46 U.S.C. 407); R.S. 4430, asamended (46 U.S.C. 408); 88 Stat. 423 (46U.S.C. 411); R.S. 4434, as amended (46U.S.C. 412); R.S. 4462, as amended (46U.S.C. 416); sec 1, 73 Stat. 475 (46 U.S.C.481); sec. 4, 67 Stat. 462 (43 U.S.C. 1333(d));sec. 6(b)(1), 80 Stat. 937 (49 U.S.C.1655(b)(1)); 49 CFR 1.46(b) and (n)(6).)[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 17087, Dec. 30, 1965, asamended by CGFR 70-143, 35 FR 19955,Dec. 30, 1970; CGD 73-251, 43 FR 56838,Dec. 4, 1978J

§ 112.15-10 Single automatically startedsource loads.

When only a single automaticallystarted source of emergency lightingand power is installed, the circuitslisted in § 112.15-5, as indicated, shallbe arranged so that they can be ener-gized from the single emergencysource of supply.

§ 112.15-15 Manually started source loads.(a) When a manually started emer-

gency lighting and power system is in-stalled, the circuits listed in § 112.15-5,as indicated, shall be arranged so thatthey may be energized from the emer-gency source of supply.

Subpart 112.20-Operation of Emer-gency Systems Having Both a Tem-porary and a Final Source of Emer-gency Lighting and Power

§ 112.20-1 Emergency loads.(a) The emergency loads listed in

Subpart 112.15, as indicated, shall nor-mally be energized from the ship'sservice generating plant through auto-matic transfer switches.

§ 112.20-5 Failure of power from thenormal source.

(a) In the event of a reduction of po-tential of the normal source by 15 to40 percent of normal value, the loadslisted in § 112.15-1 shall automaticallybe supplied from the temporary sourceof emergency lighting and power. Forsystems in which a reduction of fre-quency of the normal source or finalsource will adversely affect the emer-gency system and emergency loads,

suitable means shall be provided totransfer the loads listed in § 112.15-1to the temporary source.

§ 112.20-10 Diesel or gas turbine drivenemergency source of power.

(a) Simultaneous with the operationdescribed in § 112.20-5, the diesel orgas turbine engine driving the finalsource (emergency generator) shallautomatically be started with no loadconnected to the emergency generator.

[CGFR 68-65, 33 FR 19991, Dec. 28, 1968]

§ 112.20-15 Potential of final source.(a) When the potential of the final

source (emergency generator) reaches85 to 95 percent of normal value, theemergency loads listed in Subpart112.15, as indicated, shall automatical-ly be transferred to this final source.

(b) When potential from the ship'sservice generating plant has been re-stored to normal, the emergency loadsmay be manually transferred to thenormal source and the emergency gen-erator manually stopped.

(c) Should the potential of the finalsource (emergency generator), whilesupplying the emergency loads, fallbelow 75 to 85 percent of normalvalue, the temporary emergency loadsshall again be transferred to the tem-porary source as described in § 112.20-5.

Subpart 112.25-Operation of Emer-gency System Having an AutomaticStarting Diesel-Engine or Gas Tur-bine Driven Emergency Generatoras the Sole Source of EmergencyLighting and Power


§ 112.15-5, as indicated, shall normallybe energized from the ship's servicegenerating plant through automatictransfer switches.

§ 112.25-5 Reduction of potential.(a) In the event of failure of power

from the normal source, such as a re-duction of potential by 15 to 40 per-cent of normal value, the engine driv-ing the emergency generator shallautomatically be started with no loadconnected to the emergency generator.

§ 112.25-5

§ 112.25-10

§ 112.25-10 Operation requirements.(a) When the potential of the emer-

gency generator reaches 85 to 95 per-cent of normal value, the emergencyloads shall automatically be connectedto the emergency generator.

(b) When potential from the ship'sservice generating plant has been re-stored to normal, the emergency loadsmay be manually transferred to thenormal source and the emergency gen-erator manually stopped.

Subpart 112.30-Operation of Emer-gency Systems Having an Auto-matically Connected Storage Bat-tery as the Sole Source of Emer-gency Lighting and Power


§ 112.15-5, as indicated, shall normallybe energized from the ship's servicegenerating plant through automatictransfer switches.

§ 112.30-5 Reduction of potential.(a) Upon reduction of potential from

the normal source by 15 to 40 percentof normal value, the emergency loadsshall automatically be disconnectedfrom the normal source and connectedto the emergency storage battery.

§ 112.30-10 Operation requirements.(a) Upon restoration of potential

from the normal source of 85 to 95percent of normal values, the emer-gency loads shall automatically betransferred back to the normal source.

Subpart 112.35-Operation of aManually Controlled EmergencySystem Having a Storage Batteryor a Diesel-Engine or Gas TurbineDriven Generator as the SoleSource of Emergency Lighting andPower

§ 112.35-1 Manual operation require-ments.

(a) Manually started emergencylighting and power systems shall re-quire only a single manual operation,such as the manual operation of aswitch from an "off" to an "on" posi-

Title 46-Shipping

tion, to cause the emergency system tosupply its connected loads.

§ 112.35-5 Means for starting.

(a) The starting means shall be lo-cated in the wheelhouse or so as to beunder the control of the chief engi-neer.

Subpart 112.40-Installations Requir-ing an Alternating-Current Tempo-rary Source of Supply


(a) Installations requiring alternat-ing current for the operation of com-munication equipment or other appa-ratus essential under temporary emer-gency conditions shall be providedwith the necessary conversion equip-ment. Where such conversion equip-ment will be operating both undernormal conditions and under tempo-rary emergency conditions, the conver-sion equipment shall be provided induplicate.

Subpart 112.45-Visible Indicatorsand Test Switch

§ 112.45-1 Visible indicators.(a) Visible indicators shall be pro-

vided in the machinery space to indi-cate when the emergency battery isbeing discharged and when the emer-gency loads are being supplied by anautomatically controlled emergencysource of supply (storage battery oremergency diesel or gas turbine gener-ator).


§ 112.45-5 Test switch.

(a) A test switch shall be provided atthe emergency switchboard or otherlocation as may be approved to simu-late a failure of potential from thenormal source, the operation of whichswitch will cause the emergency loadsto be transferred.


Subpart 112.50-Emergency Diesel-Engine-Driven Generator Sets

§ 112.50-1 General requirements.(a) The diesel engine of the gener-

ator set shall be complete with all ac-cessories necessary for operation andprotection of the engine, shall have aself-contained cooling system of size toassure continuous engine operationusing 100' F. air, and the fuel usedshall have a flashpoint of not lessthan 110 ° F. The room in which theset is located shall be provided withsuitable intake and exhaust ducts tosupply adequate cooling air. The dieselengine as installed shall be withoutstarting aid except that a thermostati-cally controlled electric water jacketheater, connected to the final emer-gency bus, may be employed. Thediesel engine as installed shall be capa-ble of carrying its full rated loadwithin 20 seconds after cranking is ini-tiated with the intake air, room ambi-ent, and starting equipment all at atemperature of 32 ° F. The dieselengine shall be started by either hy-draulic or electric means. The gener-ator sets shall lubricate and operatesatisfactorily when permanently in-clined to an angle of 22'2 athwartshipand 10' fore and aft, and shall be ar-ranged so that it will not spill oilunder a vessel roll of 30' each side ofthe vertical. Units shall shut downautomatically upon loss of lubricatingoil pressure, dangerous overspeeding,and operating of the fixed carbondioxide system in the emergency gen-erator room. An audible alarm" deviceshall be provided to sound on low oilpressure and high cooling water tem-perature.

(b) Hydraulic starting means shallcomply with the following conditions:

(1) The hydraulic cranking deviceshall be a self-contained system whichwill provide the required crankingforces and engine starting RPM as rec-ommended by engine manufacturer.

(2) Electrically operated means shallautomatically provide and maintainthe stored hydraulic pressure withinthe predetermined pressure limits.

(3) The means of automaticallymaintaining the hydraulic systemwithin the predetermined pressure

limits shall be energized from the finalemergency bus.

(4) Means shall be provided to man-ually recharge the hydraulic system.

(5) Charging of the hydraulic crank-ing system shall not create an absenceof hydraulic power for engine startingat any time.

(6) The capacity of the hydrauliccranking system shall provide not lessthan six cranking cycles. Each crank-ing cycle shall provide the necessarynumber of revolutions at the requiredRPM to permit the diesel engine tomeet the requirements of carrying itsfull rated load within 20 seconds aftercranking is initiated with intake air,room ambient temperature and hy-draulic cranking system at 320 F.

(7) Capacity of the hydraulic crank-ing system sufficient for three startsunder conditions of subparagraph (6)of this paragraph shall be held in re-serve and arranged so that the oper-ation of a single control by one personwill isolate the discharged or initiallyused part of the system and permitthe reserve capacity to be employed.(c) Electrical starting means shall

comply with the following conditions:(1) The starting battery shall be of

sufficient capacity to provide not lessthan six consecutive cranking cycles.Each cycle shall consist of not lessthan one-half minute of battery rest.

(2) At the end of the sixth crankingcycle the battery voltage while crank-ing the engine, shall be not less than50 percent of nominal battery voltage.

(3) The cranking cycles shall be withthe intake air, room ambient, andstarting battery at a temperature ofnot more than 32' F.[CGFR 67-88, 32 FR 20815, Dec. 27, 1967, asamended by CGFR 70-143, 35 FR 19955,Dec. 30, 1970]

Subpart 112.51-Emergency Gas Tur-bine Driven Generator Sets

.§ 112.51-1 General requirements.(a) The gas turbine of the generator

set shall be complete with all accesso-ries necessary for operation and pro-tection of the engine; shall have a self-contained cooling system of a size soas to assure continuous engine oper-ation using 1000 F. air; and the fuelused shall have a flashpoint of not less

35

40-130 0-79- 10

§ 112.51-1

§ 112.55-1

than 110' F. The room in which theset is. located shall be provided withsuitable intake and exhaust ducts tosupply adequate cooling air. The gasturbine as installed shall be withoutstarting aid. The gas turbine as in-stalled shall be capable of carrying itsfull rated load within 20 seconds aftercranking is initiated with the intakeair, room ambient, and starting equip-ment all at a temperature of 320 F.The gas turbine shall be started byeither hydraulic or electric means.The generator sets shall lubricate andoperate satisfactorily when perma-nently inclined to an angle of 221/2*athwartship and 100 fore and aft, andshall be arranged so that it will notspill oil under a vessel roll of 300 eachside of the vertical. Units shall shut-down automatically upon loss of lubri-cating oil pressure, dangerous over-speeding, and release of carbon diox-ide in the emergency generator room.Audible alarms shall be provided forhigh gas temperature, high oil tem-perature, overspeed, low oil pressure,and, if provided, high cooling watertemperature. Details of the requiredshutdowns and alarms are containedin § 58.10-15(g) of Subchapter F(Marine Engineering) of this chapter.

(b) When hydraulic starting meansare employed the requirements of§ 112.50-1(b) shall be complied with.When electric starting means are em-ployed the requirements of § 112.50-1(c) shall be complied with.

[CGFR 68-65, 33 FR 19991, Dec. 28, 1968]

Subpart 112.55-Storage BatteryInstallation

§ 112.55-1 General requirements.(a) Storage batteries for emergency

lighting and power systems, includingstarting batteries for emergencydiesel-engine driven generator sets,shall be of a design and constructionproven successful in merchant marineservice, and capable of withstandingthe roll and pitch of a vessel and expo-sure to salt air. Positive plates of lead-acid batteries shall be at least 0.25inch thick, and the specific gravity ofthe electrolyte when fully chargedshall be 1.210 to 1.220, both inclusive,at 25' C., except that thin positive

Title 46-Shipping

plate construction (0.125 inch thickminimum) may be used for enginecranking batteries. The fully chargedspecific gravity of the electrolyte oflead-acid engine cranking batteriesshall not exceed 1.260 at 25 ° C. forhigh watering space type batteries or1.285 at 25' C. for normal wateringspace type batteries.

§ 112.55-5 Emergency lighting loads.

(a) When supplying emergencylighting loads, the storage battery ini-tial voltage shall not exceed the stand-ard system voltage by more than 5percent.

§ 112.55-10 Storage battery requirements.

(a) Storage battery installations foremergency lighting and power, includ-ing starting batteries for emergencydiesel-engine driven generator sets,shall include the necessary apparatusautomatically to maintain the batteryin a fully charged condition. At alltimes when the ship's service source ofsupply is available, the battery shallbe furnished a continuous tricklecharge, except that after a battery dis-charge, the battery shall be automati-cally charged at a higher rate untilthe battery voltage increases to a pre-determined point. Charging operationsshall not create an absence of batterypower at any time. Instruments toshow the rate of charge shall be pro-vided.

§ 112.55-15 Capacity of storage battery.

(a) The capacity of a storage batteryshall be ample to close each water-tight door three times and to openeach watertight door two times, and tocarry the remaining emergency loadscontinuously for the duration of timerequired by § 112.05-5(a), at the end ofwhich time the potential of the stor-age battery shall be not less than 87.5percent of standard system voltage.The nominal potential of a lead-acidstorage battery will be taken as 2.0volts per cell; the nominal potential ofnickel-alkaline storage batteries willbe taken as from 1.2 to 1.4 volts percell.


§ 112.55-20 Diesel engine cranking batter-ies.

(a) Batteries used for starting emer-gency diesel engine generator setsshall be either the lead-acid or nickel-cadmium type.

Subpart 112.90-Emergency Lightingand Power Systems for VesselsContracted for Prior to November19, 1952

§ 112.90-1 General.(a) Existing arrangements, materi-

als, and facilities previously approved,but not meeting the applicable specifi-cations or requirements set forth inSubparts 112.05 through 112.55, maybe continued in service so long as theyare maintained in good condition tothe satisfaction of the Office inCharge, Marine Inspection. Minor re-pairs and minor alterations may bemade to the same standards as theoriginal installation: Provided, That,in no case, will a greater departurefrom the standards of Subparts 112.05through 112.55 be permitted thanpresently exist.

(b) All new installations or major re-placements shall meet the applicablespecifications or requirements for newvessels.

§ 112.90-3 Emergency lighting and powersystems for passenger vessels, contract-ed for prior to November 19, 1952, onan international voyage.

(a) The emergency lighting andpower systems for passenger vessels,contracted for prior to November 19,1952, on an international voyage shallmeet the applicable standards of Sub-parts 112.05 through 112.55.

[CGFR 67-87, 32 FR 19182, Dec. 20, 1967]

§ 112.90-5 Emergency lighting system forocean and coastwise passenger vessels,contracted for prior to November 19,1952, other than passenger vessels onan international voyage.

(a) The emergency lighting systemfor ocean and coastwise vessels, con-tracted for prior to November 19, 1952,other than passenger vessels on an in-ternational voyage, shall be in accord-ance with this section.

(b) Provision shall be made on allpassenger vessels for an electric orother system of lighting, sufficient forall requirements of safety, in the dif-ferent parts of the ship. There shallbe a self-contained source capable ofsupplying, when necessary, this safetylighting system, and placed in theupper parts of the ship above themargin line.

(c) The exit from every main com-partment occupied by passengers orcrew shall be continuously lighted byan emergency lamp. The power forthese emergency lamps shall be so ar-ranged that they will be supplied fromthe independent installations referredto in paragraph (b) of this section inthe event of failure of the main gener-ating plant.

(d) On all passenger vessels contract-ed for on and after July 1, 1935, orwhere existing emergency installationsoperated by internal combustion en-gines are replaced, the emergency gen-erator shall be driven by a diesel orsemi-diesel engine, equipped withmeans for quick starting. Such emer-gency equipment shall be located insteel or iron compartments or roomson the deck above the weather deckand isolated from the passenger andcrew quarters. Where existing installa-tions of emergency engines and gener-ators are located in wooden compart-ments or rooms, such compartmentsor rooms shall be made fire-resistantby lining same with asbestos boardhaving a thickness of not less thanone-quarter inch over which iron orsteel sheathing shall be fitted.

(e) Provision shall be made on allpassenger vessels, where the boat deckis more than 30 feet above the waterline at the lightest seagoing draft, forreadily and continuously available illu-mination from the vessel of lifeboatswhen along side and in process of, orimmediately after, being launched.There shall be a self-contained sourcecapable of supplying, when necessary,this safety lighting system and placedin the upper part of the vessel abovethe bulkhead deck.

(1) The emergency generating setwill ordinarily provide a satisfactorysource of illumination, and, whereused for this purpose, it shall be ofsufficient power to provide for such il-

§ 112.90-5

§ 112.90-10

lumination in addition to other de-mands made upon the set.

(CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 17085, Dec. 30, 1965, asamended by CGFR 67-87, 32 FR 19182, Dec.20, 1967J

§ 112.90-10 Emergency lighting system forpassenger vessels, contracted for priorto November 19, 1952, other than oceanand coastwise passenger vessels andpassenger vessels on an internationalvoyage.

(a) The emergency lighting systemfor passenger vessels, contracted forprior to November 19, 1952, other thanocean and coastwise passenger vesselsand passenger vessels on an interna-tional voyage, shall be in accordancewith this section.

(b) All vessels engaged in the passen-ger service, which are electricallylighted by dynamos or other electricunits, located below the deep-load lineof the vessel, shall have on board anemergency electric lighting system lo-cated above the deep-load line to lightthe vessel sufficiently to enable thepassengers and crew to find their wayto the exits in the event of failure ofthe main lighting system. The emer-gency lighting system shall at alltimes be ready for immediate use, andshall be installed and arranged so thatall emergency lights may be switchedon from the pilothouse, navigationbridge, or a central station.

(c) On all passenger vessels contract-ed for on and after July 1, 1935, orwhere existing emergency installationsoperated by internal-combustion en-gines are replaced, the emergency gen-erator shall be driven by a diesel orsemi-diesel engine, equipped withmeans for quick starting. Such emer-gency equipment shall be located insteel or iron compartments or roomson the deck above the weather deckand isolated from the passenger andcrew quarters. Where existing installa-tions of emergency engines and gener-ators are located in wooden compart-ments or rooms, such compartmentsor rooms shall be made fire-resistantby lining same with asbestos boardhaving a thickness of not less thanone-quarter inch over which iron orsteel sheathing shall be fitted.

(d) Provision shall be made on allpassenger vessels, where the boat deck

Title 46-Shipping

is more than 30 feet above the waterline at the lightest seagoing draft, forreadily and continuously available illu-mination from the vessel of lifeboatswhen alongside and in process of, orimmediately after, being launched.There shall be a self-contained sourcecapable of supplying, when necessary,this safety lighting system and placedin the upper part of the vessel abovethe bulkhead deck.

(1) The emergency generating setwill ordinarily provide a satisfactorysource of illumination, and, whereused for this purpose, it shall be ofsufficient power to provide for such il-lumination in addition to other de-mands made upon the set.

[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 17085, Dec. 30, 1965, asamended by CGFR 67-87, 32 FR 19182, Dec.20, 1967J

PART 113-COMMUNICATION AND

ALARM SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT


See.113.01-1 Vessels subject to requirements.

Subpart 113.05-General Provisions

113.05-1 Supplementary requirements.113.05-5 Equipment of an approved type.113.05-10 Wiring.

Subpart 113.10-Automatic Fire Detecting andAlarm Systems

113.10-1 Application.113.10-5 General requirements.113.10-90 Equipment and installations on

vessels contracted for prior to November19, 1952.

Subpart 113.15-Manual Fire Alarm Systems



Subpart 113.20-Automatic Sprinkler Systems



Subpart 113.25-General Alarm Systems

113.25-1 Application.


Sec.113.25-5 Operation.113.25-10 General requirements.113.25-15 Detail requirements.113.25-20 Marking of equipment.113.25-25 General alarm system for

manned ocean and coastwise barges.113.25-30 General alarm system for barges

of 300 gross tons and over with sleepingaccommodations for more than six per-sons.

113.25-90 General alarm system for exist-ing vessels.

Subpart 113.30-Sound Powered Telephoneand Voice Tube Systems

113.30-1 Application.113.30-5 General requirements.113.30-10 Voice tubes, general require-

ments.113.30-15 Voice tubes, detail requirements.113.30-20 Sound powered telephone

system, general requirements.113.30-25 Sound powered telephone

system, detail requirements.113.30-90 Sound powered telephone and

voice tube systems for existing vessels.

Subpart 113.35-Engine Order TelegraphSystems

113.35-1 Application.113.35-5 General requirements.113.35-10 Engine gong systems, general re-

quirements.113.35-15 Engine gong systems, applica-

tion.113.35-20 Mechanical engine order tele-

graph systems, general requirements.113.35-25 Mechanical engine order tele-

graph systems, detail requirements.113.35-30 Mechanical engine order tele-

graph systems, operation.113.35-35 Mechanical engine order tele-

graph systems, application.113.35-40 Electric engine order telegraph

systems, general requirements.113.35-45 Electric engine order telegraph

systems, detail requirements.113.35-50 Electric engine order telegraph

systems, operation.113.35-55 Electric engine order telegraph

systems, application.113.35-90 Engine order telegraph systems

for existing vessels.

Subpart 113.40-Rudder Angle IndicatorSystems

113.40-1 Application.113.40-5 General requirements.113.40-10 Detail requirements.113.40-90 Rudder angle indicator systems


Subpart 113.45-Refrigerated Spaces AlarmSystems

Sec.113.45-1 Application.113.45-5 General requirements.113.45-90 Refrigerated spaces alarm sys-

tems on existing vessels.

Subpart 113.50-Emergency LoudspeakerSystem

113.50-1 Application.113.50-5 General requirements.113.50-10 Power supply.113.50-15 Location of loudspeakers and

amplifiers.113.50-20 Distribution of cable runs.113.50-25 Type of cable and equipment en-

closures.113.50-30 Shipboard tests.113.50-35 Operation of emergency loud-

speaker systems.113.50-90 Emergency loudspeaker systems


Subpart 113.65-Whistle Operators

113.65-1 Application.113.65-5 General requirements.113.65-90 Whistle operators for existing

vessels.

Subpart 113.70-Smoke Detector Systems

113.70-1 Application.113.70-5 General requirements.113.70-10 Power supply.113.70-90 Equipment and installations on


AUTHORITY: R.S. 4405, as amended, 4462,as amended, sec. 6(b)(1), 80 Stat. 938; 46U.S.C. 375, 416, 49 U.S.C. 1655(b); 49 CFR1.46(b) (35 FR 4959). Interpret or apply R.S.4399, as amended, 4400, as amended, 4417,as amended, 4417a, as amended, 4418, asamended, 4421, as amended, 4426, as amend-ed, 4427, as amended, 4433, as amended,4453, as amended, 4488, as amended, 4491,as amended, sec. 14, 29 Stat.- 690, as amend-ed, sec. 10, 35 Stat. 428, as amended, 41 Stat.305, as amended, sec. 5, 49 Stat. 1384, asamended, secs. 1, 2, 49 Stat. 1544, 1545, asamended, sec. 17, 54 Stat. 166, as amended,sec. 3, 54 Stat. 347, as amended, sec. 3, 70Stat. 152, sec. 3, 68 Stat. 675; 46 U.S.C. 361,362, 391, 391a, 392, 399, 404, 405, 411, 435,481, 489, 366, 395, 363, 369, 367, 526p, 1333,390b, 50 U.S.C. 198; E.O. 11239, July 31,1965, 30 FR 9671, 3 CFR, 1965 Supp.


§ 112.90-10

§ 113.01-1


§ 113.01-1 Vessels subject to requirements.(a) The provisions of this part shall

apply to all vessels except as specifi-cally noted in this part.

Subpart 113.05-General Provisions

§ 113.05-1 Supplementary requirements.(a) The provisions of this part are

supplementary to the general require-ments for electrical systems and appa-ratus contained in this subchapter.

§ 113.05-5 Equipment of an approved type.(a) Where equipmen' .-i this part is

required to be of an approved type,such equipment shall be of a type ap-proved by the Commandant.

(b) Specifications for many of theitems required to be of an approvedtype have been promulgated and arecontained in Subchapter Q (Specifica-tions) of this chapter. In general, suchspecifications are of interest only tothe manufacturer of specific items ofequipment.

§ 113.05-10 Wiring.(a) Hook-up wire for use within the

components of the equipment speci-fied in this part shall be of soft strand-ed annealed copper of suitable crosssection to provide ample and safe cur-rent carrying capacity and mechanicalstrength. Hook-up wire shall be in ac-cordance with MIL-W-76, MIL-W-16878 types B, C, D, E, EE, and FF, orwith Subpart 111.60 of this sub-chapter.

(b) All external wiring and wiring be-tween components shall be in accord-ance with Subpart 111.60 of this sub-chapter.

Subpart 113.10-Automatic FireDetecting and Alarm Systems

§ 113.10-1 Application.(a) Where an electric fire detecting

and alarm system is installed, the pro-visions of this subpart, with the excep-tion of § 113.10-90, shall apply to allinstallations contracted for on or afterNovember 19, 1952. Installations con-tracted for prior to November 19, 1952,

Title 46-Shipping

shall meet the requirements of§ 113.10-90.

(b) For the vessels on which an auto-matic fire detecting and alarm systemis required see Part 76 of SubchapterH (Passenger Vessels) of this chapter.

§ 113.10-5 General requirements.(a) Fire alarm annunciators, power

supply, fire detectors, test stations,and vibrating bells shall be of a typeapproved by the Commandant, U.S.Coast Guard. Systems installed on ves-sels contracted for on or after Novem-ber 19, 1959, shall meet the require-ments of Subpart 161.002 of this chap-ter in effect on the date of contract-Mg.

(b) All electric cables installed inconjunction with fire detecting andalarm system shall be either leadedand armored, impervious sheathed andarmored or mineral insulated metalsheathed.

(c) Cable runs between the firealarm annunciator and fire detectingzones shall be as direct as possible, andshall avoid, where possible, state-rooms, lockers, and other enclosedspaces where this cable could be dam-aged by a localized fire or by othercauses.

(d) Conductors for several fire de-tecting zones may be run in a multi-conductor cable, but a conductor shallnot be used as a common return fromtwo or more zones.

(e) Connection boxes containing con-ductors to more than one fire detect-ing zone shall be of watertight con-struction and the cable entrances shallbe made tight by means of terminal orstuffing tubes.

(f) Connection boxes for fire detec-tor stations, manual alarm stations,test stations, or other boxes contain-ing the conductors of a single fire de-tecting zone, may be of nonwatertightconstruction, if installed in a dry loca-tion.[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 17090, Dec. 30, 1965, asamended by CGFR 70-143, 35 FR 19955,Dec. 30, 1970J

§ 113.10-90 Equipment and installationson vessels contracted for prior to No-vember 19, 1952.

(a) Existing arrangements, materi-als, and facilities previously approved,


but not meeting the applicable specifi-cations or requirements set forth in§ 113.10-5, may be continued in serviceso long as they are maintained in goodcondition to the satisfaction of the Of-ficer in Charge, Marine Inspection.Minor repairs and minor' alterationsmay be made to the same standards asthe original installation: Provided,That, in no case, will a greater depar-ture from the standards of § 113.10-5be permitted than presently exist. Allnew installations or major replace-ments shall meet the applicable speci-fications or requirements.

(b) All conductors shall conform tospecifications for interior communica-tion cable contained in the marinerules as adopted by the Institute ofElectrical and Electronic Engineers asregards construction, size, leading, ar-moring, protection, support, and de-tails of installation, with the followingexceptions:

(1) All conductors shall be lead*sheathed to protect against moistureand conductors exposed to mechanicalinjury shall be leaded and armored.

(2) Lead-sheathed conductors maybe used for voltages of 60 volts or less.

(3) In single-wire, closed-circuit sys-tems (series) approved metallicsheathed wire shall be used in con-necting thermostats in each thermo-stat zone, but approved multiconduc-tor cable may be used to connect theseveral individual zones to the annun-ciator panel.

Subpart 113.15-Manual Fire AlarmSystems

§ 113.15-1 Application.

(a) Where an electric manual firealarm system is installed, the provi-sions of this subpart, with the excep-tion of § 113.15-90, shall apply to allinstallations contracted for on or afterNovember 19, 1952. Installations con-tracted for prior to November 19, 1952,shall meet the requirements of§ 113.15-90.

(b) For the vessels on which amanual fire alarm system is required,see Part 76 of Subchapter H (Passen-ger Vessels) of this chapter.

§ 113.15-5 General requirements.(a) Manual fire alarm annunciator,

power supply, manual stations, and vi-brating bells shall be of a type ap-proved by the Commandant. Systemsinstalled on vessels contracted for onor after November 19, 1959, shall meetthe requirements of Subpart 161.002of Subchapter Q (Specifications) ofthis chapter.

(b) All electric cables installed inconjunction with manual fire alarmsystems shall be either leaded and ar-mored, impervious sheathed and ar-mored or mineral insulated metalsheathed.

(c) Cable runs between the annunci-ator and fire alarm zones shall be asdirect as possible, and shall avoid,where possible, staterooms, lockers,and other enclosed spaces where thecable could be damaged by a localizedfire or by other causes.

(d) Conductors for several fire alarmzones may be run in a multiconductorcable, but a conductor shall not beused as a common return from two ormore zones.

(e) Connection boxes containing con-ductors to more than one fire alarmzone shall be of watertight construc-tion and the cable entrances shall bemade tight by means of terminal orstuffing tubes.

(f) Connection boxes for manual sta-tions, or other boxes containing theconductors of a single fire alarm zone,may be of nonwatertight constructionif installed in a dry location.


(a) Existing arrangements, materi-als, and facilities previously approved,but not meeting the applicable specifi-cations or requirements set forth in§ 113.15-5, may be continued in serviceso long as they are maintained in goodcondition to the satisfaction of the Of-ficer in Charge, Marine Inspection.Minor repairs and minor alterationsmay be made to the same standards asthe original installation: Provided,That, in no case, will a greater depar-ture from the standards of § 113.15-5be permitted than presently exist. Allnew installations or major replace-

§ 113.15-90

§ 113.20-1

ments shall meet the applicable speci-fications or requirements.

(b) All conductors shall conform tospecifications for interior communica-tion cable contained in the marinerules as adopted by the Institute ofElectrical and Electronic Engineers asregards construction, size, leading, ar-moring, protection, support and de-tails of installation, with the followingexceptions:

(1) All conductors shall be leadsheathed to protect against moistureand conductors exposed to mechanicalinjury shall be leaded and armored.


(3) In single-wire, closed-circuit sys-tems (series) approved metallicsheathed wire shall be used in con-necting thermostats in each thermo-stat zone, but approved multiconduc-tor cable may be used to connect theseveral individual zones to the annun-ciator panel.


Subpart 113.20-Automatic SprinklerSystems

§ 113.20-1 Application.(a) When an automatic sprinkler

system is installed, the provisions ofthis subpart, with the exception of§ 113.20-90, shall apply to all installa-tions contracted for on or after No-vember 19, 1952. Installations con-tracted for prior to November 19, 1952,shall meet the requirements of§ 113.20-90.

§ 113.20-5 General requirements.(a) The general requirements for

automatic sprinkler systems are con-tained in Subpart 76.25 of SubchapterH (Passenger Vessels) of this chapter.

(b) The sprinkler alarm system, in-cluding annunciator, power supply,alarm switches, and bells shall be ofan approved type.

(c) All electric cable employed in asprinkler alarm system shall be eitherleaded and armored, impervioussheathed and armored or mineral in-sulated metal sheathed.

Title 46-Shipping

(d) All connection boxes, alarmswitches, pressure switches, or levelswitches, etc., employed in the systemshall be of watertight construction.


(a) Existing arrangements, materi-als, and facilities previously approved,but not meeting the applicable specifi-cations or requirements set forth in§ 113.20-5, may be continued in serviceso long as they are maintained in goodcondition to the satisfaction of the Of-ficer in Charge, Marine Inspection.Minor repairs and minor alterationsmay be made to the same standards asthe original installation: Provided,That, in no case, will a greater depar-ture from the standards of § 113.20-5be permitted than presently exist. Allnew installations or major replace-ments shall meet the applicable speci-fications or requirements.

(b) All conductors shall conform tospecifications for interior communica-tion cable contained in the marinerules as adopted by the Institute ofElectrical and Electronic Engineers asregards construction, size, leading, ar-moring, protection, support, and de-tails of installation, with the followingexceptions:

(1) All conductors shall be lead-sheathed to protect against moistureand conductors exposed to mechanicalinjury shall be leaded and armored.


(3) In single-wire, closed-circuit sys-tems (series) approved metallicsheathed wire shall be used in con-necting thermostats in each thermo-stat zone, but approved multi-conduc-tor cable may be used to connect theseveral individual zones to the annun-ciator panel.

(c) Where a motor-driven sprinklerpump is installed, it shall be capable ofbeing operated from the emergencyelectrical circuit in case of failure ofthe main power.



Subpart 113.25-General AlarmSystems

§ 113.25-1 Application.(a) The provisions of this subpart,

with the exception of §§ 113.25-25 and113.25-90, shall apply to all mannedvessels of over 100 gross tons, exceptbarges, scows, and similar vessels, con-tracted for on or after November 19,1952.

(b) The provisions of § 113.25-25shall apply to all manned ocean andcoastwise barges of over 100 grosstons, where the crew is divided intowatches for the purpose of steering,contracted for on or after November19, 1952.

(c) The provisions of § 113.25-30shall apply to all barges of 300 grosstons and over contracted for on orafter November 19, 1958, with sleepingaccommodations for more than 6 per-sons.

(d) The provisions of § 113.25-90shall apply to all manned vessels ofover 100 gross tons, except barges,scows, and similar vessels, contractedfor prior to November 19, 1952.

§ 113.25-5 Operation.(a) The general alarm system shall

consist of electric vibrating bells andin certain cases flashing red lights (see§ 113.25-10(d)) located throughout pas-sengers' and crew's quarters, machin-ery spaces, and work spaces, and so lo-cated as to warn all occupants in anemergency. The general alarm systemshall be operated by means of manual-ly operated contact makers with onecontact maker located in the wheel-house. Except for the one located inthe wheelhouse, all contact makersshall be protected against tamperingby an enclosure provided with a break-able transparent window.

(b) On passenger vessels and cargoand miscellaneous vessels the generalalarm system shall be operated by tworeadily accessible, manually operatedcontact makers. One contact makershall be located in the same space asthe feeder distribution panel, or, if nofeeder distribution panel is provided,in the same space as the branch circuitdistribution panel. The other contactmaker shall be located in the wheel-

house. Where the general alarm powersupply is in or adjacent to the wheel-house only one contact maker need beprovided. One additional contactmaker may be installed at an accessi-ble location.

(c) On tank vessels four manuallyoperated contact makers shall be pro-vided in accessible locations for oper-ating the general alarm system. Thecontact makers shall be provided atthe following locations: (1) Wheel-house, (2) space where feeder distribu-tion panel is located, (3) deck officers'quarters furthest from engineroom,and (4) engineroom. Where feeder dis-tribution panels are not provided acontact maker shall be provided in thesame space as the branch circuit distri-bution panel. Where the general alarmpower supply is located in or adjacentto the wheelhouse the requirementthat a contact maker be provided inthe space where the feeder distribu-tion panel is located is not applicable.

(d) On vessels on which an emergen-cy squad is organized, on vesselshaving a manual fire alarm system,and on all passenger vessels (regard-less of date of construction) on an in-ternational voyage, an independentmanually operated contact makershall be located in the wheelhouse andso connected as to operate only thegeneral alarm bells located in crew'squarters and machinery spaces.

(1) In lieu of this arrangement onvessels on an international voyage, aseparate special alarm system may befitted for the same purpose, and tosound in the same areas.

(e) Each mobile offshore drillingunit must have a manually operatedcontact maker for the general alarmsystem-

(1) In the main control room;(2) At the drilling console;(3) In the space that has the feeder

distribution panel;(4) In the wheelhouse if a wheel-

house is installed; and(5) In a location that is as far as

practicable from each other contactmaker.(Sec. 2, 87 Stat. 418 (46 U.S.C. 86); sec. 3, 82Stat. 341, as amended (46 U.S.C. 367); R.S.4405, as amended (46 U.S.C. 375); sec. 10, 35Stat. 428 (46 U.S.C. 395); R.S. 4423, asamended (46 U.S.C. 400); R.S. 4429, as

§ 113.25-5

§ 113.25-10

amended (46 U.S.C. 407); R.S. 4430, asamended (46 U.S.C. 408); 88 Stat. 423 (46U.S.C. 411); R.S. 4434, as amended (46U.S.C. 412); R.S. 4462, as amended (46U.S.C. 416); sec. 1, 73 Stat. 475 (46 U.S.C.481); sec. 4, 67 Stat. 462 (43 U.S.C. 1333(d));sec. 6(b)(1), 80 Stat. 937 (49 U.S.C.1655(b)(1)); 49 CFR 1.46 (b) and (n)(6).

[CGFR 67-87, 32 FR 19182, Dec. 20, 1967, asamended by CGFR 68-65, 33 FR 19992, Dec.28, 1968; CGD 73-251, 43 FR 56838, Dec. 4,1978]

§ 113.25-10 General requirements.(a) Power supply. (1) The power

supply for the general alarm systemshall be a storage battery locatedabove the bulkhead deck or above thefreeboard deck, whichever is thehigher, and in a protected area outsidethe machinery casing.

(2) The nominal potential of thegeneral alarm system shall be not lessthan 6 volts and not more than 120volts.

(3) The general alarm system supplyshall be one of the following types:

(i) One storage battery, used for noother purpose, in combination with anautomatic charging panel that willmaintain the battery in a fullycharged condition at all times exceptimmediately following a discharge.The storage battery shall have suffi-cient capacity to supply the generalalarm system continuously for aperiod of at least 8 hours withoutbeing recharged;

(ii) Duplicate storage batteries soconnected, in combination with amanual two-position transfer switch(having no OFF position), that onebattery will be charged while theother battery is available for furnish-ing power to the system. Control, indi-cator, and alarm loads may be sup-plied from these batteries. Each of thetwo storage batteries shall have suffi-cient capacity to supply the generalalarm system continuously for aperiod of at least 4 hours and tosupply all other connected loads atnormal expected demand for a periodof at least 1 week and at maximum ex-pected demand for a period of at least8 hours without being recharged.

(iii) A circuit connected to the tem-porary emergency bus of an emergen-cy switchboard as provided for by§ 112.15-1 (i) of this subchapter; or

Title 46-Shipping

(iv) A circuit from an interior com-munication switchboard, the interiorcommunication switchboard being sup-plied by duplicate storage batteries soconnected, in combination with amanual two-position transfer switch(having no OFF position), that onebattery will be charged while theother battery is available for furnish-ing power to the switchboard. The in-terior communication batteries shalleach be of sufficient capacity tosupply without recharging the generalalarm system continuously for aperiod of 4 hours and to supply allother connected loads at normal ex-pected demand for a period of at least1 week and at maximum expecteddemand for a period of at least 8hours.

(4) When the general alarm systemis the only load supplied by the gener-al alarm system battery or batteries,the battery or batteries shall be pro-tected against overcurrent by enclosedfused switches or circuit breakers,having provisions for locking to pre-vent either unauthorized operation ofthe switch or circuit breaker or unau-thorized tampering with the fuses.The fused switch or circuit breakershall be located outside of, but adja-cent to, the battery room or batterylocker, and the capacity of the fuses orcircuit breaker shall be not less than200 percent of the connected load.

(5) When the general alarm systemis supplied from an emergency or inte-rior communication switchboard, orwhen the duplicate general alarm bat-teries supply other loads as permittedby paragraph (a)(3)(ii) of this section,the fused switch or circuit breakersupplying the general alarm systemshall have provisions for locking toprevent unauthorized operation of theswitch or circuit breaker and unau-thorized tampering with the fuses.

(b) Distribution of general alarmsystem feeders and branch circuits. (1)A feeder distribution panel shall beprovided to divide the system into therequired number of zone feeders. Thedistribution panel shall afford over-current protection for each zonefeeder, but no disconnect switchesshall be provided. The distributionpanel shall be located in an enclosedspace adjacent to the general alarm

144


battery enclosure. If the arrangementof the vessel is such that only onezone feeder is required, the branch cir-cuit distribution panel required by thisparagraph may be substituted for thefeeder distribution panel.

(2) At least one feeder shall be pro-vided for each vertical fire zone inwhich general alarm bells are located.

(3) One or more branch circuit dis-tribution panels shall be provided foreach zone feeder with at least onefused branch circuit for each decklevel. The distribution panel shall belocated above the bulkhead deck orabove the freeboard deck, whichever isthe higher, in the zone.served, and nodisconnect switches shall be providedfor the branch circuits.

(4) No more than five general alarmbells shall be connected to one branchcircuit, and a branch circuit shall notsupply bells on more than one decklevel.

(5) On vessels not divided into firezones by main vertical fire bulkheads,the vessel shall be divided into verticalzones not exceeding 150 feet in lengthand a general alarm feeder providedfor each such zone in which generalalarm bells are required.

(6) On vessels where accommodationspaces are located only at the extrem-ities of the vessels, other arrange-ments of feeders and branch circuitswill be considered.

(7) General alarm feeders andbranch circuit cables shall be locatedin passageways and shall avoid state-rooms, lockers, galleys, machineryspaces, and other enclosed spacesexcept insofar as it is necessary tosupply general alarm bells in thosespaces.

(c) Location of general alarm bells.(1) General alarm bells shall be so dis-tributed throughout passengers' andcrew's quarters in such number and insuch a manner as to obtain in eachroom with the door closed either:

(i) A sound level of not less than 75decibels relative to 0.0002 microbar at1,000 hertz (zero db); or

(ii) A sound level of 6 decibels abovethe ground noise level existing whenthe vessel is underway in moderateweather, whichever is the higher.

(2) General alarm bells shall be sodistributed throughout public spaces,

work spaces, and machinery spaces insuch number and in such a manner asto warn all occupants in an emergency.

(d) Location of flashing lights. (1) Inspaces where the ambient noise level isso high that it is not practicable tocomply with paragraph (c)(1) of thissection, the vibrating bell or bellswithin the noisy spaces shall be aug-mented by flashing red lights.

(2) The flashing red lights shall beof sufficient intensity and number andso located as to warn occupants of thespace of an emergency.

(3) The flashing red lights shall beenergized whenever the general alarmbells with which they are associatedare energized.[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 17089, Dec. 30, 1965, asamended by CGFR 66-33, 31 FR 15296, Dec.6, 1966; CGFR 67-87, 32 FR 19182, Dec. 20,1967; CGFR 68-65, 33 FR 19992, Dec. 28,1968; CGFR 70-143, 35 FR 19955, Dec. 30,1970]

§ 113.25-15 Detail requirements.(a) Storage batteries. (1) Storage bat-

teries shall comply with the require-ments of Subpart 112.55 of this sub-chapter.

(2) At the end of the dischargeperiod specified by § 113.25-10(a), thebattery potential shall be not less than80 percent of nominal potential underload.

(b) Contact maker. (1) The contactmaker shall be a normally open circuitspring-return-to-normal type of en-closed watertight switch.

(2) The contact maker shall be de-signed to close its contacts when a sub-stantial operating handle is rotated ina clockwise direction through an arc ofapproximately 60 degrees.

(3) The switch handle shall havemeans provided for locking in the ONposition by means of a spring loadedlocking pin.

(4) The OFF and ON positions ofthe operating handle shall be indicat-ed by means of prominently raised let-ters.

(5) The contact maker shall be pro-vided with mechanical stops to limitthe rotation of the operating handle.

(6) The contact maker shall have aninductive load rating not less than theconnected load. On large vessels, con-sideration will be given to the use of

§ 113.25-15

§ 113.25-20

auxiliary devices to interrupt the loadcurrent.

(c) Vibrating bells and flashinglights. (1) Vibrating bells installed inconjunction with a general alarmsystem shall be of a type approved bythe Commandant.

(2) General alarm system vibratingbells shall produce a signal of a tonedistinct from that of any other bellsignals on the vessel.

(3) Flashing red lights installed inconjunction with a general alarmsystem shall be of a type approved bythe Commandant.

(d) Electric cable and distributionfittings. (1) All cable installed in con-junction with general alarm systemsshall be either leaded and armored,impervious sheathed and armored ormineral insulated metal sheathed.

(2) Cable entrances to all bells anddistribution fittings shall be made wa-tertight by means of terminal or stuff-ing tubes.

(3) Distribution panels shall be ofwatertight construction and shall beof a type requiring the use of a tool togain entrance to the box.

(4) All fuses employed in a generalalarm system shall be 250-volt Nation-al Electric Code standard, non-renew-able cartridge fuses bearing the ap-proval label of a recognized testing or-ganization.

(5) General alarm system fuse capa-cities shall be selected to obtain aswide a differential as possible betweenbranch circuit fuses and feeder fuses.The capacity of a feeder fuse shall beapproximately 200 percent of the loadsupplied, and the capacity of a branchcircuit fuse shall not exceed 50 percentof the capacity of the feeder fuse.


§ 113.25-20 Marking of equipment.

(a) Each general alarm system fusedswitch and distribution panel shall beprovided with a permanent nameplateon the outside of the door describingits function. The rating of fuses shallalso be indicated for fused switches.

(b) The general alarm contact makershall be marked with lettering on acorrosion-resistant plate or with a sign

Title 46-Shipping

in red letters on a suitable background"GENERAL ALARM."

(c) A contact maker to operate onlythe general alarm bells in crew quar-ters, machinery and work spaces shallbe marked as described in paragraph(b) of this section, except with thewords "CREW ALARM."

(d) General alarm bells shall bemarked in not less than 1/2-inch red let-ters "GENERAL ALARM-WHENBELL RINGS GO TO YOUR STA-TION."

(e) Each general alarm system distri-bution panel shall be provided with adirectory attached to the inside of thecover giving the designation of eachcircuit, the area supplied by each cir-cuit, and the rating of all circuit fuses.

CROSS REFERENCES: See also §§ 78.47-5 and78.47-7 of Subchapter H (Passenger Vessels)and H§ 97.37-5 and 97.37-7 of Subchapter I(Cargo and Miscellaneous Vessels) of thischapter.

§ 113.25-25 General alarm system formanned ocean and coastwise barges.

(a) Each manned ocean and coast-wise barge of over 100 gross tons,where the crew is divided into watchesfor the purpose of steering the vessel,shall be provided with a suitable alarmbell installation.

§ 113.25-30 General alarm system forbarges of 300 gross tons and over withsleeping accommodations for morethan six persons.

The general alarm system for bargesof 300 gross tons and over with sleep-ing accommodations for more than 6persons shall conform to the require-ments of Subpart 113.25 except-

(a) The number and location of con-tact makers shall be based upon thedesign, service, and operation of theparticular barge. Contact makers lo-cated in the primary work area, quar-ters area, galley and mess area, ma-chinery spaces and the bridge or con-trol area should be considered; and

(b) Where the design of the bargeprohibits the installation of distribu-tion panels above the main or free-board deck, the panels may be placedbelow the deck, but as high in thevessel as practicable.

[CGFR 72-35, 37 FR 4962, Mar. 8, 1972]

146


§ 113.25-90 General alarm system for ex-isting vessels.

(a) All vessels of over 100 gross tonsthe construction of which was begunon or after September 1, 1943, butprior to November 19, 1952, shall haveall sleeping accommodations, publicspaces, and machinery spacesequipped with a sufficient number ofalarm bells so located as to warn alloccupants. The system shall operatefrom a continuous source of electricenergy capable of supplying thesystem for a period of at least 8 hourswithout being dependent upon themain, auxiliary or emergency generat-ing plants. Each bell shall produce asignal of a tone distinct from that ofother bell signals in the vicinity andshall be independently fused witheach of these fuses located above thebulkhead deck. The bells shall be con-trolled by a manually operated contactmaker located in the pilothouse, or, ifspecific approval is given by the Com-mandant, in the fire control station.The characteristics of the contactmaker shall be such that it possesses:

(1) Positive contact;(2) Watertightness (when located in

open spaces subject to weather);(3) Means whereby its electrically

open or closed position can be deter-mined by sense of touch;

(4) Means to effect a make-and-break circuit for signalling; and

(5) Self-maintaining contacts.(b) All vessels of over 100 gross tons

the construction of which was begunprior to September 1, 1943, shall haveall sleeping accommodations equippedwith a sufficient number of alarmbells so located as to warn all the occu-pants. The alarm bells, if electric,shall be operated from an open switchfrom the pilothouse or bridge. Thebells shall be of such size, character,and construction as to provide analarm throughout the spaces forwhich they are provided.

(c) Existing arrangements, materials,and equipment previously approvedshall be considered satisfactory so longas they are maintained in good condi-tion to the satisfaction of the Officerin Charge, Marine Inspection. Minorrepairs and minor alterations may bemade to the same standard as theoriginal installation. All new installa-

tions or major replacements shallmeet the applicable specifications orrequirements for new vessels.

(d) All passenger vessels, regardlessof the date of construction, on an in-ternational voyage shall have generalalarm systems meeting the require-ments in §§ 113.25-5(d) and 113.25-10(b).(CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 17089, Dec. 30, 1965, asamended by CGFR 67-87, 32 FR 19183, Dec.20, 1967]

Subpart 113.30-Sound PoweredTelephone and Voice Tube Systems


with the exception of § 113.30-90, shallapply to all self-propelled vessels con-tracted for on or after November 19,1952. Vessels contracted for prior toNovember 19, 1952, shall meet the re-quirements of § 113.30-90.

§ 113.30-5 General requirements.(a) Vessels shall be provided with an

efficient means of communication be-tween each of the following:

(1) Wheelhouse;(2) Engine room;(3) Steering gear room, if located

outside of engine room; and(4) After steering station, if re-

quired.(b) Vessels equipped with a gyro-

compass system shall be provided withan efficient means of communicationbetween the master gyro-compass andthe wheelhouse repeater compass.Whenever the master gyro-compass islocated within any compartment ad-joining or opening into the wheel-house, the master gyro-compass shallbe considered as being located in thewheelhouse and no communicationtherewith is required.

(c) Vessels equipped with a radarplan position indicator installation re-motely located from the wheelhouseshall be provided with an efficientmeans of communication between thewheelhouse and the radar plan posi-tion indicator.

(d) Where emergency squad equip-ment is stowed in lockers or spacesremote from the wheelhouse, an effi-cient means of communication shall be

§ 113.30-5

§ 113.30-10

provided between the wheelhouse andthe emergency squad equipment stow-age space or spaces.

(e) Communication to radio andradio direction-finder shall complywith the requirements of this para-graph. The term "radio installation"shall be construed to mean either theradiotelegraph installation or, whereonly a radiotelephone is installed, theradiotelephone installation.

(1) Vessels equipped with a radio in-stallation shall be provided with an ef-ficient means of communication be-tween the radio room and the wheel-house and one other place, if any,from which the vessel may be navigat-ed under normal conditions, as op-posed to other such places establishedsolely for emergency functions, orplaces used solely for docking or ma-neuvering, or places used occasionallywhile navigating the vessel in closequarters. As used in this paragraphonly a location which includes the nec-essary apparatus to steer the vessel,give engine orders, and control thewhistle will be considered a place fromwhich the vessel may be navigated.

(i) Where the operating position ofthe emergency radio installation is notlocated in the compartment normallyused for operating the main radio in-stallation, an efficient means of com-munication shall be provided betweenthe emergency radio room and thewheel-house and one other place, ifany, from which the vessel may benavigated under normal conditions, asopposed to other such places estab-lished solely for emergency functions,or places used solely for docking ormaneuvering, or places used occasion-ally while navigating the vessel inclose quarters.

(2) Vessels equipped with radio di-rection-finding apparatus shall be pro-vided with an efficient means of com-munication between the wheelhouseand the direction-finding apparatus.

(i) Whenever the direction-finder re-ceiver is located on the navigatingbridge of a ship or within any com-partment adjoining or opening ontothe wheelhouse of a ship, the direc-tion-finding apparatus shall be consid-ered as being located in the wheel-house, and no communication is re-quired.

Title 46-Shipping

(3) The communication systems re-quired by this paragraph shall be inde-pendent of any other system on theship, and the location of the termina-tion of these systems shall be subjectto approval by the Federal Communi-cations Commission.

(f) Vessels equipped with smoke de-tecting systems, contracted for on orafter January 1, 1962, where detectingcabinets are not located in the pilot-house shall be provided with an effi-cient means of direct communicationbetween the pilothouse and the sta-tions where the detecting cabinets arelocated.

(g) An efficient means of communi-cation shall be provided between thewheelhouse and the bow or forwardlookout station. This communicationneed not be by means of soundpowered telephone or voice tube ifother suitable means is provided or ifthe vessel configuration is such thatdirect voice communication betweenthe wheelhouse and bow or forwardlookout station is effective. When asound powered telephone is installed,the requirements of § 113.30-20(b) areapplicable.

§ 113.30-10 Voice tubes, general require-ments.

(a) Voice tubes may be employed tocomply with the requirements of thissubpart where the required length ofvoice tube as installed will not exceed125 feet.

(b) Where the length of voice tubeas installed is not over 75 feet, thetube used shall be at least 2 inchesoutside diameter.

(c) Where the length of voice tube asinstalled is over 75 feet and not over125 feet, the tube shall be at least 22inches outside diameter.

(d) Sound powered telephone equip-ment may be installed in all caseswhere voice tube communication ispermitted.

§ 113.30-15 Voice tubes, detail require-ments.

(a) Voice tubes and voice tube fit-tings shall be constructed of brass orother corrosion-resistant materialhaving a wall thickness of approxi-mately 0.042 inch.


(b) Voice tubing shall be run asdirect as possible, and the cross-sec-tion of the tube shall be constantthroughout the run. Any constrictionin the tube such as a dent; reducercoupling, sharp elbow, T connection,or any flat surface shall be avoided.Flexible tubes or bends shall be usedin place of fittings wherever possible.Joints in tubing shall be protected bya close fitting sleeve and the joint sol-dered or filled with white lead.

(c) Voice tubes shall be supported atleast every 8 feet on straight runs andat bends as required.

(d) Voice tubes shall be protectedwhere liable to injury and shall not berun in bunkers, cargo spaces, orthrough machinery spaces unless un-avoidable.

(e) Voice tubes shall be providedwith drain plugs at the bottom of eachvertical run and at all other placeswhere water can collect.

(f) Each voice tube shall be termi-nated at each end by a suitablemouthpiece with a whistle indicator.Watertight mouthpieces shall be usedin locations exposed to the weather.

(g) All voice tubes shall be providedwith designating nameplates.

§ 113.30-20 Sound powered telephonesystem, general requirements.

(a) Where a voice tube installationwould require a length of the tube ex-ceeding 125 feet or where for otherreasons efficient communicationcannot be obtained by a voice tube in-stallation, approved sound poweredtelephone equipment shall be installedas the means of communication re-quired by this subpart.

(b) The telephone stations listed in§ 113.30-5(a) through (d), (f), and (g)may be installed on the same circuit.However, when included on the samecircuit with other required stations,the bow or forward lookout telephonemust be provided with a wheelhousecut-out switch if the telephone is lo-cated in the weather. Other stationswhich are desirable for the operationof the vessel, such as captain's andchief engineer's office and stateroom,emergency power room, CO, controlroom, fire pumproom, etc., will be con-sidered for inclusion on this circuit.

(c) Sound powered telephone sys-tems may, in all cases, be installed inlieu of voice tube systems.

(d) Except as provided in paragraph(b) of this section, telephone stationsnot specifically required by this sub-part which are located in the weathershall not be included on a telephonecircuit which includes any of the re-quired telephone stations.

(e) Jack boxes or headsets shall notbe utilized on a telephone installationthat includes any of the stations re-quired by this subpart.

§ 113.30-25 Sound powered telephonesystem, detail requirements.

(a) Sound powered telephone equip-ment used on a telephone circuit thatincludes any of the stations requiredby this subpart shall be of a type ap-proved by the Commandant.

(b) Sound powered telephone sta-tions installed in locations exposed tothe weather shall be of watertightconstruction, and the audible signalshall be mounted external to the sta-tion enclosure.

(c) Sound powered telephone sta-tions installed in wheelhouse or ma-chinery spaces shall be of at least drip-proof construction.

(d) In noisy locations, a telephonebooth or other suitable auxiliaryequipment shall be provided if neces-sary in order that a telephone conver-sation can be carried on while thevessel is being navigated.

(e) In noisy locations where the mag-neto-operated telephone station soundsignal cannot be heard throughout thespace, the sound signal shall be sup-plemented by an additional soundsignal energized from the vessel's elec-trical system and magneto actuated.This supplementary sound signal shallnot be combined with any other signalor alarm system, such as an engineers'signal and alarm panel.

(f) When two or more telephone sta-tions are located in close proximity toeach other, a suitable means shall beprovided to indicate the station called.

(g) The sound powered telephonetalking circuit shall be electrically in-dependent of the calling circuits. Ashort circuit, open circuit, or groundon either side of the calling circuitshall not affect the talking circuit in

149

§ 113.30-21

§ 113.30-90

any way. All circuits shall be insulatedfrom ground.

(h) Sound powered telephone cir-cuits shall be run in leaded and ar-mored, impervious sheathed and ar-mored or mineral-insulated metalsheathed cable. All connection boxesemployed shall be watertight.

(i) Telephone cables shall be run asclose to the fore and aft centerline ofthe vessel as is practicable andthrough runs of cable should avoidsuch spaces as machinery room andgalleys.

§ 113.30-90 Sound powered telephone andvoice tube systems for existing vessels.

(a) Vessels contracted for prior toNovember 19, 1952, shall meet the re-quirements contained in this section.

(b) Except as otherwise required byparagraph (d) of this section, existingarrangements, materials, and facilitiespreviously approved will be consideredsatisfactory so long as they are main-tained in good condition to the satis-faction of the Officer in Charge,Marine Inspection. Minor repairs andminor alterations may be made to thesame standard as the original installa-tion.

(c) All new installations or major re-placements shall meet the applicablespecifications or requirements for newvessels.

Subpart 113.35-Engine OrderTelegraph Systems

§ 113.35-1 Application.

(a) The provisions of this subpart,with the exception of § 113.35-90, shallapply to all self-propelled vessels con-tracted for on or after November 19,1952. Installations contracted for priorto November 19, 1952, shall meet therequirements of § 113.35-90.


(a) All vessels, except as otherwiseprovided for in this section, shall haveinstalled an efficient means for trans-mitting engine orders from the wheel-house to the engine room and of trans-mitting acknowledgment of engineorders from the engine room to thewheelhouse.

Title 46-Shipping

(1) On vessels with more than onepropulsion engine, this efficient meansof transmitting engine orders shall beprovided for each engine.

(2) On double-ended vessels with twowheelhouses, this efficient means oftransmitting engine orders shall beprovided between the engine room andeach wheelhouse.

(3) On vessels provided with a meansof steering from the top of the wheel-house as well as from the wheelhouse,this efficient means of transmittingengine orders shall also be providedbetween the engine room and the topof the wheelhouse.

(b) The efficient means of transmit-ting engine orders may be of theengine gong and sound tube type, themechanical engine order telegraphtype, the electric engine order tele-graph type, or other types as may beapproved.

(c) Small vessels on which the pro-pulsion plant is controlled entirelyfrom the wheelhouse with no meansof normal engine control from theengine room, need not be providedwith an engine order telegraph systembetween the wheelhouse and theengine room.

§ 113.35-10 Engine gong systems, generalrequirements.

(a) An engine gong system shall con-sist of pull handles located in thewheelhouse mechanically connectedby wires and chains to gongs located inthe engine room.

(1) A sound tube of proper size shallbe run between the wheelhouse andthe engine room and so arranged as toreturn the sound of the gong signalsto the wheelhouse.

(2) A speaking tube or other devicefor the purpose of conversation be-tween the wheelhouse and the engineroom shall also be provided.

(b) The sound tube and the speakingtube shall comply with the require-ments of § 113.30-15 except that thesound tube shall be terminated by aflared sounder in lieu of whistlemouthpieces and the sound tube sizeshall be not less than 21/2 inches out-side diameter.

(c) The engine room gong and thetermination of the sound tube and the


speaking tube in the engine room shallbe at the engine control station.

(d) The gong pull installation shallcomply with the applicable require-ments of § 113.35-25.

§ 113.35-15 Engine gong systems, applica-tion.

(a) Engine gong systems shall not beemployed on vessels where the lengthof sound tube as installed will exceed40 feet.

§ 113.35-20 Mechanical engine order tele-graph systems, general requirements.

(a) Mechanical engine order tele-graph systems shall consist of trans-mitters and indicators mechanicallyconnected to each other by means ofchains and wires.

(b) Transmitters and indicators shallbe provided with dials divided into sec-tors or divisions with the variousengine orders engraved thereon.

(c) Rotation of the transmitterhandle and its associated pointer shalldrive the indicator pointer in synchro-nism. The indicator pointer, alwayshaving the same angular position asthe transmitter handle and its associ-ated pointer, shall point to the ordercorresponding to the order on thetransmitter.

(d) The engine room indicator shallbe equipped with a reply handle andassociated pointer driving a replypointer in the wheelhouse transmitterfor acknowledgement of orders.

(e) Each transmitter and each indi-cator shall be provided with an audiblesignal device to indicate, in the case ofan indicator, the receipt of an orderand, in the case of a transmitter, theacknowledgement of an order. The au-dible signal device shall not be depend-ent upon any source of power for oper-ation other than that of the move-ment of the transmitter or indicatorhandle.

(f) The dials of transmitter instru-ments shall be illuminated in such amanner as not to interfere with navi-gating the vessel at night.

(g) Transmitter and indicator oper-ating handles shall be of substantialsize so that engine orders may be de-termined from a distance.

§ 113.35-25 Mechanical engine order tele-graph systems, detail requirements.

(a) Telegraph wire shall be No. 10Stubs Gage (0.134 inch diameter) softbrass wire and shall be stretched ap-proximately 20 percent before installa-tion.

(b) Pulleys shall be provided when-ever a bend in the run of the tele-graph wire is made, and at each pulleysheave a length of brass telegraphchain shall be employed.

(c) Pulleys shall be in line with thewire and chain.

(d) Turnbuckles shall be provided ineach lead at each instrument to adjustthe handles and pointers to the cen-tral position of the order, and shall beprovided at other locations through-out the system as necessary to take upslack in the lead wires and to centerthe chains at the pulleys.

(e) Where telegraph leads passthrough watertight decks or bulk-heads, stuffing tubes shall be em-ployed.

(f) On long horizontal runs, the tele-graph wire shall be supported onroller bearers at approximately every5 feet of run. When telegraph leadsare run behind sheathing or when sub-ject to mechanical damage, the leadsshall be run "in pipe."

(g) All fittings used in telegraph in-stallations shall be constructed ofbrass, bronze, or other corrosion-resis-tant materials.

(h) Positive locking devices, such askeys, shall be used in securing handlesand similar parts to their associatedshafts to ensure continuous operationof the shaft in response to movementof the handle.

(i) Transmitter dials shall be ar-ranged with the "STOP" order at thetop vertical position of the operatinghandle. On ahead orders the operatinghandle shall be moved toward the bowof the vessel and on astern orders theoperating handle shall be movedtoward the stern of the vessel.

(j) Indicator dials shall be arrangedwith the "Stop" order at either thebottom or top position of the replyhandle to suit bulkhead or pedestal(console) mounting respectively.

(1) Indicator dials on double-endedvessels shall not be marked withthe designations "AHEAD" and

5140-130 0-79- 11

§ 113.35-25

§ 113.35-30

"ASTERN," but the reply handle andindicator arrow shall point in the di-rection in which it is desired that theengine operate.

[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 17089, Dec. 30, 1965, asamended by CGFR 68-65, 33 FR 19992, Dec.28, 1968J

§ 113.35-30 Mechanical engine order tele-graph systems, operation.

(a) Where more than one transmit-ter, located in the wheelhouse, thewings of the navigating bridge, and/orthe top of the wheelhouse, operate acommon indicator in the engine room,all the transmitters shall be mechani-cally interlocked and operate in syn-chronism. The method of mechanicalinterlocking shall be such that a fail-ure of the transmission wire or chainat any transmitter located topside willnot interrupt or disable other topsidetransmitters.

§ 113.35-35 Mechanical engine order tele-graph systems, application.

(a) Mechanical engine order tele-graph systems may be installed on allvessels to provide the communicationrequired by this subpart where thelength of cables or other mechanicallimitations will not prevent the effi-cient operation of the system.

§ 113.35-40 Electric engine order tele-graph systems, general requirements.

(a) Electric engine order telegraphsystems shall consist of transmittersand indicators electrically connectedto each other.

(b) Transmitters and indicators shallbe provided with dials divided into sec-tors or divisions with the variousengine orders engraved thereon.

(c) Rotation of the transmitterhandle and its associated pointer shalldrive the indicator pointer in synchro-nism. The indicator pointer, alwayshaving the same angular position asthe transmitter handle, shall point tothe order corresponding to the orderon the transmitter.

(d) For acknowledgement of orders,the engine room indicator shall beequipped with a handle and generatoractuating a motor and pointer on thetransmitter, similar to the facilitiesprovided for transmitting orders.

Title 46-Shipping

(e) Audible signals associated withthe system shall consist of a vibratingbell at each instrument. The vibratingbell at both transmitter and indicatorshall ring continuously at all timeswhen the transmitter arrow and thereply arrow do not point to the sameorder.

(f) The dials of transmitter instru-ments shall be illuminated in such amanner as not to interfere with navi-gating the vessel at night.

(g) Transmitter operating handlesshall be of substantial size so that theengine order may be determined froma distance.


§ 113.35-45 Electric engine order tele-graph systems, detail requirements.

(a) Telegraph instruments shallform watertight enclosures for theelectrical components.

(b) Materials used in the construc-tion of telegraph instruments shall becorrosion-resistant.

(c) Transmitter and indicator dialsshall be in accordance with para-graphs (i) and (j), respectively, of§ 113.35-25.

(d) Electric cable used in conjunc-tion with electric telegraphs shall beleaded and armored, impervioussheathed and armored or mineral-in-sulated metal sheathed and all connec-tion boxes shall be of watertight con-struction.

(e) Each system shall be providedwith an alarm device which automati-cally sounds audibly and indicates vi-sually in the event of loss of potentialto the system.

(1) This alarm device shall be locat-ed in the wheelhouse.

(2) Means shall be provided to si-lence the audible signal.

(3) Where the supervisory powersupply is a dry cell battery or someother low capacity source, there shallbe no electric drain on the supervisorypower supply after the audible signalhas been silenced; the visible indica-tion may be extinguished to effectthis. Upon reestablishment of poten-tial to the telegraph system, the audi-ble signal shall sound again until thealarm circuit is returned to normal

152


unless restoration of this alarm circuitis effected automatically.


§ 113.35-50 Electric engine order tele-graph system, operation.

(a) Where more than one transmit-ter, located in the wheelhouse, thewings of the navigating bridge, and/orthe top of the wheelhouse, operate acommon indicator in the engine room,either the transmitters shall operatein synchronism in accordance withparagraph (b) of this section, or thetransmitters shall operate under thecontrol of a transmitter transfer con-trol in accordance with paragraph (c)of this section.

(b) All transmitter handles andpointers and all reply pointers shalloperate in synchronism. Where thetransmitters are mechanically inter-locked to effect synchronous oper-ation, the requirements of § 113.35-30(a) shall be met.

(c) All transmitters shall operateunder the control of a transmittertransfer control so that movement ofany one transmitter handle automati-cally connects that instrument electri-cally to the engine room indicator andsimultaneously disconnects electricallyall other transmitters. The replypointers of all transmitters shall oper-ate in synchronism at all times.

§ 113.35-55 Electric engine order tele-graph systems, application.

(a) Electric engine order telegraphsystems may be installed on all vesselsto provide the communication re-quired by this subpart, except thatpassenger vessels of 20,000 gross tonsor over equipped with an electricengine order telegraph system shall beprovided with a stand-by system,either electrical or mechanical.

§ 113.35-90 Engine order telegraph sys-tems for existing vessels.

(a) The engine order telegraph in-stallations on vessels contracted forprior to November 19, 1952, shall meetthe requirements in this section.

(b) Existing arrangements, materi-als, and facilities previously approvedwill be considered satisfactory so long

as they are maintained in good condi-tion to the satisfaction of the Officerin Charge, Marine Inspection. Minorrepairs and minor alterations may bemade to the same standard as theoriginal installation.


Subpart 113.40-Rudder AngleIndicator Systems


with the exception of § 113.40-90 shallapply to all self-propelled vessels con-tracted for on or after November 19,1952. Vessels contracted for prior toNovember 19, 1952, shall meet the re-quirements of § 113.40-90.

§ 113.40-5 General requirements.(a) The exact position of the rudder,

if power operated, shall be indicated atthe principal steering station. Whennon-follow-up steering control is in-stalled at the after steering station, aseparate rudder angle indicator systemshall be installed for that station. SeePart 57 of Subchapter F (Marine Engi-neering) of this chapter.

§ 113.40-10 Detail requirements.(a) The rudder angle indicator

system shall consist of a transmitterlocated at the rudder head and actu-ated by movement of the rudder, theangular movements of the rudderbeing transmitted to a remoteindicator(s).

(b) The indicator instrument shallconsist of a fixed dial with angular po-sitions of the rudder right and left ofan amidship position indicated there-on. Indications of rudder angle shallbe by means of a moving pointer.

(1) The movement of the indicatorpointer shall be consistent with themovement of the steering wheel orcontrol.

(c) The indicator(s) shall be locatedin direct line of vision of the helms-man and shall be provided with dial il-lumination in such a manner as not tointerfere with navigating the vessel atnight.

153

§ 113.40-10

§ 113.40-90

(d) The method of transmittingrudder movement between the trans-mitter and the indicator(s) may beeither by self-synchronous generatorand motor(s), by mechanical tele-graphs, or by other equivalent means.

(e) The electric rudder angle indica-tor system shall comply with the ap-plicable requirements of §§ 113.35-40and 113.35-45 (a) to (d), inclusive.

(f) Mechanical methods of transmit-ting rudder angles shall be in accord-ance with approved installation draw-ings submitted for each installation.

§ 113.40-90 Rudder angle indicator sys-tems for existing vessels.

(a) Rudder angle indicator systemson vessels contracted for prior to No-vember 19, 1952, shall meet the re-quirements in this section.

(b) Existing arrangements, materi-als, and facilities previously approvedwill be considered satisfactory so longas they are maintained in good condi-tion to the satisfaction of the Officerin Charge, Marine Inspection. Minorrepairs and minor alterations may bemade to the same standard as theoriginal installation.


Subpart 113.45-Refrigerated SpacesAlarm Systems


with the exception of § 113.45-90, shallapply to all vessels contracted for onor after November 19, 1952. The provi-sions of § 113.45-90 shall apply to allvessels contracted for prior to Novem-ber 19, 1952.

§ 113.45-5 General requirements.Ca) Each refrigerated space accessi-

ble to ship's personnel during a voyageand which can be so locked from theoutside that it cannot be opened fromthe inside, shall be fitted with analarm system operated from withineach refrigerated space.

(b) The alarm system may be eithera mechanical pull operating a jinglebell or an electrical push button oper-

Title 46-Shipping

ating a vibrating bell or other audibledevice.

(c) The mechanical pull or electricalpush button shall be located at theexit from the refrigerated compart-ment.

(d) The audible signal shall be locat-ed where a person is regularly em-ployed.

(e) Where a common audible signalis provided for more than one lockablerefrigerated compartment, an annun-ciator shall be provided to locate thecompartment from which the signalwas initiated.

§ 113.45-90 Refrigerated spaces alarm sys-tems on existing vessels.

Ca) Refrigerated spaces alarm sys-tems on vessels contracted. for prior toNovember 19, 1952, shall meet the re-quirements in this section.

(b) Existing arrangements, materi-als, and facilities previously approvedwill be considered satisfactory so longas they are maintained in good condi-tion to the satisfaction of the Officerin Charge, Marine Inspection. Minorrepairs and minor alterations may bemade to the same standard as theoriginal installation.


Subpart 113.50-Emergency Loud-speaker System


with the exception of § 113.50-90, shallapply to all ocean and coastwise pas-senger vessels contracted for on orafter November 19, 1952. Ocean andcoastwise vessels contracted for priorto November 19, 1952, shall meet therequirements of § 113.50-90.

§ 113.50-5 General requirements.(a) All ocean and coastwise passen-

ger vessels certificated to carry 500 ormore persons, including officers andcrew, and/or all passenger vesselswhose lifeboats are stowed more than100 feet from the navigating bridge,shall be equipped with an approvedloudspeaker system which will enable


an officer on the bridge to broadcastseparately or collectively to the sta-tions listed in this paragraph.

(1) Lifeboat stations, port.(2) Lifeboat stations, starboard.(3) Lifeboat embarkation stations,

port.(4) Lifeboat embarkation stations,

starboard.(5) Public spaces used for passenger

assembly stations.(6) Crew quarters.(7) Accommodation spaces and serv-

ice spaces.(b) The system shall be controlled

from a single location on the navigat-ing bridge.

(c) Loudspeakers, as designated bythe Commandant, at lifeboat and em-barkation stations shall be arrangedfor two-way conversation with thenavigating bridge.

(d) The emergency loudspeakersystem shall be of a type approved bythe Commandant. Systems installedon vessels contracted for on or afterNovember 19, 1958, shall meet the re-quirements of Subpart 161.004 of Sub-chapter Q (Specifications) of thischapter.[CGFR 65-50, 30 FR 17089, Dec. 30, 1965, asamended by CGFR 67-87, 32 FR 19183, Dec.20, 1967]

§ 113.50-10 Power supply.(a) The loudspeaker system shall be

energized from the source of emergen-cy lighting and power as required bySubpart 112.15 of this subchapter.

(b) Where the loudspeaker systemrequires a power supply of a characterdifferent from that available from thetemporary source of emergency light-ing and power, conversion equipmentas required by Subpart 112.40 of thissubchapter shall be provided.

§ 113.50-15 Location of loudspeakers andamplifiers.

(a) General. (1) Loudspeakers shallbe located with due regard to the in-tended service and to minimize asmuch as possible the effect of feed-back and other interference.

(2) In general, loudspeakers on opendecks shall be directed toward theafter end of the vessel and outboardby an angle of approximately 15 de-grees.

(b) Boat deck loudspeakers. (1) Aloudspeaker shall be located at each li-feboat handling station. The axis ofthe loudspeaker shall be directed aftand outboard in such a manner thatthe sound level at the lifeboat han-dling station will be not less than thelevels given in Table 113.50-15.

TABLE 113.50-15-MINIMUM SOUND LEVELREQUIREMENTS FOR LOUDSPEAKER SYSTEMS

[All data given in decibels]

Ground Signal level Voice levelnoise

Location level Above Abovemini- ground Total ground Totalmum noise noise

Lifeboat stations 80 20 2100 15 395Embarkation

deck andexteriorpassengerassemblypoints .......... 80 20 2100 15 295

Interiorpassengerassemblypoints ............... 75 20 295 15 290

Crew quarters 60 18 378 12 -72

1 The zero decibel level shall be 0.0002 dyne persquare centimeter.2 Measured at a distance of 10 feet from the loud-speaker and on the axis thereof.

I Measured in rooms with the doors to the pas-sageways closed.

(c) Lifeboat embarkation and pas-senger assembly station loudspeakers.(1) Loudspeakers shall be distributedthroughout the lifeboat embarkationdeck and locations designated by thevessel's station bill for the assembly ofpassengers in an emergency, in suchnumber as to provide an even distribu-tion of sound at a level not less thanthat specified in Table 113.50-15. Aneven distribution of sound level is con-sidered satisfied if the variation doesnot exceed plus or minus 3 decibels.

(d) Crew quarters' loudspeakers. (1)Loudspeakers shall be distributed inpassageways throughout crew quartersin such number as to provide a soundlevel not less than that specified inTable 113.50-15 in each room with thedoors closed.

(e) Amplifier. (1) The emergencyloudspeaker amplifier, if not located inthe same enclosure with the control

§ 113.50-15

§ 113.50-20

panel, shall be located in the wheel-house or in a compartment adjoiningor opening into the wheelhouse.


§ 113.50-20 Distribution of cable runs.(a) Cable runs to the different loud-

speaker groups shall be as widely sepa-rated from each other as possible tolimit the extent of damage to thesystem from a single casualty. In addi-tion, the distribution shall be suchthat a casualty to the port or star-board supplies to loudspeakers on boatand embarkation decks will render notmore than half of the loudspeakers inthe group inoperative. This may be ac-complished by feeding the loudspeak-ers of a particular group alternatelyfrom a port and starboard multi-con-ductor cable.

(b) Cable runs shall, where possible,be located in passageways and shallavoid staterooms, lockers, and otherenclosed spaces.

§ 113.50-25 Type of cable and equipmentenclosures.

(a) All cable used in connection withthe system shall be either leaded andarmored, impervious sheathed and ar-mored or mineral insulated metalsheathed.

(b) All junction or connection boxesemployed in the distribution systemshall be of watertight construction.

§ 113.50-30 Shipboard tests.(a) The operation of the system

shall be observed to determine thatvoice reproduction is of good qualityand intelligibility of a high order.

(b) Sound levels shall be measuredwith a sound level meter to demon-strate that the levels listed in Table113.50-15 are met.

(1) Where the ground noise levelwith the vessel under way in moderateweather is in excess of the valueslisted in Table 113.50-15, the signaland voice levels shall be increased cor-respondingly so that the differentialbetween ground noise level and thesignal and voice levels shall be not lessthan the differential given in thistable.

Title 46-Shipping

(c) It shall be demonstrated thatgrounding either conductor or "short-ing" both conductors to any one life-boat station loudspeaker, or to an em-barkation deck loudspeaker, will notreduce the output of any one of theremaining loudspeakers by more than3 decibels.

§ 113.50-35 Operation of emergency loud-speaker systems.

(a) The emergency loudspeakersystem shall be used at the discretionof the master and shall function en-tirely independently of any public ad-dress or music distribution system.

(b) The emergency loudspeakersystem shall not be used for entertain-ment purposes.

(c) The complete emergency loud-speaker system shall be given an oper-ating test at least once every week.These tests shall be made by a li-censed officer and the condition of theequipment entered in the vessel's log.

(d) When a vessel is equipped with apublic address or music distributionsystem, means shall be provided adja-cent to the emergency loudspeakersystem control panel to silence thepublic address or music distributionsystems.

§ 113.50-90 Emergency loudspeaker sys-tems for existing vessels.

(a) Existing vessels. Emergency loud-speaker systems on ocean and coast-wise passenger vessels contracted forprior to November 19, 1952, shall meetthe requirements of this section.

(b) General requirements. (1) Allpassenger vessels the construction ofwhich was begun prior to January 1,1937, on which lifeboats are stowedmore than 100 feet from the navigat-ing bridge, and all passenger vesselsthe construction of which was begunprior to November 19, 1952, but on andafter January 1, 1937, certificated tocarry 1,000 persons or more, includingofficers and crew, shall be equippedwith a loudspeaker system which shallenable an officer on the bridge tobroadcast separately or collectively tothe stations listed in this subpara-graph.

(i) Lifeboat stations, port and star-board. (The deck or decks on which life-


boats are stowed and from whichthey are launched.)

(ii) Embarkation deck, port and star-board. (The deck or decks, designatedby construction design or by the ves-sel's station bill, used for the embarka-tion of passengers and crew into life-boats. If lifeboat stations are used forembarkation purposes, this require-ment will be omitted.)

(iii) Main quarters for crew. (Thequarters of the emergency squad, deckcrew, and stewards assigned to passen-ger quarters.)

(iv) Public spaces. (The spaces desig-nated by the vessel's station bill wherepassengers and crew are to assemble inan emergency.)

(v) Accommodation spaces and serv-ice spaces.

(2) The Commandant may, in specialcases, exempt passenger vessels theconstruction of which was begun priorto January 1, 1937, having a smallnumber of especially accessible life-boats stowed more than 100 feet fromthe bridge: Provided, however, Thatno such vessel certificated to carrymore than 200 persons, including offi-cers and crew, shall be so exempted.

(3) Details of the system shall be ingeneral agreement with § § 113.50-5through 113.50-35 insofar as is reason-able and practicable.

(4) Existing arrangements, materi-als, and facilities previously approved,but not meeting the applicable specifi-cations or requirements set forth in§§ 113.50-5 through 113.50-35, may becontinued in service so long as theyare maintained in good condition tothe satisfaction of the Officer inCharge, Marine Inspection. Minor re-pairs and minor alterations may bemade to the same standards as theoriginal installation provided that, inno case, will a greater departure fromthe standards of §§ 113.50-5 through113.50-35 be permitted than presentlyexist. All new installations or majorreplacements shall meet the applica-ble specifications or requirements, fornew vessels.


Subpart 113.65-Whistle Operators


with the exception of § 113.65-90, shallapply to all vessels contracted for onor after November 19, 1952. Vesselscontracted for prior to November 19,1952, shall meet the requirements of§ 113.65-90.


(a) The general requirements forwhistles, sirens and foghorns are con-tained in Part 25 of Subchapter C (Un-inspected Vessels), Part 32 of Sub-chapter D (Tank Vessels), Part 77 ofSubchapter H (Passenger Vessels), andPart 96 of Subchapter I (Cargo andMiscellaneous Vessels), of this chap-ter.

(b) Mechanical whistle or siren pullleads shall be as direct as possible andamply protected. When the leads aresuspended for more than 15 feet, theyshould be supported from a corrosion-resistant cable with suitable bearers.The system shall be provided withample corrosion-resistant springs torelieve all weight on the lever and forthe proper functioning of the system.

(c) Materials and mechanical detailsshall be in general accordance withthe requirements for mechanical tele-graphs given in § 113.35-25 except thatbronze or stainless steel aircraft typewire rope or other means specificallyapproved may be used in lieu of thebrass wire specified.

(d) When electrically operated whis-tles and sirens are installed, all partsshall be independent of the primarysystem.

(e) When electrically operated valvesfor whistles or sirens are located morethan 5 feet from the whistle, an auto-matic drain feature for the steamwhistle pipe shall be installed.

(f) The supply for an electrically op-erated whistle or siren shall be fromthe emergency lighting and powersystem as required by Part 112 of thischapter.


157

§ 113.65-5

§ 113.65-90

§ 113.65-90 Whistle operators for existingvessels.

(a) Whistle operators on vessels con-tracted for prior to November 19, 1952,shall meet the requirements in thissection.

(b) Existing arrangements, materi-als, and facilities previously approvedwill be considered satisfactory so long:as they are maintained in good condi-tion to the satisfaction of the Officerin Charge, Marine Inspection. Minorrepairs and minor alterations may bemade to the same standard as theoriginal installation.


Subpart 113.70-Smoke DetectorSystems

§ 113.70-1 Application.(a) Where a smoke detector system

is installed, the provisions of this sub-part, with the exception of § 113.70-90,shall apply to all installations con-tracted for on or after November 19,1952. Installations contracted for priorto November 19, 1952, shall meet therequirements of § 113.70-90.

(b) For the vessels on which a smokedetector system is required, see Part76 of Subchapter H (Passenger Ves-sels) of this chapter.

§ 113.70-5 General requirements.(a) The smoke detector control unit

shall be of a type approved by theCommandant. Systems installed onvessels contracted for on or after No-vember 19, 1959, shall meet the re-quirements of Subpart 161.002 of Sub-chapter Q (Specifications) of thischapter.

(b) All electric cable installed in con-junction with the smoke detectorsystem shall be either leaded and ar-mored, impervious sheathed and ar-

Title 46-Shipping

mored or mineral insulated metalsheathed.

(c) Cable runs between the smokedetector control unit and the supplyswitchboard shall be as direct as possi-ble and shall avoid staterooms, lock-ers, and other enclosed spaces wherethe cable could be damaged by a local-ized fire or by other causes.

§ 113.70-10 Power supply.(a) On vessels fitted with an auto-

matically started emergency lightingand power system, the smoke detectorsystem shall be supplied by a branchcircuit from the emergency switch-board. On vessels fitted with a tempo-rary source of emergency lighting andpower, the branch circuit may be con-nected to the temporary emergencysource of supply.

(b) On vessels not fitted with anautomatically started emergency light-ing and power system, the smoke de-tector system shall be supplied from asource as approved by the Comman-dant.

§113.70-90 Equipment and installationson vessels contracted for prior to No-vember 19, 1952.

(a) Existing arrangements, materi-als, and facilities previously approved,but not meeting the applicable specifi-cations or requirements set forth in§§ 113.70-5 and 113.70-10, may be con-tinued in service so long as they aremaintained in good condition to thesatisfaction of the Officer in Charge,Marine Inspection. Minor repairs andminor alterations may be made to thesame standards as the original instal-lation: Provided, That, in no case, willa greater departure from the stand-ards of §§ 113.70-5 and 113.70-10 bepermitted than presently exist. Allnew installations or major replace-ments shall meet the applicable speci-fications or requirements for new ves-sels.

PARTS 114-139 [Reserved]

INDEX


ASubpart or section

Accessible, definition of ........................................................ 110.15-85(x), 110.15-85(y)Accessibility:

Inspection for .......................................................................................... 111.05-10(c)(9)O f apparatus ................................................................................................ 111.05-15(c)Of connection boxes ....................................................................................... 111.80-15Of electric couplings .................................................................................... 111.35-1(b)Of switchboard mounted equipment ......................................................... 111.30-5(c)O f sw itchboards ................................................................................................. 111.30-1Of switches and circuit breakers .................................................................. 111.55-(f)

Air heaters, electric ............................................................................................ 111.80-60Alarms:

Electric telegraph power failure .............................................................. 113.35-45(e)Fire Detecting System, Automatic ..................................................................... 113.10F ire, M anual ........................................................................................................... 113.15G en eral .................................................................................................................... 113.25Refrigerated spaces ........................................................................................... 113.45-5Sprinkler system .................................................................................................... 113.20Systems and equipment, wiring .................................................................... 113.05-10

Amendments to the regulations ......................................................................... 110.05-3American Bureau of Shipping...110.10-1(a), 110.15-170, 111.05-10(b), 111.10-5(a),

111.10-15(a), 111.30-30(a)American Institute of Electrical Engineers:

American Standard Institute Definition of Electrical Terms, ANSIC 42 ....................................................................................................... 110.10-1(d)(2)

Standard No. 45-Recommended Practice for Electrical Installationson Shipboard...111.10(d)(1), 111.05-1, 111.30-5(b), 111.30-10(c), 111.60-1(b),

111.90-15, 111.90-20, 111.90-25American Standard Institute Definitions of Electrical Terms ........... 110.10-1(d)(2)American Standards Association Safety Code for Elevators, Dumb-

waiters, and Escalators ..................................................... 110.10-1(g)(1), 111.80-35Ammeter:

D efinition of ............................................................................................... 110.15-100(c)For battery charger .................................................................................... 112.55-10(a)For generators ........................................................... 111.30-15(b)(2), 111.30-15(c)(2)For 3-wire generator ground connection ....................................................... 111.65-5

Anesthetic agents, combustible, storage of .......................................... 111.80-35(b)(6)Apparatus in vicinity of magnetic compass .............................................. 111.60-25(n)Appeal:

Regarding right of ............................................................................................ Page 28Appliance:

D efinition of ................................................................................................ 110.15-85(v)Grounding of ............................................................................................... 111.75-30(a)In hazardous locations ............................................................................ 111.80-5(b)(7)Overcurrent protection of ......................................................................... 111.75-25(b)Portable, definition of ............................................................................... 110.15-85(w)Receptacle outlets for ..................................................................................... 111.75-30

159

INDEX

Appliance-Continued Subpart or sectionSupply from lighting panelboards ........................................................... 111.50-20(d)

Appliance branch circuit:Definition of ................................................................................................ 110.15-85(q)

Appliance circuits ................................................................................................ 111.75-25G eneral ......................................................................................................... 111.75-25(a)Overcurrent protection .............................................................................. 111.75-25(b)

Application:Of Part 110 ............................................................................................................. 110.05Of Part 111 .......................................................................................................... 111.01-1Of Part 112 ............................................................................................................. 112.01Of Part 113 ............................................................................................................. 113.01Specific, noted in text ....................................................................................... 111.05-5

Approved, definition of ........................................................................................ 110.15-1Arc lamps:

Application of ......................................................................................... 111.75-20(a)(2)For m otion picture projectors ............................................................. 111.80-30(b)(6)

Armor, cable:Electrically continuous ............................................................................... 111.60-1(m )Grounding of ................................................................................................ 111.60-1(m )In corrosive locations .............................................................................. 111.60-1(d)(2)

Arm ored cable ......................................................................................... 111.60-1(b)(3)(i)Arrangem ent, battery trays ................................................................................ 111.15-6Assembly areas for passengers:

Em ergency lighting of ................................................................................... 112.15-(h)Emergency loudspeaker system coverage .................. 113.50-5(a)(5), 113.50-1 5(e)

Assignm ent of functions ...................................................................................... 110.01-5Attachment plugs. See Receptacle outlets and plugs.Authority for regulations .................................................................................. 110.01-10Automatic fire detecting system. See Fire detecting and alarm system,

automatic.Autom atically started source loads, single ..................................................... 112.15-10Automatic starter. See Starter.Automatic transfer equipment:

Definition of .......................................................................................... 110.15-185(f)(5)For emergency lighting and power system ................ 112.20, 112.25, 112.30, 112.40

Auto-transformer(s):Circuits derived from ................................................................................. 111.60-25(g)

BBack-up circuit breakers:

Circuit breakers and fuses in cascade system ........................................ 111.55-20(b)Barge, definition of ................................................................................. 110.15-190(a)(4)Basis and purpose of regulations ........................................................................... 110.01Battery, dry cell, definition of ..................................................................... 110.15-50(b)Battery installation .............................................................................................. 111.15-5Battery, storage:

Arrangem ent of installation ............................................................................ 111.15-5Arrangem ent of trays ........................................................................................ 111.15-6Categories ....................................................................................................... 111.15-1(c)Conductors to ................................................................................................... 111.15-20Definition of ................................................................................................ 110.15-50(a)Em ergency and general alarm .................................................................... 111.15-1(b)Emergency diesel generator starting...11 1.60-30, 112.15-5(d), 112.50-1, 112.55,

111.05-10(d)(4)Em ergency lighting .............................................. 112.15-(d), 112.55, 111.05-10(d)(4)

Capacity of storage battery ........................................................................ 112.55-15

INDEX

Battery, storage-Continued Subpart or sectionDiesel engine cranking batteries ................................................................ 112.55-20

Em ergency lighting loads ............................................................................ 112.55-5(a)Engine-starting, use of one-wire system ...................................................... 111.60-30For general alarm system ........................................................ 113.25-10(a), 113.15(a)General requirem ents for ................................................................................. 111.15-1Nam eplates .................................................................................................... 111.15-1(d)Overcurrent protection of .............................................................................. 111.15-25Protection from corrosion .............................................................................. 111.15-15Reverse current protection for ...................................................................... 111.15-25Room , Class I hazardous location ......................................................... 111.80-5(a)(8)Testing of ................................................................................................ 111.05-10(d)(4)Ventilation for ......................................................................................................... 15-10

Battery trays ................................................................................................... 111.15-15(a)Alternate m aterials .................................................................................... 111.15-15(b)

Bell(s):General alarm system ......................................................... 113.25-10(c), 113.25-15(c)

Bell wire ....................................................................... 111.60-1(b)(1)(vi), 111.60-1(d)(7)Berth lights:

Construction of ............................................................................................ 111.75-15(c)Required .................................................................................................. 111.75-15(b)(4)W iring of ....................................................................................................... 111.75-15(c)

Bilge pump, submersible:Bilge pum ps, subm ersible, m otor-driven ......................................................... 111.80-40

Source of power for .................. 111.65-25(b)(6), 111.80-40, 112.15-5(e)Special requirem ents for ................................................................................ 111.65-25W hen required ............................................................................................ 111.65-25(a)

Bilge water, protection from ........................................................................ 111.05-15(b)Blinker light. See Signaling light.Boat deck:

Definition of ....................................................................................................... 110.15-5Em ergency lighting of ......................................................... 112.05-15(b), 112.15-1(h)Emergency loudspeaker system coverage of .................... 113.50-5(a), 113.50-15(b)

Boxes, junction, outlet, or connection:Accessibility of ................................................................................................. 111.80-15At outlets ...................................................................................................... 111.60-25(1)For em ergency loudspeaker system ........................................................ 113.50-25(b)For engine order telegraph system ......................................................... 113.35-45(d)For fire detecting and alarm system .................................... 113.10-5(e), 113.10-5(f)For general alarm system .......................................................................... 113.25-15(d)For m anual fire alarm system ............................................... 113.15-5(e), 113.15-5(f)For sound powered telephone system .................................................... 113.30-25(h)For sprinkler system .................................................................................... 113.20-5(d)In hazardous locations ...................................................................................... 111.80-5

Branch circuits:Appliance. See Appliance branch circuits.Definition of ................................................................................................ 110.15-85(n)Dervied from auto-transform ers ................................................................ 111.60-1(b)For general alarm bells .............................................................................. 113.25-10(b)Lighting. See Lighting branch circuit.Loads .................................................................................................................. 111.50-20Location of overcurrent devices in ............................................................. 111.50-5(f)Motor. See Motor branch circuit.Steering gear. See Steering gear.

Bulkhead deck:Definition of ..................................................................................................... 110.15-10Em ergency plant located above ................................................................. 112.05-5(d)G eneral alarm battery located above ................................................. 113.25-10(a)(1)

INDEX

Subpart or sectionBulkheads, cable penetrations of ................................................................... 111.60-1(1)Bus bars:

Arrangem ent of ............................................................................................. 111.30-5(c)General ........................................................................................................... 111.30-5(a)Rating ............................................................................................................. 111.30-5(b)Spacings .......................................................................................................... 111.30-5(d)W iring ............................................................................................................. 111.30-5(e)Through feed loads ..................................................................................... 111.60-25(i)

Bushings, cable .................................................................................................. 111.60-1(1)

C

Cable, electric:Alternating-current, installation of ............................ 111.60-1(j)Ambient tem perature for ........................................................ Table 111.60-1(e)(1)(i)Applications ................................................................................................... 111.60-1(d)Banking of ................................................................................. Table 111.50-1(e)(1)(i)Behind paneling .......................................................................................... 111.60-25(d)Behind sheathing ........................................................................................ 111.60-25(e)Bell wire, use of ........................................................................................ 111.60-1(d)(7)Bends, minim um radii of ...................................................... 111.60-25(b), 111.60-1(1)Circuit load and dem and factors ................................................................... 111.60-10Classes of ............ * ................................... 111.60-1(b)(1)Classes of by type of insulation ...................... .... .. 111.60-1(b)(2)Classes of by type of m echanical covering .......................................... 111.60-1(b)(3)Closed m agnetic paths around ............................................................... 111.60-1(j)(2)Construction of ........................................................................................... 111.60-25(n)Continuous throughout length ........................................... 111.60-1(b), 111.60-1(m )Current-carrying capacity ......................................................................... 111.60-15(a)Definition of .................................................................................................. 111.60-1(e)Dem and factor for ................................................................................. 110.15-15(a)(1)Designations ..................................................................................................... 111.60-10Ends, sealing of ........................................................................ 110.15-15(b), 111.60-15Feeders, location of ............................................................. 111.60-25(a), 111.60-25(i)For autom atic fire detecting and alarm system ........................................... 113.10-5For em ergency loudspeaker system ........................................................ 113.50-25(a)For engine order telegraph ....................................................................... 113.35-45(d)For interior comm unication apparatus ............................................... 111.60-1(d)(5)For manual fire alarm system ......................................................................... 113.15-5For motion picture projectors ....................................................................... 111.65-15For power and lighting circuits ............................................................. 111.60-1(d)(4)For sm oke detector system ......................................................................... 113.70-5(b)For sound powered telephone system .................................................... 113.30-25(h)For sprinkler system ..................................................................................... 113.20-5(c)

Cables, generator ................................................................................................ 111.60-20Not to be installed in bilges ........................................................................... 111.60-20Separation of .................................................................................................... 111.60-20Branch and feeder continuity ................................................................... 111.60-25(j)Connections to term inals ......................................................................... 111.60-25(m )Feeder and branch continuity ................................................................... 111.60-25(j)Generator, in bilges ............... .......................... 111.60-20Grounding of m etallic covering .......................................... 111.60-1(m ), 111.60-1(n)In battery rooms .............................................................................................. 111.15-20In cofferdams ............................................................................................... 111.60-25(c)In corrosive locations .............................................................................. 111.60-1(d)(2)In dam p or wet locations ........................................................................ 111.60-1(d)(1)In dry locations ........................................................................................ 111.60-1(d)(3)

162

INDEX

Cables, generator-Continued Subpart or sectionIn hazardous locations ..................... 111.80-5(b)(10), 111.80-5(c)(8), 111.80-5(d)(8)In m ultiple ................................................................................................ 111.60-1(e)(2)In oil tanks ................................................................................................... 111.60-25(c)In parallel .................................................................................................. 111.60-1(e)(2)Inter-cabin telephone cable, use of ...................................................... 111.60-1(d)(6)Interior comm unication cable use of ................................................... 111.60-1(d)(5)Instrum entation cable ............................................................................. 111.60-1(i)(1)In vicinity of m agnetic com pass .............................................................. 111.60-25(n)Joints, separation of ........................................................................................ 111.60-15M arking of ...................................................................................................... 111.60-1(c)M echanical protection of ................................................ 111.50-5(a)(5), 111.60-1(n)Not to be installed in bilges.......................................................................... 111.60-20Penetrations ................................................................................................... 111.60-1(1)Polarity identification of conductors ...................................................... 111.60-25(h)Portable. See Cord, flexible.Power and lighting, use of ..................................................................... 111.60-1(d)(4)Propulsion ......................................................................................................... 111.60-15Propulsion, splices and term inals ............................................................... 111.60-1(1)Sealing cable to term inals .............................................................................. 111.60-15Splices ................................................................................................................ 111.60-15Supports ............................................................................................................ 111.60-15Single conductor .................................................................. 111.60-1(j), 111.60-1(j)(1)Size required ............................................................................... 111.60-1(g), 113.50-20Special purpose cable ............................................................................... 111.60-1(i)(1)Splicing of ........................................................ 111.60-5(e), 111.60-25(k), 111.60-25(1)Substitute cable ............................................................................................ 111.60-1(h)Supports ..................................... 111.60-1(j), 111.60-1(k), 111.60-25(c), 111.60-25(b)Sym bols ............................................................................................................. 110.15-15Tem perature lim its for ................................................................................. 111.60-1(f)Term inals .......................................................................................................... 111.60-15Term inals, connections to ........................................................................ 111.60-25(m )Term s ................................................................................................................. 110.15-15Testing and inspection of ..................................................................... 111.05-10(c)(3)Therm ocouple cable ................................................................................. 111.60-1(i)(2)Through decks and bulkheads .............................................. 111.60-1(1), 111.60-1(n)Transposing of .......................................................................... 111.60-1(j), 111.60-1(1)Types of insulation ............. ......................... 111.60-1(b)(2)Types of m echanical covering ............................................................... 111.60-1(b)(3)Uniform size throughout length ............................................................... 111.60-25(i)Varnished-cambric, rubber, or asbetos-varnished-cloth minimum wire

size ............................................................................................................ 111.60-1(g)Carbon dioxide fire extinguishing systems, remote stopping mechanical

ventilation ............................................................................. 111.50-5(c), 111.70-5(k)Cargo handling room , definition of ................................................................... 111.80-5Carpenter shop:

Electrical installation in ......................................................................... 111.80-5(a)(9)Hazardous classification of .......................................................................... 110.15-190

Cargo vessel, definition of ................................................................................................Carrying capacity. See Current-carrying capacity.Chart room , em ergency lighting of ....................................... 112.05-10(c), 112.15-1(g)Circuit:

Battery, engine starting ................................................................................. 111.60-30Branch. See Branch circuit.Definition of ................................................................................................. 110.15-85(j)Demand factor. See Circuit loads and demand factor.Derived from auto-transform ers .............................................................. 111.60-25(g)Feeder. See Feeder.

163

INDEX

Circuit-Continued Subpart or sectionHull return ............................................................................ 111.60-25(1), 111.60-25(f)Lighting branch. See Lighting branch circuit.Loads. See Circuit loads and demand factor.Motor branch. See Branch circuit, motor.Overcurrent protection of .................................................................................... 111.55Tank vessels ................................................................................................... 111.50-5(f)Vital, segregation of ................................................................................... 111.60-25(o)

Circuit breaker(s):Accessibility and grouping of ...................................................................... 111.55-1(f)As a switch ..................................................................................................... 111.55-1(g)Circuit connections to ........................................................... 111.30-10(c), 111.55-1(e)Construction of ........................................................................... 111.50-15(e), 111.55-1Definition of ......................................................................................... 110.15-185(b)(1)Door interlocks ............................................................................................ 111.45-40(c)Draw-out type ............................................................ 111.30-15(b)(1), 111.30-15(c)(1)Enclosure of ................................................................................ 111.50-10, 111.55-1(c)For generator protection .................................................................................. 111.65-1G rounding of enclosure ............................................................................... 111.55-1(h)In grounded conductors ........................................ 111.50-1(e), 111.55-1(h), 111.55-1In hazardous locations ....................... 111.80-5(b)(2), 111.80-5(c)(1), 111.80-5(d)(1)Inspection of .............................................................................................. 111.05-10Interrupting rating of ....................................................................................... 111.55-1In ungrounded conductors .......................................................................... 111.55-1(b)Location on circuit ........................................................................................ 111.55-5(a)Location in vessel ................................................................... 111.55-1(f), 111.55-5(b)M arking of ..................................................................................................... 111.55-5(a)M ethod of operation ......................................................................................... 111.55-1Mounted on switchboards ............................ 111.30-10(a), 111.30-10(b), 111.55-1(c)M otor controller, over 600 volts ...................................................................................M ounting of ........................................................................................................ 111.55-1Nonautom atic tripping of, definition ............................................... 110.15-185(b)(5)Nontam perable ....................................................................................... 111.50-15(e)(4)On panelboards ............................................................................................. 111.40-1(g)Rated continuous current, definition of .......................................... 110.15-185(a)(3)Rated interrupting current, definition of ....................................... 110.15-185(b)(2)Rated interrupting current required ............................................................ 111.50-20Rated voltage of, definition ............................................................... 110.15-185(a)(4)Rating or setting:

For conductors ................................................................................................ 111.50-1For m otor branch circuits ................................................................. 111.50-15(e)(6)For m otor feeders ......................................................................................... 111.45-25

Rem oval from front ............................................................................... 111.55-15(e)(7)Reverse-power tripping of, definition .............................................. 110.15-185(b)(3)Setting of, for back-up protection ........................................................... 111.55-20(a)Standard for ................................................................. 110.10-1(e)(5), 111.55-15(e)(6)Undervoltage tripping of, definition ................................................ 110.15-185(b)(4)

Circuit breakers and switches:Accessibility .................................................................................................... 111.55-1(f)Circuit breakers as switches ........................................................................ 111.55-1(g)Circuit connections ....................................................................................... 111.55-1(e)Detailed requirem ents ...................................................................................... 111.55-5

Circuit breakers ......................................................................................... 111.55-5(a)Enclosed switches ...................................................................................... 111.55-5(d)K nife switches ........................................................................................... 111.55-5(b)Snap switches ............................................................................................. 111.55-5(c)

Enclosures ........................................................................................................... 111.55-1Four-way and three-way switches ............................................................. 111.55-1(b)

164

INDEX

Circuit breakers and switches-Continued Subpart or sectionGeneral requirem ents ....................................................................................... 111.55-1Grounded conductor .................................................................................... 111.55-1(a)G rounding of enclosures ............................................................................. 111.55-1(h)Grouping ......................................................................................................... 111.55-1(f)Inductive loads .......................................................................................... 111.55-1(i)(3)K nife switches ............................................................................................... 111.55-1(d)M otor circuit switches ............................................................................. 111.55-1(i)(4)Non-inductive loads .................................................................................. 111.55-1(i)(1)Rating of snap switches ................................................................................ 111.55-1(i)Three-way and four-way switches ............................................................. 111.55-1(b)Tungsten filam ent lam ps ........................................................................ 111.55-1(i)(2)

Circuit loads and demand factor:Appliance branch circuits .............................................................. 111.60-1, 111.75-25Bus-tie cables .................................................................................................... 111.60-10Feeders, galley .................................................................................................. 111.60-25Feeders, lighting .............................................................................................. 111.60-25Feeders, m otors ................................................................................................ 111.60-20G enerator cables .............................................................................................. 111.60-20Grounded neutral of dual voltage feeder ............................................... 111.65-10(b)Lighting branch circuit ..................................................................................... 111.75-1M otor branch circuit ......................................................................................... 111.70-5

Class A insulation ........................................................................................... 111.05-30(c)Class B insulation .......................................................................................... 111.05-30(d)Class C insulation ........................................................................................... 111.05-30(e)Class F insulation ........................................................................................... 111.05-30(f)Class H insulation .......................................................................................... 111.05-30(g)Class 0 insulation .......................................................................................... 111.05-30(b)Clearances, electrical:

For receptacle outlets and plugs .................................................................. 111.75-30For snap switches .......................................................................................... 111.55-5(c)For switchboards ............................................. 111.30-5(d), 111.30-1(b), 111.30-10(a)

Coal pulverizing plant:Electrical installation for ................................................................................. 111.80-5Hazardous classification of .................................................................... 111.80-5(a)(8)

Coast G uard District Com m ander, definition of ........................................... 110.15-20Coastwise, definition of ...................................................................................... 110.15-25Cocoa fiber, combustible flyings from. See Flyings, combustible.Cofferdam area:

Electrical installation in ...................................................................... 111.80-5, 111.70Hazardous classification of ......................................................................... 111.80-5(a)

Com m andant, definition of ............................................................................... 110.15-30Com m issary equipm ent ...................................................................................... 111.80-65Communication systems:

Essential under temporary emergency conditions .................................. 112.15-1(i)In hazardous locations ....................... 111.80-5(b)(9), 111.80-5(c)(7), 111.80-5(d)(7)Inspection and testing of .................................................................... 111.05-10(c)(16)Sound powered telephones. See Sound powered telephone system.Telegraph, engine order. See Engine order telegraph.Voice tubes. See Voice tube system.W iring ................................................................................................................ 113.05-10

Compass, gyro:Com m unication for ....................................................................................... 113.30-5(b)Power supply for ........................................................................................... 112.15-5(n)

Compass, magnetic:W iring and apparatus in vicinity of ........................................................ 111.60-25(n)

Conductors ........................................................................................................... 111.15-20Conductor, lightning ground ............................................................................ 111.60-35

INDEX

Subpart or sectionConnected load, definition of ....................................................................... 110.15-85(a)Connectors:Contactor:

Definition of ................................................................................................ 110.15-35(e)On switchboards ......................................................................................... 111.30-10(b)

Control equipm ent terms .................................................................................. 110.15-35Controller, electric:

Basic functions of, definition ................................................................... 110.15-35(b)Definition of ................................................................................................ 110.15-35(a)Full magnetic, definition of ...................................................................... 110.15-35(d)M anual definition of ................................................................................... 110.15-35(c)Manually operated controllers ............................... 111.70-20(o)Motor. See Motor controller.Need not open all conductors ................................................................... 111.70-20(c)Number of m otors served by each controller ......................................... 111.70-20(f)Protection against low voltage ................................................................. 111.70-20(n)Rating ........................................................................................................... 111.70-20(b)Speed lim itation ......................................................................................... 111.70-20(h)Suitability .................................................................................................... 111.70-20(a)Temperature com pensated overload relay .............................................. 110.15-35(1)

Cooking equipm ent ............................................................................................. 111.80-65Cord, flexible:

Application of ................................................................................................ 111.60-5(b)Conductor size ............................................................................................... 111.60-5(d)Construction of ............................................................................................. 111.60-5(a)Current-carrying capacity ........................................................................... 111.60-5(c)Designations............................................110.15-15(b)(2)For hard service ....................................................................................... 111.60-5(b)(3)In damp or wet locations ....................................................................... 111.60-5(b)(1)In dry locations ........................................................................................ 111.60-5(b)(2)In hazardous locations ........................................................ 111.80-5(c)7, 111.80-5(c)8Pull at terminals ............................................................................................ 111.60-5(f)Splices in ......................................................................................................... 111.60-5(e)Standard for ............................................................................................ 110.10-1(e)(10)

Corrosion-resistant material:Definition of..................................................................................................... 110.15-45Required for parts ...................................................................................... 111.05-15(e)Required for receptacle outlets and plugs ............................................. 111.75-30(l)Required for switchboard and control-assembly parts ........................... 111.30-1(f)Required for switches .................................................................................. 111.55-5(d)

Corrosion-resistant finish:Definition of ..................................................................................................... 110.15-40Required for parts ...................................................................................... 111.05-15(e)Required for receptacle outlet and plugs ................................................ 111.75-30(1)Required for switchboard and control-assembly parts ........................... 111.30-1(f)Required for switches .................................................................................. 111.55-5(d)

Corrosive locations, definition of .............................................................. 110.15-115(a)Cotton, combustible flyings from. See Flyings, combustible.Couplings, electric:

Accessibility for repairs ............................................................................... 111.35-1(b)Ambient temperature for ........................................................ 111.10-30, 111.35-1(e)Control of ........................................................................................................ 111.35-5(1)Enclosure of .......................................................................... 111.10-15(g), 111.35-1(a)Excitation of ............................................................................... 111.10-10, 111.35-1(c)Instrum ents for .............................................................................................. 111.35-5(1)Insulation of windings ..................................... ... 111.35-1(a)Nam eplates for .............................................................................................. 111.35-1(d)

166

INDEX

Couplings, electric-Continued Subpart or sectionOvercurrent, protection of ........................................................................... 111.35-5(1)Temperature rise ........................................................................ 111.10-30, 111.35-1(e)Ventilation of ......................................................................... 111.10-15(g), 112.15-1(g)

Crew mess room, emergency lighting of ...................................................... 112.15-1(g)Crew recreation room emergency lighting of ............................................. 112.15-1(g)Crew spaces:

Emergency loudspeaker system, coverage of ........................................... 113.50-5(a)Lighting of .............................................................................................. 111.75-15(b)(1)

Current-carrying capacity:D em and, for circuits ........................................................................................ 111.60-10O f cable ............................... ............................................... 111 .60-1(e)O f fixture w ire ............................................................................................... 111.60-5(c)O f portable cords .......................................................................................... 111.60-5(c)

Current ratings ............................................................................................... 111.25-35(a)

D

Dampers in ventilation air ducts ............................................................ 111.10-15(g)(3)Damp or wet locations, definition of ........................................................ 110.15-115(b)Decks, cable penetrations of ................................................................. 110.15-, 111.70-5D efinition of term s .......................................................................................... 111.60-1(b)Demand factor. See circuit load and demand factor.Depth sounder, power supply for .................................................................. 112.15-5(o)Detecting, fire. See Fire detecting.Disconnecting means .......................................................................................... 111.70-30

Circuit breaker or switch as both controller and disconnectmeans .................................................. 111.70-30(1)

Current carrying capacity ......................................................................... 111.70-30(g)Exceeding 50 horsepower ................................................................................. 111.70-3For fuses ....................................................................................................... 111.50-10(c)For generators ........................................................... 111.30-15(b)(1), 111.30-15(c)(1)For overcurrent devices ............................................................................. 111.50-10(c)G eneral ......................................................................................................... 111.70-30(a)In sight from controller location ............................................................. 111.70-30(n)Motors served by a single disconnecting means .................................... 111.70-30(o)One-eighth horsepower or less ................................................................. 111.70-30(c)Over 2 horsepower to and including 50 horsepower ............................. 111.70-30(e)Panelboard or switchboard devices as disconnecting means ............. 111.70-30(m)Poles; in which conductors ......................................................................... 111.70-30(i)Portable m otors .......................................................................................... 111.70-30(g)R eadily accessible ....................................................................................... 111.70-30(p)Switch or circuit breaker as both controller and disconnecting

m eans ...................................................................................................... 111.70-30(1)Switchboard or panelboard as disconnecting means ............................. 111.70-30(1)To be indicating ......................................................................................... 111.70-30(m )To disconnect both meter and controller ............................................... 111.70-30(k)Two horsepower or less ............................................................................. 111.70-30(d)T ype .............................................................................................................. 111.70-30(b)

Distribution:Circuits in vicinity of magnetic compass ................................................ 111.60-25(n)Connections to screw-shells of lampholders ............................................ 111.75-5(d)For fire alarm system, manual ........................................................................ 113.15-5For fire detecting and alarm system .............................................................. 113.10-5For lighting branch circuit .............................................................................. 111.75-5For lighting feeders ........................................................................................... 111.75-1Frequency of, standard .............................................................................. 111.05-25(c)

167

40-130 0-79- 12

INDEX

Distribution-Continued Subpart or sectionRemote shutdown requirements ................................................................ 111.50-5(e)Segregation of vital circuits ............................................................................. 111.50-5System of ...................................................................................................... 111.05-25(a)Through feed arrangements ...................................................................... 111.60-25(i)Ventilation systems ......................................................................................... 111.80-10V oltage of ..................................................................................................... 111.05-25(b)

Distribution panels. See Panelboards.Door:

Switchboard hinged panels ......................................................................... 111.30-1(c)Drainage:

Of pipe for cable protection ....................................................................... 111.60-1(n)O f voice tubes .............................................................................................. 113.30-15(e)

Drawings:Number of copies required .......................................................................... 111.05-5(c)Procedure for submittal of .......................................................................... 111.05-5(b)Required for new construction ................................................................... 111.05-5(d)Required for repairs and alterations ......................................................... 111.05-5(e)

Drip-proof equipment, definition of ........................................................... 110.15-65(c)Drip-proof machine, definition of .............................................................. 110.15-175(i)Dry cell, definition of .................................................................................... 110.15-50(b)Dry locations, definition of ......................................................................... 110.15-115(c)Dumbwaiters. See Elevators.Duty cycle, motors .............................................................................................. 111.25-15

E

Edison-base lampholders. See Lampholders.Electric air heaters ............................................................................................. 111.80-60Electric clearances. See Clearances, electrical.Electric power-operated lifeboat winches ....................................................... 111.80-55Electrical installations in hazardous locations:

Alarm systems ..................................... 111.80-5(3)(7), 111.80-5(d)(7), 111.80-5(b)(9)Appliances, fixed and portable ............................................................. 111.80-5(b)(6),

111.80-5(c)(5), 111.80-5(d)(4), 111.80-5(e)(4)Circuit breakers ...................................................... 111.80-5(b)(2), 111.80-5(e)(4)(iii)Communication systems ................... 111.80-5(b)(9), 111.80-5(d)(7), 111.80-5(e)(7)Construction ......................................................................................... 111.80-5(e)(5)(i)Control transformers and resistors ..................................................... 111.80-5(b)(3),

111.80-5(e)(2), 111.80-5(d)(2)Electric cables .......................................................... 111.80-5(d)(8), 111.80-5(e)(8)(iii)Fittings and boxes ..................................................... 111.80-5(d)(8), 111.80-5(e)(8)(i)Flexible connections ............................................... 11 1.80-5(d)(8), 111.80-5(e)(8)(iii)Flexible cords ................................................................. 111.80-5(b)(7), 111.80-5(c)(6)Fuses ......................................................................... 111.80-5(b)(2), 1 11.80-5(e)(4)(iii)H eaters ................................................................................................... 111.80-5(e)(4)(i)Instruments .................................................................... 111.80-5(b)(1), 111.80-5(c)(2)Lighting fixtures ...... 11 1.80-5(b)(5), 111.80-5(c)(4), 111.80-5(d)(5), 111.80-5(e)(5)Maximum operating temperatures ....................................................... 111.80-5(e)(9)Mechanical injury .................................................... 111.80-5(b)(5), 111.80-5(e)(5)(ii)Meters .............................................................................. 111.80-5(b)(1), 111.80-5(c)(2)M otors ................................................................................................... 111.80-5(e)(4)(ii)Motors and generators ........................................................................... 111.80-5(b)(4),

111.80-5(c)(3), 111.80-5(d)(3), 111.80-5(e)(3)Motor controllers .................................................... 111.80-5(b)(2), 111.80-5(e)(4)(iii)Portable lamps ................................................................................... 111.80-5(e)(5)(iv)Receptacle and attachment plugs ....................................................... 111.80-5(b)(8),

INDEX

Electrical installations in hazardous locations-Continued Subpart or section111.80-5(c)(7), 111.80-5(d)(6), 111.80-5(e)(6)

R elay .......................................................................................................... 111.80-5(b)(1)Remote control systems .................... 111.80-5(b)(9), 111.80-5(d)(7), 111.80-5(e)(7)R esistors ................................................................................................... 111.80-5(c)(2)Signal systems ..................................... 111.80-5(b)(9), 111.80-5(d)(7), 111.80-5(e)(7)Solenoids .................................................................................................... 111.80-5(c)(2)Supports ................................................................... 111.80-5(b)(5), 111.80-5(e)(5)(iii)Switches .................................................................... 111.80-5(b)(2), 111.80-5(e)(4)(iii)Thermionic tubes ..................................................................................... 111.80-5(c)(2)Wiring methods ...... 111.80-5(b)(10), 111.80-5(c)(8), 111.80-5(d)(8), 111.80-5(e)(8)

Electrical installations in Class III hazardous locations ......................... 111.60-40(e)Electrical supply, nature of ............................................................................... 111.05-25Electrical systems:

General considerations ................................................................................... 111.05-15Limitations on porcelain use ....................................................................... 11.05-15(g)Short-circuit current, calculation of ........................................................ 111.50-20(c)

Electric cable. See Cable, electric.Electric-Discharge Lamp, Standard for Accessory Equipment ......... 110.10-1(e)(11)Electric Engine Order Telegraph. See Engine Order Telegraph System,

Electric Type.Electric lighting fixture. See Lighting fixtures and portable lamps.Electric power-operated watertight door ........................................................ 111.80-45Elevators, Dumbwaiters, and Escalators:

Safety Code for ..................................................................... 110.10-1(g)(1), 111.80-35Standard for Elevator Electric Contacts and Elevator Hoistway Door

Interlocks .......................................................................................... 110,10-1(e)(12)Embarkation deck:

D efinition of ..................................................................................................... 110.15-55Emergency lighting of ......................................................... 112.05-10(c), 112.15-1(h)Emergency loudspeaker system, coverage of ................... 113.50-5(a), 113.50-15(c)

Emergency gas turbine driven generator sets ..................................................... 112.51General requirements ....................................................................................... 112.51-1

Emergency lighting and power system:Alternating-current temporary source .............................................................. 112.40Automatic system, definition of .................................................................... 112.10-10Branch circuits ....................................................................................... 111.75-15(a)(1)Classification of systems ...................................................................................... 112.10Compartment protection ............................................................................. 112.05-5(e)Control of lights .................................................................. 112.05-10(a), 112.05-10(b)Diesel engine .................................................................................... 112.20-10, 112.50-1Diesel starting battery ............................................................ 112.50-1Distribution panel .......................................... 111.40-1(e)Emergency loads, final ...................................................................................... 112.15-5Emergency loads, temporary ........................................................................... 112.15-1Emergency systems having both a temporary and a final source

of emergency lighting and power .................................................................. 12.20-1Diesel or gas turbine-driven emergency source of power ......................... 112.20-10Emergency loads ............................................................................................... 112.20-1Failure of power from the normal source ..................................................... 112.20-5Potential of final source of power ................................................................ 112.20-15Final source, definition of .............................................................................. 112.10-20For existing vessels ............................................................................................... 112.90For small passenger vessels ............................................................................ 112.05-15G as turbine ....................................................................................................... 112.20-10General requirements for .................................................................................... 112.05Generator ......................................................................................... 111.10-15, 112.50-1Generator cables .............................................................................................. 111.60-20

INDEX

Emergency lighting and power system-Continued Subpart or sectionBranch and feeder continuity ................................................................ 111.60-25(j)Connections to term inals ...................................................................... 111.60-25(m )Feeder and branch continuity ............................................................... 111.60-25(j)N ot to be installed in bilges ........................................................................ 111.60-20Separation of ................................................................................................. 111.60-20Term inals, connections to .................................................................... 111.60-25(m )

H ydraulic starting ........................................................................................ 112.50-1(b)Intent ................................................................................................................... 112.05-1Lim itation on cable runs .............................................................................. 112.05-5(f)Location of m anual control .............................................................................. 112.35-5Location of plant on vessel ....................................................................... 112.05-05(d)Location at switchboard ........................................................ 112.05-5(g), 112.05-5(h)M anually started system loads ...................................................................... 112.15-15M anual system , definition ................................................................................ 112.10-5M arking of em ergency lights .............................................. 112.05-10(c), 112.15-1(e)Nonem ergency loads supplied from .......................................................... 112.05-1(b)O peration of dual source system ........................................................................ 112.20O peration of m anual system ............................................................................... 112.35O peration of single source autom atic system ..................................... 112.25, 112.30Panel distribution ......................................................................................... 111.40-1(e)Single autom atically-started source loads ...................................... 112.15-10, 112.20Source of supply ................................................................................................ 112.05-5Storage battery, capacity of ........................................................................... 112.55-15Storage battery, charging of .......................................................................... 112.55-10Storage battery, general requirem ents .......................................................... 112.55-1Storage battery, indication of discharge .................................................. 112.45-1(a)Storage battery, m axim um initial voltage .................................................... 112.55-5Tem porary source, definition of ................................................................... 112.10-15Test switch ............................................................................ .............................. 112.45-5Type of system required ............................................... 112.05-1, 112.05-5, 112.05-15Visible running indicator .................................................................................. 112.45-1

Emergency lighting feeders. See Lighting feeders.Emergency lights:

Continuous lighting of .................................................................................... 112.05-10Inspection of ......................................................................................... 111.05-10(c)(12)M arking of .................................................................................................... 112.05-10(c)

Emergency loudspeaker system:Electric cable, distribution of runs ............................................................... 113.50-20Electric cable, type of ..................................................................................... 113.50-25Existing vessel requirem ents ......................................................................... 113.50-90G eneral requirem ents for ................................................................................. 113.50-5Inspection and testing of ................................................. 113.50-30, 111.05-10(c)(14)Location of loudspeakers ................................................................................ 113.50-15O peration of ..................................................................................................... 113.50-35Power supply for ........................................................................ 112.15-1(k), 113.50-10

Em ergency power room , em ergency lighting of ......................................... 112.15-1(g)Emergency squad:

D efinition of ..................................................................................................... 110.15-60Equipm ent locker, com m unication for ..................................................... 113.30-5(d)

Enclosed, definition of ................................. ................................................ 110.15-65(a)Enclosed self-ventilated m achine definition of ...................................... 110.15-175(c)Enclosed separately ventilated machine, definition of ......................... 110.15-175(d)Enclosure and protection:

G eneral requirem ents ..................................................................................... 111.05-15O f current-carrying parts ........................................................................... 111.70-20(i)O f electrical equipm ent ............................................................................. 111.05-15(a)O f electrical equipm ent exposed to weather ......................................... 111.05-15(d)

170

INDEX

Enclosure and protection-Continued Subpart or sectionOf electric couplings ..................................................................................... 111.35-1(a)Of generators ....................................................................... 111.05-15(b), 111.10-15(g)Of motors .................................................................................. 111.05-15(b), 111.25-30Of overcurrent protective devices ................................................................. 111.55-10Of switchboards ............................................................................................. 111.30-1(c)

Enclosures .................................................................................................. 111.80-55(d)(1)For existing vessels .................................................................................... 111.80-55(h)G eneral ........................................................................................................ 111.80-55(b)General construction requirements ......................................................... 111.80-55(c)Motors................................................ 111.80-55(d)(3)Testing of lifeboat winch electrical equipment ..................................... 111.80-55(g)

Engine order telegraph system:Electric type, application of ........................................................................... 113.35-55Electric type, audible signals .................................................................... 113.35-40(e)Electric type, construction and installation of ........................................... 113.35-45Electric type, dial illumination ................................................................. 113.35-40(f)Electric type, general requirements ............................................................. 11335-40Electric type, method of operation ............................................................... 113.35-50Electric type, power failure alarm ........................................................... 113.35-45(e)Engine gong type, application of .................................................................. 113.35-15Engine gong type, general requirements ..................................................... 113.35-10Existing vessel requirements ......................................................................... 113.35-90General requirements for ................................................................................. 113.35-5Mechanical type, application of .................................................................... 113.35-35Mechanical type, audible signals ............................................................. 113.35-20(e)Mechanical type, construction and installation of .................................... 113.35-25Mechanical type, dial illumination .......................................................... 113.35-20(f)Mechanical type, general requirements ...................................................... 113.35-20Mechanical type, method of operation ........................................................ 113.35-30

Engine room:Communication required ............................................................................. 113.30-5(a)Emergency lighting of ................................................................................. 112.15-1(c)Lighting of ...................................................... 111.75-1(b), 111.75-15, 111.75-15(a)(2)

Equivalent:Conditions under which equivalents may be used ....................................... 110.20-1D efinition of ..................................................................................................... 110.15-70

Escalators. See Elevators, dumbwaiters, and escalators.Escape trunks, emergency lighting of .......................................................... 112.15-1(d)Excelsior, combustible flying from. See Flying, combustible.Excitation, propulsion ................................................................................... 111.10-10(b)Exciter, generator ............................................................................................... 111.10-10Existing installations and systems:

Electrical system and equipment general ......................................................... 111.90Emergency lighting and power systems ............................................................ 112.90Emergency loudspeaker systems ................................................................... 113.50-90Engine order telegraphs ................................................................................. 113.35-90Fire-detecting and alarm systems ................................................................. 113.10-90General alarm systems ................................................................................... 113.25-90Manual fire-alarm systems ............................................................................ 113.15-90Refrigerated spaces alarm systems .............................................................. 113.45-90Rudder angle indicator systems .................................................................... 113.40-90Smoke-detector systems ................................................................................. 113.70-90Sound-powered telephone systems ............................................................... 113.30-90Sprinkler-alarm systems ................................................................................. 113.20-90Voice-tube systems .......................................................................................... 113.30-90Whistle operators ............................................................................................ 113.65-90

INDEX

Subpart or sectionExit lights:

Construction of ...................................................................................... 111.75-15(d)(2)Inspection of ......................................................................................... 111.05-10(c)(12)Required ............................................................................ 111.75-15(d)(1), 112.15-1(e)

Explosion-proof equipment:Definition of ...................................................................... 110.15-65(e), 111.80-5(a)(2)Minimize need for .................................................................................... 111.80-5(a)(4)Requirements for .......................................................................................... 111.80-5(b)

Explosion-proof machine, definition of ......................... 110.15-175(j), 111.80-5(a)(2)

FFeeder(s):

Definition of ................................................................................................ 110.15-85(k)For general-alarm system ......................................................... 113.25-10(b), 111.70-1Power, definition of .................................................................................. 110.15-85(m)Segregation of vital fcc?' rs ...................................................................... 111.60-25(o)

Feeder circuits, transformer ............................................................................... 111.75-3Ferry, definition of ............................................................................................. 110.15-75Fibers, easily combustible, handling areas for:

Electrical installation in ................................................................................... 111.80-5Hazardous classification of ................................................................... 111.80-5(a)(8)

Fire alarm system, manual:Existing vessel requirements ......................................................................... 113.15-90General requirements for ................................................................................. 113.15-5Inspection and testing of ....................................... 111.05-10(c)(15), 111.05-10(d)(2)

Fire detecting and alarm system, automatic:Existing vessel requirements ........................................................................ 113.10-90General requirements for ................................................................................. 113.10-5Inspection and testing of ....................................... 111.05-10(c)(15), 111.05-10(d)(2)

Fire extinguishing system for propulsion equipment ............................. 111.10-15(h)Fire pumps, emergency, source of power for ............................................... 112.15-5(f)Fire screen door holding and release system:Firescreen door holding release systems ........................................................ 111.80-50

Application ................................................................................................... 111.80-50(a)D efinitions ........................................................................................................ 111.80-50

Central control station ...................................................................... 111.80-50(b)(4)Existing vessels ............................................................................................ 111.80-50(e)G eneral ......................................................................................................... 111.80-50(c)General requirements ................................................................................ 111.80-50(d)Firescreen door ............. ..................... ...... 111.80-50(b)(1)Firescreen holding device ..................................................................... 111.80-50(b)(2)Local control station ............................................................................. 111.80-50(b)(3)Source of power for ...................................................................................... 112.15-1(1)

Fixture wire. See Wire, electric, fixture.Flash point:

D efinition of ..................................................................................................... 110.15-80Of fuel for emergency diesel generator .................................................... 112.50-1(a)

Flexible cord. See Cord, flexible.Floodlights, lifeboat. See Lifeboat floodlights.Fluorescent. See Electric discharge.Flyings, combustible, handling areas for:

Electrical installations in ................................................................................. 111.80-5Hazardous classification of .................................................................... 111.80-5(a)(8)

Freeboard deck:Emergency plant located above ................................................................. 112.05-5(d)General alarm battery located above ................................................. 113.25-10(a)(1)

INDEX

Subpart or sectionFrequency:

M eter required ........................................................................................ 111.30-15(c)(7)Standard ...................................................................................................... 111.05-25(c)

Frequency meter:D efinition of .............................................................................................. 110.15-100(d)R equired .................................................................................................. 111.30-15(c)(7)

Fuel-oil service pumps, remote control of ................................................. 111.80-13(e)Fuse(s):

A ccessibility of ................................................................................................... 111.50-5Accessible from front of switchboards .................................................... 111.30-10(a)C artridge type .............................................................................................. 111.50-15(c)C onstruction of ................................................................................................ 111.50-15Current lim iting .......................................................................................... 111.55-20(a)Current rating of, definition .............................................................. 110.15-185(c)(3)D efinition of .......................................................................................... 110.15-185(c)(1)D isconnection of .......................................................................................... 111.50-10(c)Enclosure of ...................................................................................................... 111.50-10In grounded conductor ........................................................... 111.50-1(a), 111.50-1(e)In hazardous locations...111.15-5(a), 111.80-5(b)(2), 111.80-5(c)(1), 111.80-

5(d)(1)Inspection of ..................................................................................................... 111.05-10Interrupting rating required .......................................................................... 111.50-20Location in circuit ........................................................................................ 111.50-5(a)Location on vessel ........................................................................................... 11.50-5(b)M arking of ................................................................................................... 111.50-15(d)O n panelboards ...................................................................................................... 111.40O n sw itchboards ......................................................................................... 111.30-10(a)Plug fuse, edison-base type ....................................................................... 111.50-15(a)Plug fuse, type S ......................................................................................... 111.50-15(b)R ating of for conductors .......................................................... 111.45-20, 111.50-1(b)R ating of for lighting branch circuits ....................................................... 111.75-5(c)R enew able link fuses .................................................................................. 111.50-15(a)Standard for ...................................................................... 110.10-1(e)(3), 111.50-15(d)T ypes prohibited ......................................................................................... 111.50-15(a)V oltage rating of, definition ............................................................... 110.15-185(c)(2)

GG alley, em ergency lighting of ....................................................................... 112.15-1(g)General alarm system:

A pplication ................................................................................................... 113.25-1B ells, location of .......................................................................................... 113.25-10(c)B ells, type of ................................................................................................ 113.25-15(c)Contact m aker ............................................. 113.25-15(b), 113.25-20(b), 113.25-20(c)D etail requirem ents ......................................................................................... 113.25-15D istribution of ............................................................................................. 113.25-10(b)Electric cable and distribution fitting for .............................................. 113.25-15(d)For barges .................................................................................. 113.25-25(a), 113.25-30For existing vessels .......................................................................................... 113.25-90G eneral requirem ent for .................................................................................. 113.25-1Inspection and testing of .................................................................... 111.05-10(c)(13)M arking of equipm ent .................................................................................... 113.25-20O perations ........................................................................................................... 113.25-5O vercurrent protection ................................................................ 113.25-10, 113.25-15Pow er supply for ................................................................. 113.25-10(a), 113.25-15(a)

General use switch. See Switch.,

173

INDEX

Subpart or sectionGenerator(s):

Am bient tem perature ...................................................................................... 111.10-30Cables, in bilges ................................................................................................ 111.60-20Circuit breakers and fuses in cascade system s ...................................... 111.55-20(b)Circulating currents ................................................................................... 111.10-15(b)Connections .................................................................................................. 111.30-10(c)Construction of ................................................................................................ 111.10-15Em ergency diesel-engine-driven ............................ 111.10-15(j), 111.10-20, 112.50-1Equalizer bus ................................................................................................. 111.65-5(b)Excitation of ..................................................................................................... 111.10-10Field switch ............................................................................................. 111.30-15(c)(9)Fire extinguishing ...................................................................................... 111.10-15(h)Heaters for ................................................................................................... 111.10-15(c)Indicating instrum ents for ............................................................................. 111.30-15In hazardous locations ....................... 111.80-5(b)(4), 111.80-5(c)(3), 111.80-5(d)(3)Insulation, dielectric strength of .................................................................. 111.10-35Insulation of windings ................................................................................ 111.10-15(i)Lubrication .................................................................................. 111.10-15(j), 112.50-1M oisture condensation prevention .......................................................... 111.10-15(c)Nam eplates ................................................................................................... 111.10-15(e)Neutral, grounding of, at emergency switchboard ................................. 111.65-5(d)Neutral, grounding of, at m ain switchboard ............................................ 111.65-5(c)Neutral, overcurrent alarm ......................................................................... 111.65-5(a)Num ber required and size for ships' service ............................................ 111.10-1(b)Num ber required for propulsion ................................................................ 111.10-1(a)Overcurrent protection of ................................................................................ 111.65-1Parallel operation ............................................................................................ 111.10-25Protection of .................................................................................................. 11.10-15(g)Prim e m overs for ............................................................................................... 111.10-5Short-circuit current, calculations of ...................................................... 111.50-20(c)Tem perature detectors ............................................................................... 111.10-15(f)Tem perature rise ............................................................................................. 111.10-30Term inal arrangem ent .............................................................................. 111.10-15(d)Tests ....................................................................................... 11 1.05-10(c)(4), 111.10-40Three-wire, circuit breaker for ...................................................................... 111.65-10Ventilation .................................................................... ..... 111.10-15(g)Voltage regulations .................................................................. 111.10-20, 111.30-15(c)

Grain, bulk, handling areas for:Electrical installation in ................................................................................... 111.80-5Hazardous classification of .................................................................... 111.80-5(a)(7)

G reat Lakes, definition of ................................................................................. 110.15-90G round, definition of .................................................................................... 110.15-85(d)G round current, definition of ...................................................................... 110.15-85(g)G rounded, definition of ................................................................................ 110.15-85(e)Grounded conductor:

Dem and load for ......................................................................................... 111.50-20(a)Em ergency switchboard bus-tie ................................................................. 111.65-5(d)Overcurrent protection of .......................................................... 111.65-5, 111.50-1(e)Switching of ................................................................................................... 111.55.1(a)

Ground indication (detection):Definition of ................................................................................................. 110.15-85(i)For electric propulsion ................................................................................. 111.35-5(j)Located on dc switchboard ................................................................... 111.30-15(b)(7)Located on ac switchboard ................................................................. 111.30-15(c)(12)

Grounding:Inspection and testing for .................................................................... 111.05-10(c)(1)Of cable m etallic covering ................................................... 111.60-1(m ), 111.60-1(n)

174

INDEX

Grounding-Continued Subpart or sectionOf dual-voltage ac generator neutral ...................................................... 111.65-10(b)Of equipment in hazardous locations...111.80-5(b)(7), 111.80-5(c)(6), 111.80-

5(c)(8), 111.80-5(d)(6)Of permanent equipment .......................................................................... 111.05-15(f)Of portable equipment .............................................................................. 111.75-30(d)Of switch and circuit breaker enclosure .................................................. 111.55-1(h)Of switchboard mounted apparatus ..................................... 111.30-1(j), 111.35-5(f)Of dual-voltage dc generator neutral .................................................. 111.55-1(h)(3)

Grounded-return circuit, definition ............................................................ 110.15-85(f)Ground control panels ....................................................................................... 111.70-25

Arrangement ............................................................................................... 111.70-75(b)D oor interlock .............................................................................................. 111.70-75(c)G eneral ......................................................................................................... 111.70-75(a)N am eplates .................................................................................................. 111.70-75(d)

Gyro compass. See Compass, gyro.

H

Hazardous locations:Avoidance of locating electrical equipment in ........................................ 111.80-5(a)Classes and Groups of .................................................................................. 111.80-5(a)Wiring methods and materials in ................................................................... 111.80-5

Headquarters, definition of .............................................................................. 110.15-95Heater(s):

For motors and generators ........................................................................ 111.10-15(c)Hemp, combustible flyings from. See Flyings, combusti-

ble.Henequen, combustible flyings from. See Flyings, combus-

tible.Holding and release systems for firescreen door ........................................... 111.80-50Hookup wire application ................................................................................. 111.60-5(j)Hookup wire for communication and alarm systems ................................... 113.05-10Hospital operating rooms. See Operating rooms, hospital.Hull return circuits ........................................................................................ 111.60-25(1)

Impedance coils in hazardous locations ....................... 111.80-5(b)(3), 111.80-5(d)(2)Indicating instruments. See Instruments.Inspection. See Testing and Inspection.Inspector, definition of .................................................................................... 110.15-120Instruments:

D efinition of .............................................................................................. 110.15-100(a)In hazardous locations ...................................................................................... 111.80-5Indicating, definition of .......................................................................... 110.15-100(b)Required for emergency battery charger .................................................... 112.55-10Required for switchboards ........................................................ 111.35-5(f), 111.30-15Shunt, definition of ................................................................................. 110.15-100(h)

Insulating materials, classes of ......................................................................... 111.05-30Insulation resistance, testing of ............................................................ 111.05-10(c)(17)International voyage, definition of ................................. 110.15-105Intrinsically safe instruments and equipment for wiring ...................... 111.15-100(i)Intrincially safe instruments, special requirements for ................................. 111.65-3Intrinsically safe systems .................................................................................... 111.80-8

A pplication ................................................................................................... 111.80-8(a)Coast Guard evaluation and test procedure ........................................... 111.80-8(d)General requirements ....................................... 111.80-8(b)Submittal required for approval ................................................................ 111.80-8(c)

175

INDEX

Intrinsically safe systems-Continued Subpart or sectionTesting requirements ................................................................................... 111.80-8(e)Wiring installation ........................................................................................ 111.80-8(f)

Istle, combustible flyings from. See Flyings, combustible.Isolating switch. See Switch, isolating.

J

Junction box. See Boxes, junctions, outlet, or connection.Jute, combustible flyings from. See Flyings, combustible.

KKapok, combustible flyings from. See Flyings, combustible.Knife, switch. See Switch, knife.

LLakes, bays, and sounds, definiton of ............................................................ 110.15-110Lampholder:

For portable lamps in hazardous locations ................................................... 111.80-5Standard for, Edison-base type ............................................................. 110.10-1(e)(7)Standard for, Electric-Discharge-Lamp Accessory Equipment ..... 110.10-1(e)(11)

Lamp, oil, storage room or locker:Electrical installation in ................................................................................... 111.80-5Hazardous classification of .................................................................... 111.80-5(a)(8)

Lamps, portable. See Lighting fixtures and portable lamps.Lantern, battery operated ............................................................................ 112.05-10(a)

Large Air Circuit Breaker Standard ..................................................... 110.10-1(c)(2)Lifeboat floodlights:

Arrangement of ......................................................... 11 1.75-15(e)(2), 111.75-15(a)(3)Construction of ...................................................................................... 111.75-15(e)(2)C ontrol of .................................................................................................... 112.05-10(b)Emergency supply for ......................................................... 111.05-10(b), 112.15-5(c),

111.75-15(e)(1)R equired .................................................................................................. 111.75-15(e)(1)Wiring of ........................ ...................... 111.75-15(e)(2)

Lifeboat winches, electric power-operated ..................................................... 111.80-55A pplication ................................................................................................... 111.80-55(a)Approval of equipment ............................................................................... 111.80-55(f)

M otors ................................................................................................... 111.80-55(f)(3)Motor controllers ............................................................................... 111.80-55(f)(2)Shipboard installation drawing ........................................................ 111.80-55(f)(4)Sw itches ................................................................................................ 111.80-55(f)(1)

Approval of installations ............................................................................ 111.80-55(f)Detail construction requirements ............................................................ 111.80-55(d)Electrical clearances .............................................................................. 111.80-55(d)(2)Wiring of lifeboat winch components .............................................. 111.111.80-55(e)

Lighting branch circuits:D efinition of ................................................................................................ 110.15-85(p)Emergency source of supply ............................................................................ 112.05-5Fixture wire, overcurrent protection of .................................................... 111.75-5(a)For lifeboat floodlights ......................................................................... 111.75-15(e)(1)For machinery spaces ........................................................................... 111.75-15(a)(2)For passageways, public spaces, etc .................................................... 111.75-15(a)(1)For signaling lamps .................................................................................... 111.75-15(h)Low voltage systems ......................................................................................... 111.75.10Minimum wire size for ............ 111.75-5(c)(1), 111.75-5(c)(3), 111.75-5, 111.75-5(e)Multi-lamp fixtures ................................................................................. 111.75-5(c)(4)

INDEX

Lighting branch circuits-Continued Subpart or sectionO vercurrent protection of ................................................................................ 111.75-5Polyphase circuit, lim itation in use of ................................................. 111.75-5(c)(4)R eceptacle outlets ...................................................................................... 111.75-30(a)Standard voltage of .................................................................................... 111.05-25(b)15-am pere circuit .......................................................................................... 111.75-5(b)20-am pere circuit ...................................................................................... 111.75-5(c)(3)30-am pere circuit ...................................................................................... 111.75-5(c)(4)

Lighting feeders:Arrangem ent of, general .................................................................................. 111.75-1D efinition of ................................................................................................. 110.15-85(1)

Lighting circuits and protection ............................................................................ 111.75N avigation lights ..................................................................................... 111.75-15(g)Passageways, public spaces, etc ........................................................ 111.75-15(a)(1)Public spaces, passageways, etc ........................................................ 111.75-15(a)(1)Pilot ladders .............................................................................................. 111.75-15(f)Signalling lights ....................................................................................... 111.75-15(h)

Application ....................................................................................... 111.75-15(h)(1)D etail requirem ents ....................................................................... 111.75-15(h)(4)G eneral requirem ents .................................................................... 111.75-15(h)( 2)Signaling lam p circuit .................................................................... 111.75-15(h)(3)Signaling light for existing vessels .............................................. 111.75-15(h)(5)

Toilet room s, washroom s, etc ........................................................... 111.75-15(b)(2)W ashrooms, toilet rooms, etc ........................................................... 111.75-15(b)(2)W ork spaces ......................................................................................... 111.75-15(b)(1)

For cargo spaces ............................................................................................ 111.75-1(c)For em ergency lighting ......................................................... 111.75-1(d), 111.75-1(b)For m achinery spaces .................................................................................. 111.75-1(b)

Lighting fixtures ................................................................................................. 111.75-20G eneral requirem ents ................................................................................ 111.75-20(a)G rounding of lighting equipm ent ............................................................ 111.75-20(c)Installations ................................................................................................. 111.75-20(b)

Lighting, general requirements for:Artificial .................................................................................................. 111.75-15(b)(3)Berth lights ............................................................................................. 111.75-15(b)(4)Crew spaces and work spaces ............................................................... 111.75-15(b)(1)Exit lights .................................................................................................... 111.75-15(d)Lifeboat floodlights .................................................................................... 111.75-15(e)Pilot ladders ................................................................................................. 111.75-15(f)W ashroom s, toilets, et .......................................................................... 111.75-15(b)(2)B erth lights .................................................................................................. 111.75-15(c)Construction of ........................................................................................... 111.75-20(a)Exit lights .................................................................................................... 111.75-15(d)General requirements for...111.75-5(b), 111.80-5(b)(5), 111.80-5(c)(5), 111.80-

5(d)(5)In hazardous locations ....................... 111.75-5(b)(5), 111.80-5(c)(5), 111.80-5(d)(5)Lifeboat floodlights .................................................................................... 111.75-15(e)M ounting of .................................................. 111.75-15(c), 111.75-15(d), 111.75-15(e)Standard for .............................................................................................. 110.10-1(e)(8)Voltage for, m axim um ............................................................................... 111.05-25(b)W iring of .................................. 111.75-15(c), 111.75-15(d), 111.75-15(e), 111.60-5(c)

Lighting outlet, definition of ........................................................................ 110.15-85(s)Lighting, standard voltage for ..................................................................... 111.05-25(b)Lighting requirem ents ....................................................................................... 111.75-15

G eneral requirem ents ..................................................................................... 111.75-15Artificial lighting ................................................................................ 111.75-15(b)(3)Berth lights .................................................................. 111.75-15(b)(4), 111.75-15(c)Crew spaces ......................................................................................... 111.75-15(b)(1)

177

INDEX

Lighting requirements-Continued Subpart or sectionE xit lights ................................................................................................. 111.75-15(d)Floodlights, lifeboat ................................................................................ 111.75-15(e)General lighting requirements ............................................................. 111.75-15(b)Ladders, pilot ............................................................................................ 111.75-15(f)Lifeboat floodlights ................................................................................. 111.75-15(e)

Lightning ground conductor ............................................................................. 111.60-35Lights, navigation ........................................... 111.75-15(g)

A pplication .............................................................................................. 111.75-15(g)(1)Construction ........................................................................................... 111.75-15(g)(4)General requirements ........................................................................... 111.75-15(g)(2)Installation .............................................................................................. 111.75-15(g)(5)Light intensity standards ..................................................................... 111.75-15(g)(7)Light screens ........................................................................................... 111.75-15(g)(6)Navigation light indicator panel ......................................................... 111.75-15(g)(3)Navigation lights for existing vessels ................................................. 111.75-15(g)(8)Screens, light .......................................................................................... 111.75-15(g)(6)

Limitations of porcelain use .............................................................................. 111.05-15Load factor, definition of ............................................................................. 110.15-85(b)

See also Circuit load and demand factor.Location(s):

Corrosive, definition of ............................................................................ 110.15-115(a)Damp or wet, definition of ...................................................................... 110.15-115(b)Dry, definition of ...................................................................................... 110.15-115(c)Where gasoline or other highly volatile motor fuel is carried in vehi-

cle ................................................................................................................. 111.80-25Locking:

Devices on switchboard nuts and connections ......................................... 111.30-5(c)Of panelboards .............................................................................................. 111.40-1(c)

Loran, source of power for .............................................................................. 112.15-5(1)Loudspeaker system, emergency,

See Emergency loudspeaker system.Low voltage release:

Definition of ......................................................................................... 110.15-185(d)(9)Low voltage protection:

Definition of ......................................................................................... 110.15-185(d)(8)Low voltage system ........................................................................................ 111.75-10(a)Lubrication of generators .............................................................................. 111.10-15(j)L ugs, cable ......................................................................................................... 111.30-5(c)

M

Machinery, electircal, rotating, testing, and inspection of...111.05-10(c)(5),111.05-10(d)(3)

Machinery spaces, emergency lighting of ....................... 112.15-1(c), 111.75-15(a)(2)Magnetic compass, apparatus and wiring in vicinity of .......................... 111.60-25(n)Manually started source loads .......................................................................... 112.15-15Marine Inspector, definition of ...................................................................... 110.15-120Marking:

Of circuit breakers ................................................................................. 111.50-15(e)(5)Of electric cable ............................................................................................ 111.60-1(c)Of emergency lighting fixtures ................................................................ 112.05-10(c)O f fuses ........................................................................................................ 111.50-15(d)Of general alarm system components ............................. 113.25-15(b)(4), 113.25-20Of snap switches ........................................................................................... 111.55-5(c)

Master switch. See Switch, master.Mechanical engine order telegraph. See Engine order telegraph system,

mechanical type.

178

INDEX

Marking-Continued Subpart or sectionMeters. See Instruments.Morse light. See Signaling light.Moss, Spanish, combustible flyings from. See Flyings, combustible.Motion picture projection rooms ..................................................................... 111.80-30Motion picture projection equipment ............................................................. 111.80-30Motor(s):

Ambient temperature for .......................................................................... 111.25-10(a)Circulating currents ............................................................. 111.10-15(b), 111.25-1(a)Code letter ................................................................................................ 111.25-5(b)(8)Construction of ........................................................................... 111.10-15, 111.25-1(a)Current rating of ........................................................................................ 111.25-35(a)Duty cycle .................................................................................................... 111.25-15(a)Enclosure and protection of ............................. 111.10-15(g), 111.25-1(a), 111.25-30Fire extinguishing ................................................................ 111.10-15(h), 111.25-1(a)For below deck use ..................................................................................... 111.25-30(d)For hazardous locations ............................................... 111.25-30(e), 111.80-5, 111.70For pumps .................................................................................................... 111.25-30(b)For weather deck use ................................................................................. 111.25-30(c)Heaters for .............................................................................. 111.10-15(c), 111.25-1(a)In hazardous locations ....................... 111.80-5(b)(2), 111.80-5(c)(1), 111.80-5(d)(1)Insulation, dieletric strength of .................................................................... 111.25-20Insulation of windings .......................................................... 111.10-15(i), 111.25-1(a)Location with relation to motor and driven machinery ................. 111.65-25(b)(5)Lubrication of ......................................................................... 111.10-15(j), 111.25-1(a)Manually operated ................................................................ 110.15-35(c), 111.45-1(o)Moisture condensation prevention .......................................................... 111.10-15(c)Nameplate ........................................................................................................... 111.25-5Current ratings ................................................................................................ 111.25-35For circuits .................................................................................................... 111.30-1(h)For electric couplings ................................................................................... 111.35-1(d)For emergency lights .................................................................................. 112.05-10(c)For generators ............................................................................................ 111.10-15(e)For motors .......................................................................................................... 111.25-5For switchboards .......................................................................................... 111.30-1(h)For voicetubes ............................................................................................. 113.30-15(g)Temperature detectors ......................................................... 111.10-15(f), 111.25-1(a)Temperature rise ........................................................................................ 111.25-10(a)Terminal arrangement .............................................................. 111.25-1(a), 111.25-25

Motor overload protection ................................................................................. 111.70-15Automatic restarting .................................................................................. 111.70-15(o)Continuous-duty motors more than one horsepower .......................... 111.70-15(b)Continuous-duty motors, one horsepower or less,

manually started ...................................................................................... 111.70-15(c)Continuous-duty motors, one horsepower or less, automatically start-

ed ............................................................................................................. 111.70-15(d )Devices other than fuses; in which conductor ....................................... 111.70-15(j)Fuses; in which conductor ......................................................................... 111.70-15(j)General ......................................................................................................... 111.70-15(a)Intermittent and similar duty ................................................................... 111.70-15(f)Motor controller as running protection .................................................. 111.70-15(1)Number of conductors disconnected by overcurrent devices .............. 111.70-15(k)Over 600 volts, special requirements for ................................................ 111.70-15(p)Rating of protective devices ................ ................ 111.70-15(n)Selection or setting of protective devices ............................................... 111.70-15(g)Shunting during starting period .............................................................. 111.70-15(h)Special requirements for over 600 volts .................................................. 111.70-15(p)Thermal cutouts and relays .................................................................... 111.70-15(m)

INDEX

Motor overload protection-Continued Subpart or sectionWound rotor secondaries ........................................................................... 111.70-15(e)

Motorboat, definition of .................................................................................. 110.15-125Motor branch circuit(s):

Cable size for, individual motors ................ 111.70-10(b)(2), Table 111.70-10(b)(3)Cable size for, minimum ....................................................................... 111.70-10(b)(2)Cable size for multispeed motors ........................................................ 111.70-15(b)(1)Cable size for, several motors ................................................................... 111.70-10(c)Cable size for, wound rotor secondary .................................................... 111.70-15(e)D efinition of ................................................................................................ 110.15-85(o)

Motor branch circuits ........................................................................................... 111.70-5G eneral ........................................................................................................... 111.70-5(a)Individual motors ......................................................................................... 111.70-5(b)Individual multispeed motors ..................................................................... 111.70-5(e)Several motors .............................................................................................. 111.70-5(d)Wound rotor secondary ............................................................................... 111.70-5(c)

Motor branch circuit, short circuit protection .............................................. 111.70-10Combined overcurrent protection ........................................................... 111.70-10(d)G eneral ......................................................................................................... 111.70-10(a)Group control branch circuit overcurrent protection .......................... 111.70-10(e)Individual motors, rating or setting ........................................................ 111.70-10(b)In which conductor ..................................................................................... 111.70-10(f)Rating of circuit breakers ......................................................................... 111.70-10(g)Rating or setting of individual motors ................................................... 111.70-10(b)Several motors on one branch circuit ..................................................... 111.70-10(c)Short circuit protection .................................................................................. 111.70-10Special requirements for over 600 volts ................................................. 111.70-10(h)

Motor circuits and protection ................................................................................. 111.70Motor feeder overcurrent protection ................................................................ 111.70-1

G eneral ................................................................................................................ 111.70-1Motor loads, rating or setting ..................................................................... 111.70-1(b)Rating or setting, motor loads ................................................................... 111.70-1(b)

Motor controllers, general requirements ........................................................ 111.70-20Adjacent to motors and driven machinery ............................................. 111.70-20(e)Adjustable-speed motors ........................................................................... 111.70-20(g)Alternating-current manual autostarters .............................................. 111.70-20(p)As motor running protection ..................................................................... 111.70-15(1)A uto-starters ................................................................................................ 110.15-35(g)Construction of .................................................................. 110.10-1(e)(4), 111.70-20(1)E nclosure ....................................................................................................... 111.70-20(i)G rounding .................................................................................................... 111.70-20(k)H inged doors ................................................................................................ 111.70-20(j)Identification of controllers ..................................................................... 111.70-20(q)In grounded conductors ............................................................................. 111.70-20(d)

N

National Electrical Code, The ........................................ 110.10-1(b)(1), 111.25-5(b)(8)National Electrical Manufacturers Assn.:

Large Circuit Breaker Standard ............................... 110.10-1(c)(2), 111.50-15(c)(6)National Fire Protection Association:

Recommended Safe Practice for Hospital and OperatingR oom s ..................................................................................................... 110.10-1(b)(2)

The National Electrical Code ..................................... 110.10-1(b)(1), 111.25-5(b)(8)Navigating instruments, emergency lighting of ....................................... 112.05-10(b)Navigation lights:

Circuits, overcurrent protection of ..................................................... 111.75-15(g)(2)Source of power for ...................................................................................... 112.15-1(b)

180

INDEX

Subpart or sectionNeutral grounding:

Emergency switchboard ............................................................................... 111.30-1(j)Main switchboard .......................................................................................... 111.30-1(j)

Nonautomatic tripping, definition of .................................................. 110.15-185(b)(5)Nonwatertight equipment, definition of .................................................... 110.15-65(b)Normally open and normally closed, definition of .................................. 110.15-35(k)Nuclear energy, radioactive material, and nuclear vessel .......................... 110.15-128Nuclear vessel, definition ................................................................................. 110.15-128Nuclear vessel, nuclear energy, and radioactive material .......................... 110.15-128

0Oakum, combustible flyings from. See Flyings, combustible.Ocean, definition of .......................................................................................... 110.15-130Officer in Charge, marine inspection, definition ........................................ 110.15-135Oil, Cargo, pump room:

Electrical installation in ...................................................................... 111.80-5, 111.70Hazardous classification of .................................................................... 111.80-5(a)(8)

Open machine, definition of ...................................................................... 110.15-175(e)Operation of emergency system having an automatic starting Diesel

engine or gas turbine driven emergency generator as the sole sourceof emergency lighting and power .................................................................... 112.25

Emergency loads ................................................................................................ 112.25-1Operation requirements ................................................................................. 112.25-10Reduction of potential ...................................................................................... 112.25-5

Operation of emergency systems having an automatically connectedstorage battery as the sole source of emergency lighting andpow er .................................................................................................................... 112.30

Emergency loads ................................................................................................ 112.30-1Operation requirements ................................................................................. 112.30-10Reduction of potential ...................................................................................... 112.30-5

Operation of a manually controlled emergency system having a storagebattery or a Diesel engine or gas turbine driven generator as thesole source of emergency lighting and power ............................................... 112.35

Manual operation requirements ..................................................................... 112.35-1Means for starting ............................................................................................. 112.35-5

Operating room, hospital:Hazardous classification of ............................................................................ 111.80-20Recommended Safe Practice for ........................................................... 110.10-1(b)(2)

Outlet:Definition of ................................................................................................. 110.15-85(r)Lighting, definition of ................................................................................ 110.15-85(s)Receptacle. See Receptacle outlet.

Outlet boxes ......................................................................................................... 111.75-35Cables entering boxes ................................................................................ 111.75-35(b)Construction ................................................................................................ 111.75-35(g)Degree of enclosure .................................................................................... 111.75-35(d)General ............................................... .. 111.75-35(a)Grounding and mounting .......................................................................... 111.75-35(e)Mounting and grounding ........................................................................... 111.75-35(e)Penetration of walls .................................................................................... 111.75-35(f)S ize ................................................................................................................. 111.75-35(c)

Overcurrent protection:Arcing parts ................................................................................................. 111.50-10(d)Construction of circuit breakers ......................................................... 111.50-15(e)(6)Construction of fuses ................................................................................. 111.50-15(d)Current limiting fuses ................................................................................ 111.50-20(b)

INDEX

Overcurrent protection-Continued Subpart or sectionDefinition of ................................................................................................. 110.50-35(i)Disconnection of fuses ............................................................................... 111.50-10(c)Disconnection of therm al cutouts ............................................................ 111.50-10(c)Enclosure ........................................................................................................... 111.50-10Exposure to weather .................................................................................. 111.50-10(b)Fuses ............................................................................................ 111.50-1(b), 111.50-20Fuseholders of Type S ............................................................................... 111.50-15(b)Fuse Types prohibited ................................................................................. 111.50-1(a)General requirem ents for .................................................... 111.50-1(a), 111.50-10(a)Grounded conductors ................................................................................... 111.50-1(e)Indication of position ............................................................................ 111.50-15(e)(3)Injury to operator .................................................................................. 111.50-15(e)(2)Installation ......................................................................................................... 111.50-1Interrupting rating of circuit breakers ........................... 111.50-15(e)(6), 111.50-20Location in circuit ......................................................................................... 111.50-5(a)Location on vessel ......................................................................................... 111.50-5(b)M arking of circuit breakers .................................................................. 111.50-15(e)(5)M arking of fuses ......................................................................................... 111.50-15(d)M ethod of operation .............................................................................. 111.50-15(e)(1)M otor running protection ........................................................................... 111.50-1(e)Nontam perable ....................................................................................... 111.50-15(e)(4)Of appliance branch circuits .......................................................................... 111.75-25Of cartridge fuses ........................................................................................ 111.50-15(c)Of circuit breakers ................................................................ 111.50-1(b), 111.50-15(e)Of conductors ............................................................................................... 111.50-1(b)Of emergency switchboard neutral bus tie ........................ 111.30-5Of equalizer bus ............................................................................................ 111.65-5(b)Of fixture wire and flexible cord .................................................................... 111.60-5Of general alarm system ..................... 113.25-10, 113.25-15, 113.25-20Of grounded conductors ................................................................................... 111.60-5Of lighting branch circuits ............................................................................... 111.75-5Of m otor branch circuits ........................................................................ 111.55-1(b)(4)Of m otor control circuits ........................................................................ 111.55-1(b)(6)Of m otor feeders ...................................................................................... 111.55-1(b)(5)Of m otor indicator light circuits ............................................................... 111.35-5(h)Of motor remote control, electrical interlock, or indicator circuits ......... 111.35-5Of m otors, num ber of conductors disconnected by ......................................... 111.35Of navigation light circuits .................................................................... 111.55-1(b)(9)Of propulsion circuits .................................................................. 111.35-5(j), 111.35-5Of ship's service generator ............................................................................. 111.30-15Of storage battery ........................................................................................... 111.15-25Of switchboard instrum ent circuits ........................................................... 111.30-1(i)Of 3-wire generator neutral ...................................................................... 111.30-15(b)Rem ovable from front ........................................................................... 111.50-15(e)(7)Sim ultaneous opening .................................................................................. 111.50-1(e)Suddenly m oving parts ............................................................................. 111.50-10(d)Therm al devices ............................................................................................ 111.50-1(c)Ungrounded conductors .............................................................................. 111.50-1(d)Use ...................................................................................................................... 111.50-15

Overcurrent protection, in which conductors:For em ergency switchboard bus tie .............................................................. 111.60-10For m otor protection, over 600 volts ............................................................ 111.70-10For ship's service generator ............................................................................. 111.65-1For 3-wire generator neutral ............................................................... 111.35-15(b)(4)General requirem ent ....................................................................................... 111.60-10

Overcurrent protective devices:Circuit breakers. See Circuit breakers.

182

INDEX

Overcurrent protective devices-Continued Subpart or sectionConstruction and use of ..................................................... 111.50-15, 113.25-15(d)(4)D isconnecting of .......................................................................................... 111.50-10(c)Enclsoure of ...................................................................................................... 111.50-10Fuses. See Fuses.Location in circuit ......................................................................................... 111.50-5(a)Location on vessel ......................................................................................... 111.50-5(b)M otor branch circuit ....................................................................................... 111.45-20System protection ........................................... 111.50-25

Continuity of service .......................................................................... 111.50-25(a)( 1)G eneral ..................................................................................................... 111.50-25(a)H igh speed clearance ......................................................................... 111.50-25(a)(2)

Thermal overload relays, limitation in use of .................... 111.50-1(c)Overload protection. See Overcurrent protection.Overload relay:

Definition of ................................................................. 110.15-35(j), 110.15-185(d)(3)Lim itations in use of ..................................................................................... 111.50-1(e)

P

Paint room or locker:Electrical installation in .................................................................................. 111.80-5Hazardous classification of .................................................................. 111.80-5(a)(8)

Panelboard(s):Construction of ............................................................................................ 111.40-1(d)D irectory .............................................................................. ...................... 111.40-1(h )Enclosure of ............................................................................ 111.40-1(b), 111.40-1(e)For general alarm system ........................ 113.25-10(b), 113.25-20(a)Fuses, location of relative to switches ................................................... 111.40-1(g)Inspection and test of .......................................................................... 111.05-10(c)(10)Location of ........................................................................ 111.40-1(a), 113.25-10(b)(3)Number of overcurrent deviceson ................................. 111.40-1(f)Requirements for, general ...................................... 111.40-1Safety type ................................................ 111.40-1(d)Standard for ........................................................................ 10.10-1(e)(6), 111.40-1(f)Sw itching, devices ...................................................................................... 111.40-1(e)Through feed arrangements ...................................................................... 111.60-25(i)

Pantry, emergency lighting of ...................................................................... 112.15-1(g)Parallel operation of generators ................................................................... 111.10-25Passageways, emergency lighting of ........................................................... 112.15-1(d)Passenger:

D efinition of ................................................................................................... 110.15-140V essel, definition of ...................................................................................... 110.15-190

Peak load, definition of ................................................................................. 110.15-85(c)Pilot ladder, lighting of ................................................................................. 111.75-15(f)Pipes for cable protection, drainage of ........................................................ 111.60-1(n)Plans. See Drawings.Plug (plug adaptor). See Receptacle outlets and attachment plugs.Plug, attachment. See Receptacle outlets and attachment plugs.Polarity:

Identification of conductors ................................................................ 111.60-25(h)( 1)Of screw shells of lampholders ................................................................. 111.75-5(d)

Poles, number required:For branch circuit switch or circuit breaker ............................................ 111.40-1(e)For feeder switch or circuit breaker ........................................................ 111.40-1(e)For generator disconnect ................... 111.30-15(b)(1), 111.30-15(c)( 1)

Porcelain use, limitations ....................................... 111.05-15Portable appliance. See Appliance, portable.

183

40-130 0-79--13

INDEX

Poles, number required-Continued Subpart or sectionPortable cords, electric. See Cords, flexible.Portable lamps ............................................................................................. 111.80-5(d)(6)Power factor meter, definition of .............................................................. 110.15-100(e)Power feeder. See Feeder, power.Power, standard frequency for .................................................................... 111.05-25(c)Power, standard voltage for ......................................................................... 111.05-25(b)Primary cell, definition of ............................................................................ 110.15-50(c)Prime movers for generators .................................................. 111.10-5, 111.30-15(c)(5)Propulsion:

Circuits, overcurrent protection of ............................................ 111.35-5(j), 111.35-5Control. See Switchboards.Engine, definition of ..................................................................................... 110.15-155Excitation ..................................................................................................... 111.10-10(b)Generator. See Generator.Motor. See Motor.Multiple units, cutting out ........................................................................... 111.35-5(i)Power requirements ..................................................................................... 111.10-1(a)

Propulsion cables ................................................................................................ 111.60-15Joints in propulsion cables ............................................................................. 111.60-15Sealing cable to terminals .............................................................................. 111.60-15Splices ................................................................................................................ 111.60-15Supports ............................................................................................................ 111.60-15Terminals .......................................................................................................... 111.60-15Voltage of, maximum ................................................................................. 111.05-25(b)

Protected machine, definition of ......... 110.15-175(h)Protection. See Enclosure and protection.Push button switches. See Switches.

QQualified person, definition of ....................................................................... 110.15-160

R

Radar plan position, indicator:Communication for ....................................................................................... 113.30-5(c)Source of power for ..................................................................................... 112.15-5(m)

Radio direction finder:Communication for ....................................................................................... 113.30-5(e)Source of power for ...................................................................................... 112.15-5(k)

Radio installation:Communication for ....................................................................................... 113.30-5(e)Source of power for ....................................................................................... 112.15-5(j)

Radioactive material, nuclear energy, and nuclear vessel ......................... 110.15-128Rating:

Interrupting, of circuit breakers ................................................................... 111.50-20Rayon combustible flyings from. See Flyings, combustible.Receptacle outlets and attachment plugs:

Attachment plug, definition of ................................................................ 110.15-85(u)Construction of ........................................................................................... 111.75-30(k)Definition of ......................................................................... 110.15-85(t), 110.15-85(u)Demand load for ......................................................................................... 111.75-30(a)Electrical clearances for ............................................................................ 111.75-30(h)Female type .................................................................................................. 111.75-30(i)For lifeboat battery charging .................................................................... 111.75-30(j)Grounding type required .......................................................................... 111.75-30(b)Grounding type to reject nongrounding plugs ...................................... 111.75-30(c)

184

INDEX

Receptacle outlets and attachment plugs-Continued Subpart or sectionIn damp or wet locations...111.75-30(l), 111.75-30(e), 111.75-30(f), 111.80-

5(b)(8)In hazardous locations ................................................. 111.80-5(c)(6), 111.80-5(d)(6)In locations accessible to unqualified persons ...................................... 111.75-30(h)In locations exposed to weather ............................................. 111.75-30(j) 111.75-30Outlets required ....................................................................................... 110.10-1(e)(9)Requirements for ............................................................................................. 111.75-30Standard for ............................................................................................... 111.75-30(m)

Recognized Classification Society, definition of ......................................... 110.15-170Recommended Practice for Electrical Installations On Shipboard, IEEE

No. 45...110-1(d)(1), 111.05-1, 111.30-5(b), 111.30-10(c), 111.90-15, 111.90-20,111.90-25

Recommended Safe Practice for Hospital Operating Rooms ............. 110.10-1(b)(2)Rectifiers in hazardous locations ............................................................. 111.80-5(b)(1)Reference specifications, standards, and codes:

C opies of .............................................................................................................. 110.10-5L ist of ....................................................................................................................... 110.10

Refrigerated spaces alarm system:Existing vessels ................................................................................................. 113.45-90General requirements ....................................................................................... 113.45-5

Regarding right of appeal .................................................................................. Page 128Regulations:

Amendments to .................................................................................................. 110.05-3Application of, general ...................................................................................... 110.05-1Application of, specific ..................................................................................... 110.05-5Assignment of functions ................................................................................... 110.01-5Authority for .................................................................................................... 110.01-10Basis and purpose of ......................................................................................... 110.01-1Exemptions from ......................................................................................... 110.01-10(f)

Regulator:Definition of ......................................................................................... 110.15-185(e)(1)Enclosure of ................................................................................................. 111.30-10(a)Generator voltage .................................................. 110.15-185(e)(2), 111.30-15(c)(11)

Relay:Current, definition of .......................................................................... 110.15-185(d)(2)Definition of ......................................................................................... 110.15-185(d)(1)Ground detecting, for propulsion ............................................................... 111.35-5(j)In hazardous locations ....................... 111.80-5(b)(1), 111.80-5(c)(1), 111.80-5(d)(1)Instantaneous, definition of .............................................................. 110.15-185(d)(5)Inverse time, definition of .................................................................. 110.15-185(d)(6)On switchboards ......................................................................................... 111.30-10(b)Overcurrent, disconnecting of .................................................................. 111.55-10(c)Overcurrent protection, definition of .............................................. 110.15-185(d)(7)Overload, definition of ................................................ 110.15-35(j), 110.15-185(d)(3)Overspeed protection, definition of ................................................ 110.15-185(d)(10)Phase unbalance, for propulsion .............................................................. 111.35-25(j)Reverse current ......... 111.15-25, 111.65-1(d)Undervoltage protection ..................................................................... 110.15-185(d)(8)Undervoltage release ........................................................................... 110.15-185(d)(9)Voltage, definition of .......................................................................... 110.15-185(d)(4)

Release, fire screen door. See Fire screen door holdingand release system.

Remote control:Of fuel oil service pumps ................................................................................ 111.80-13Remote-control, electrical interlock, and indicator circuits .................... 111.70-40Accidental ground ....................................................................................... 111.70-40(c)G eneral ......................................................................................................... 111.70-40(a)

INDEX

Remote control-Continued Subpart or sectionOvercurrent protection .............................................................................. 111.70-40(b)Sources of potential ................................................................................... 111.70-40(d)Switching ...................................................................................................... 111.70-40(e)

Remote shutdown requirements ...................................................................... 111.80-13Repairs and alterations:

Drawings required for .................................................................................. 111.05-5(e)Inspection of ................................................................................................ 111.05-10(e)

Resistors in hazardous locations ......... 111.80-5(b)(3), 111.80-5(c)(2), 111.80-5(d)(2)Reverse-current tripping. See Reverse-power tripping.Reverse-power tripping:

Definition of ......................................................................................... 110.15-185(b)(3)Of battery charging circuits .......................................................................... 111.15-25Of generators .............................................................................. 111.15-25, 111.65-1(d)

Rheostat, generator:Mounting of ................................................................................................. 111.30-10(a)Required ..................................................................... 111.30-15(b)(5), 111.30-15(c)(8)

Rivers, definition of .......................................................................................... 110.15-165Rudder angle indicator system:

Construction and installation of ................................................................... 113.40-10General requirement for .................................................................................. 113.40-5Existing vessels ................................................................................................. 113.40-90

Rules for the Classification and Construction of SteelVessels. See American Bureau of Shipping.

Rules of the Road ............................................................................................. 110.15-177

SSafety Code for Elevators, Dumbwaiters, and Escalators ..................... 110.10-(g)(1)Sawdust, combustible flyings from. See Flyings, combustible.Sealing compound ..................................................................................... 111.80-5(b)(10)Seals, cable and wire, in hazardous locations...111.80-5(b)(7), 111.80-5(b)(10),

111.80-5(c)(8), 111.80-5(d)(8)Self-ventilated machine, definition of ...................................................... 110.15-175(a)Separately ventilated machine definition of .......................................... 110.15-175(b)Ship's service generators ..................................................................................... 111.65-1

Alternating current generators .................................................................. 111.65-1(b)Direct-current generators ............................................................................ 111.65-1(c)General .......................................................................................................... 111.65-1(a)Generator circuits in parallel operation ................................................... 111.65-1(d)

Shore connection:B oxes .................................................................................................................. 111.80-15Pilot light .................................................................. 11 1.30-15(b)(8), 111.30-15(c)(13)Switch or circuit breaker ....................................... 111.30-15(b)(8), 111.30-15(c)(13)Voltmeter ....................................... 111.30-15(b)(3), 111.30-15(b)(4), 111.30-15(c)(3)

Short circuit current:Calculation of .............................................................................................. 111.50-20(c)

Short international voyage, definition of ..................................................... 110.15-180Should, meaning of ............................................................................................... 111.01-5Signaling equipment in hazardous locations...111.80-5(b)(9), 111.80-5(c)(7),

111.80-5(d)(7)Signaling light:

Source of power for ...................................................................................... 112.15-5(h)Supply circuit for ............................. 111.75-15(h)(3), 111.75-15(h)(2), 111.75-15(a)

Single automatically started source loads ...................................................... 112.15-10Siren. See Whistle.Sisal, combustible flyings from. See Flyings, combustible.

INDEX

Subpart or section

Smoke detector system:Existing vessels ....................................... 113.70-90General requirements ....................................................................................... 113.70-5Power supply .................................................................................................... 113.70-10Source of power for ....................................................................................... 112.15-1(i)

Soldering lugs:.On switchboards ............................................................................................ 111.30-5(c)

Sound level:For emergency loudspeaker system ............................................................. 113.50-15For general alarm system ........................................................................... 113.25-10(c)

Sound powered telephone system:Auxiliary sound signal for ........................................................................ 113.30-25(e)Booth for ..................................................................................................... 113.30-25(d)Construction of ............................................................................................... 113.30-25Detail requirements for .................................................................................. 113.30-25Existing vessels ................................................................................................. 113.30-90General requirements for .............................................................. 113.30-5, 113.30-20Station enclosure ................................................................ 113.30-25(b), 113.30-25(c)Wiring of ....................................................... 113.30-25(g), 113.30-25(h), 113.30-25(i)

Sourceloads, manually started ........................................................................ 112.15-15Source loads, single, automatically started ................. 112.15-10Spacing, electrical. See Clearance, electrical.Special provisions:

For installations of equipment made during the Unlimited NationalEmergency declared by the President on May 27, 1941 ....................... 110.25-5

For vessels acquired or documented under the act of August 9, 1954 ...... 110.25-1Special purpose cable ....................................................................................... 111.60-1(i)

Instrumentation cable ............................................................................. 111.60-1(i)(1)Thermocouple cable ................................................................................. 111.60-1(i)(2)

Special requirements for certain locations and systems .................................... 111.80A pplication .......................................................................................................... 111.80-1Wiring methods and materials for hazardous locations ............................. 111.80-5

Electrical installations in classes, divisions, groups... 11.80-5(b), 111.80-5(c),111.80-5(d), 111.80-5(e)

G eneral ........................................................................................................ 111.80-5(a)Explosives, classes ............................................................................. 111.80-5(a)(7)Explosion-proof, definition ............................................................. 111.80-5(a)(2)Intrinsically safe, definition ............................................................ 111.80-5(a)(3)

Specifications for Electrical installations on Merchant Vessels .............. 110.10-1(f)Speed of motors, limiting of .......................................................................... 111.45-1(h)Splices and taps:

In lighting fixtures ....................................................................................... 111.60-5(e)In seal fittings ........................................................................................ 111.80-5(b)(10)

Sprinkler system, automatic:Existing vessel requirements ......................................................................... 113.20-90General requirements ....................................................................................... 113.20-5Power supply for ........................................................................................... 112.15-5(g)

Stairways, emergency lighting of .................................................................. 112.15-1(d)Special requirements for tank vessels contracted for on or after No-

vember 19, 1955...TB/ALL ....................................................................... 111.85-10Application ............................................................................................... 111.85-10(a)

C able .................................................................................................. 111.85-10(c)(4)Cable location .................................................................................. 111.85-10(b)(1)Electrical devices ............................................................................. 111.85-10(c)( 1)Electrical equipment in cargo tanks ............................................ 111.85-10(b)(2)Electrical equipment in secondary barrier spaces ..................... 111.85-10(b)(3)Electrical installations ................................................................... 111.85-10(d)(1)

INDEX

Stairways, emergency lighting of-Continued Subpart or sectionSpecial requirements for tank vessels contracted for on or

after November 19, 1955-ContinuedApplication-Continued

Explosion-proof installations ........................................................ 111.85-10(b)(5)G eneral .................................................................................................. 111.85-10(b)Installation requirements on tank vessels handling grade A, B, C,

or C liquid cargo ................................................................................ 111.85-10(c)Installation requirements for tank vessels handling grade E liquidcargo .................................................................................................... 111.85-10(d)

Lighting of cargo handling rooms and enclosed spaces ................ 111.85-10(c)Portable equipment ....................................................................... 111.85-10(b)(5)W eather decks .................................................................................. 111.85-10(c)(5)

Special requirements for tank vessels constructed prior to November19, 1955...TB /ALL ..................................................................................... 111.85-90

Cargo pumprooms and enclosed spaces on tank vessels constructedon or after July 1, 1951, but prior to November 19, 1955 .......... 111.85-90(b)

A pplication ....................................................................................... 111.85-90(b)(1)Equipm ent ........................................................................................ 111.85-90(b)(2)Lighting ............................................................................................ 111.85-90(b)(3)

Cargo pumprooms and enclosed spaces of tank vessels constructedon or after November 10, 1936, but prior to July 1, 1951 .......... 111.85-90(d)

A pplications ..................................................................................... 111.85-90(d)(1)B oxes ................................................................................................. 111.85-90(d)(3)Lighting fixtures ............................................................................. 111.85-90(d)(4)M otors ............................................................................................... 111.85-90(d)(5)W iring ............................................................................................... 111.85-90(d)(2)

Constructed on or after November 10, 1936, but prior to November19, 1955 ............................................................................................... 111.85-90(a)

A pplication ...................................................................................... 111.85-90(a)(1)Cable arm or ...................................................................................... 111.85-90(a)(5)Existing arrangements ................................................................... 111.85-90(a)(3)G eneral ............................................................................................. 111.85-90(a)(2)Installations made during the unlimited national emergency...111.85-

90(a)(10)Location of cables .................................................. 111.85-90(a)(4)Location of circuit-interrupting devices ...................................... 111.85-90(a)(6)Overload protection .................................. 111.85-90(a)(8)Portable equipment .......................................... 11 1.85-90(a)(7), 111.85-90(a)(11)Storage batteries ............................................................................. 111.85-90(a)(9)

General cargo spaces on tank vessels constructed on or after July 1,1951, but prior to November 19, 1955 ............................................ 111.85-90(c)

General installation requirements on tank vessels the constructionor conversion of which was started prior to November 1936.... 111.85-90(e)

A pplication ....................................................................................... 111.85-90(e)(1)General requirements ..................................................................... 111.85-90(e)(2)Portable equipment ........................................................................ 11 1.85-90(e)(4)Pumprooms and enclosed spaces .................................................. 111.85-90(e)(3)

Electrical equipment and installations on vessels contracted for,prior to Novem ber 19, 1952 ........................................................................ 111.90

Standard for:Attachments Plugs and Receptacles ........................... 110.10-1(e)(9), 111.75-30(m)Branch-Circuit and Service Circuit Breakers ......... 110.10-1(e)(5), 111.55-15(e)(6)Commercial electric cooking appliances ............................................ 110.10-1(e)(17)Edison-Base Lampholders ...................................................................... 110.10-1(e)(7)Electric-Discharge-Lamp Accessory Equipment ............................... 110.10-1(e)( 11)Electric Lighting Fixtures ...................................................................... 110.10-1(e)(8)Elevator Electric Contacts and Elevator Hoistway Door Interlocks...110.10-

1(e)(12)

INDEX

Standard for-Continued Subpart or sectionEnclosed Switches ............................................................ 110.10-1(e)(16), 111.55-5(d)Flexible Cord and Fixture W ire .................................... 110.10-1(e)(10), 111.60-5(a)Fuses ................................................................................... 110.10-1(e)(3), 111.55-15(d)Industrial Control Equipment ............................................................... 110.10-1(e)(4)Knife Switches ................................ 110.10-1(e)(2), 111.55-5(b)Outlet Boxes and Fittings .................................................................... 110.10-1(e)(15)Panelboards .................................. 110.10-1(e)(6), 111.40-1(b)Portable Electric Lamps ....................................................................... 10.10-1(e)(13)Snap Switches ......................................... 110.10-1(e)(1), 111.55-5(c), 110.10-1(e)(14)

Standard systems ........................................................................................... 111.05-25(a)Standard voltages .......................................................................................... 111.05-25(b)Starter:

Automatic, definition of ............................................................................ 110.15-35(g)Autotransform er, definition of ................................................................ 110.15-35(h)Definition of ................................................................................................. 110.15-35(f)Motor. See Motor controller.Room, communication required ................................................................. 113.30-5(a)Room, emergency lighting of ..................................................................... 112.15-1(g)

Steering gear ........................................................................................................ 111.80-70Control of motors and control systems .................................................. 111.80-70(d)Disconnecting and switching means........................................................ 111.80-70(e)Feeder circuits ............................................................................................. 111.80-70(b)General ......................................................................................................... 111.80-70(a)Indicating and alarm systems ................................................................... 111.80-70(f)Overcurrent protection .............................................................................. 111.80-70(c)

Alarm and indicating circuits ........................................................... 111.80-70(c)(5)Control systems ................................................................................... 111.80-70(c)(4)Controller circuits ............................................................................... 111.80-70(c)(3)Indicating and alarm circuits ........................................................... 111.80-70(c)(5)M otors ................................................................................................... 111.80-70(c)(2)M otor circuits ...................................................................................... 111.80-70(c)(1)

Alternating current motors ...................................................... 111.80-70(c)( 1 )(ii)Direct current motors ................................................................. 111.80-70(c)( 1 )(i)

Use of fuses ....................................................................................... 111.80-70(c)(1)(iii)Steering station, after, communication required ....................................... 113.30-5(a)Storage battery. See Battery, storage.Submersible bilge pump. See Bilge pump, submersible.Suddenly moving parts, guarding or isolation of ................................ 111.50-10(d)(2)Switchboards ............................................................................................................. 111.30

Construction .................................................................................................. 111.30-1(d)Corrosion-resistant parts ............................................................................. 111.30-1(f)Dead front type ............................................................................................. 111.30-1(e)General requirements .................................................................................. 111.30-1(a)Grounding of instruments, relays, meters, and instrument transform-

ers .............................................................................................................. 111.30-1(j)Installation .................................................................................................... 111.30-1(b)Location .......................................................................................................... 111.30-1(b)M echanical protection ................................................................................. 111.30-1(c)M echanical strength of working parts ...................................................... 111.30-1(g)Nameplates .................................................................................................... 111.30-1(h)Protection of instrument circuits ............................................................... 111.30-1(i)Protection, mechanical ................................................................................ 111.30-1(c)Switchboard mounted equipm ent ................................................................. 111.30-10Tests for switchboards .................................................................................... 111.30-30

Switch(es):Accessibility of ............................................................................................... 111.55-1(f)Circuit breaker, user as ................................................................................ 111.55-1(g)Circuit connections to .................................................................................. 111.55-1(e)

189

INDEX

Switch(es)-Continued Subpart or sectionDefinition of ......................................................................................... 110.15-185(a)(1)Detailed requirem ents ...................................................................................... 111.55-5Disconnect, in hazardous locations .......................... 111.05-10(c)(8), 111.80-5(b)(2)Enclosed, construction of ....................................................................... 111.55-5(d)(1)Enclosure of ................................................................................................... 111.55-1(c)For lifeboat winches ........................................................................................ 111.65-40General use ................................................................ 110.15-185(a)(5), 111.55-1(d)(2)Generator disconnect ............................................... 111.30-15(b)(1), 111.30-15(c)(1)Grounding of enclosures ............................................................................. 111.55-1(h)Grouping of .................................................................................................... 111.55-1(f)In grounded conductors .................................... 111.40-1(e), 111.55-1(f), 111.55-1(a)In hazardous locations ....................... 111.80-5(b)(2), 111.80-5(c)(1), 111.80-5(d)(1)Inspection of ........................................................................................... 111.05-10(c)(8)Isolating ................................................... 110.15-185(a)(6), 111.55-5(b), 111.60-40(c)Knife .......... 110.10-1(e)(2), 110.15-185(a)(2), 111.55-5(b), 111.55-5(d), 111.55-1(d)M aster .................................................................................................... 110.15-185(a)(9)M otor circuit ......................................................................................... 110.15-185(a)(7)Push button, in harzardous locations ........................ 111.80-5(b)(2), 111.80-5(e)(1)Rated continuous current of, definition .......................................... 110.15-185(a)(3)Rated voltage of, definition ............................................................... 110.15-185(a)(4)Rating of snap switches ................................................................................ 111.55-1(i)Snap switches ................................................................................................ 111.55-5(c)"T" rated switches .................................................................................... 111.55-1(i)(2)Three-way and four-way ............................................................................. 111.55-1(b)

Switchboard(s):Accessibility of connections ................................................... 111.30-5(c), 111.35-5(a)Bus bars and wiring ........................................................................................... 111.30-5Circuit breakers, rem oval from front ........................................................ 111.40-1(d)Construction of ............................................................................................. 111.30-1(d)Corrosion-resistant parts ............................................................................. 111.30-1(f)Dead-front definition of ...................................................................... 110.15-185(f)(3)Dead-front type required ............................................................................. 111.30-1(e)Distribution, definition of ................................................................... 110.15-185(f)(4)Em ergency ................................................................................................ 111.30-20, 112Enclosure and protection ................................. 111.30-1(c), 111.30-1(d), 111.35-5(c)Equipm ent m ounted on .................................................................................. 111.30-10Fuses, accessibility from front ................................................................. 111.30-10(a)G eneral requirem ents .......................................................... 111.30-1(a), 111.30-15(a)Generator, connections to ......................................................................... 111.30-10(c)Pilot lam ps for generators ..................................... 111.30-15(b)(6), 111.30-15(c)(10)Grounding of instrum ents ...................................................... 111.30-1(j), 111.35-5(j)Hinged panel positioners and stops ........................................................... 111.30-1(c)Interior com m unication .......................................................... 111.30-20, 113.25-10(a)Installation and location ............................................................................. 111.30-1(b)Instrum ents, circuit protection ............................................. 111.30-1(i), 111.30-5(a)Live-front, definition of ....................................................................... 110.15-185(f)(2)Locking devices ........................................................................ 111.30-5(c), 111.35-5(a)Nam eplates ......................................................................... 111.05-5(d)(5), 111.30-1(h)Power, definition of ............................................................................. 110.15-185(f)(1)Propulsion control ............................................................................................. 111.35-5Propulsion control combined with electric coupling control ................. 111.35-5(1)Propulsion control indicators ..................................................................... 111.35-5(h)Propulsion, ground detection ...................................................................... 111.35-5(j)Propulsion, instrum ents for ........................................................................ 111.35-5(f)Propulsion, interlocking of controls .................................. 111.35-5(e), 1211.35-5(g)Propulsion, location of control ................................................................... 111.35-5(g)Propulsion, m ultiple units, cutting out ..................................................... 111.35-5(i)Propulsion, nam eplates .......................................................... 111.35-1(d), 111.35-5(f)

INDEX

Switchboard(s)-Continued Subpart or sectionPropulsion, prim e m over control ............................................................... 111.35-5(b)Propulsion, protection from faults ............................................................. 111.35-5(j)Propulsion, switches, manual operation of .............................................. 111.35-5(d)Propulsion, used for other services ........................................................... 111.35-5(k)R heostats, m ounted on .............................................................................. 111.30-10(a)Ship's service generator, equipm ent for ...................................................... 111.30-15Soldering lugs ................................................................................................ 111.30-5(c)Spacings ...................................... 111.30-1(b), 111.30-5(d), 111.30-10(a), 111.35-5(a)Strength of parts .......................................................................................... 111.30-1(g)Testing and inspection of .............................................. 111.05-10(c)(6), 111.30-30(a)W ire ...................................................................................... 111.30-5(e), 111.60-1(d)(8)W iring, type of .............................................................................. 111.30-5(e), 111.60-1W orking space for ......................................................................................... 111.30-1(b)

Sw itching and disconnecting m eans ........................................................... 111.80-70(e)Sym bols cable ...................................................................................................... 110.15-15Synchronizing lam ps ................................................................................ 111.30-15(c)(4)Synchroscope ............................................................................................. 111.30-15(c)(4)

T

"T" rated switch ............... 111.55-1(i)"T "-rated sw itch, definition .................................................................. 110.15-185(a)(8)T ank vessels, special requirem ents ........................................................................ 111.85

A pplication....T B /ALL ...................................................................................... 111.85-1G eneral ............................................................................................................. 111.85-1Sym bols ....................................................................................................... 111.85-1(b)

D efinitions .......................................................................................................... 111.85-5C argo ........................................................................................................... 111.85-5(b)Cofferdam ........................................................................... 111.85-5(c)C om bustible liquid ................................................................................... 111.85-5(d)G eneral ........................................................................................................ 111.85-5(a)

Flashpoint ...................................................................................................... 111.85-5(e)Cargo handling room ................................................................................. 111.85-5(1)Flam m able liquid ....................................................................................... 111.85-5(g)G as free ....................................................................................................... 111.85-5(f)Liquefied fl am m able gas .......................................................................... 111.85-5(h )T ank barge ................................................................................................... 111.85-5(i)T ank ship ..................................................................................................... 111.85-5(j)T ank vessel ................................................................................................. 111.85-5(k)

Telegraph, engine order. See Engine order telegraph.Temperature, ambient:

F or electric cable ........................................................................................... 111.60-1(f)For electric couplings ................................................................................... 111.35-1(e)For equipm ent in general ............................................................................... 111.05-20For m otor controllers .............................................................................. 110.10-1(e)(4)For m otors ........................................................................................................ 111.25-10For therm al circuit breakers ................................................................ 111.50-15(e)(6)For transform ers ................................................................................................ 111.20-5

Temperature rating of equipment in general ................................................ 111.05-20Temperature rise, limits of:

F or electric cable ........................................................................................... 111.60-1(f)F or electric couplings ................................................................................... 111.35-1(e)F or generators ........................................................................................ 111.10-30F or m otors ............................................................................................... 111.25-10For transform ers ................................................................................................ 111.20-5

T est sw itch ............................................................................................................. 112.45-5

191

INDEX

Subpart or sectionTesting and inspection:

Annual inspection ....................................................................................... 111.05-10(d)General requirements ................................................... 111.05-10(b), 111.05-10(d)(1)Initial inspection ......................................................................................... 111.05-10(c)Of emergency loudspeaker system ............................................................... 113.50-30Of generators ....................................................................... 111.05-10(c)(4), 111.10-40Of storage batteries ............................................................................... 111.05-10(d)(4)Of switchboards .............................................................. 111.05-10(c)(6), 111.30-30(a)

Therminonic tubes in hazardous locations ............................................ 111.80-5(b)(1)Toilet spaces, lighting of .......................................................................... 111.75-15(b)(2)Totally enclosed equipment ......................................................................... 110.15-65(g)Totally enclosed fan-cooled machine, definition of ............................... 110.15-175(g)Totally enclosed machine, definition of ................................................... 110.15-175(f)Tow, combustible flyings from. See flyings, combustible.Transformers:

Ambient temperature ........................................................................................ 111.20-5In hazardous locations ....................... 111.80-5(b)(1), 111.80-5(c)(2), 111.80-5(d)(2)General requirements ....................................................................................... 111.20-1Temperature rise ............................................................................................... 111.20-5

UUndervoltage. See Low voltage.Undervoltage tripping, definition..... ................................................... 110.15-185(b)(4)Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., Standard for:

Attachment Plugs and Receptacles ............................. 110.10-1(e)(9), 111.75-30(m)Edison-Base Lampholders ...................................................................... 110.10-1(e)(7)Electric-Discharge-Lamp Accessory Equipment ............................... 110.10-1(e)( 11)Electric Lighting Fixtures ...................................................................... 110.10-1(e)(8)Elevator Electric Contacts and Elevator Hoistway Door Interlocks...110.10-

1(e)(12)Enclosed Switches ............................................................ 110.10-1(e)(16), 111.55-5(d)Flexible Cord and Fixture Wire .................................... 110.10-1(e)(10), 111.60-5(a)F uses ........................................................................................................... 110.10-1(e)(3)Industrial Control Equipment ............................................................... 110.10-1(e)(4)Knife Switches ................................................................... 110.10-1(e)(2), 111.55-5(b)Panelboards ......................................................................... 110.10-1(e)(6), 111.40-1(d)Portable Electric Lamps ....................................................................... 110.10-1(e)(13)Snap Switches ..................................................................... 110.10-1(e)(1), 111.55-5(c)

V

Ventilating systems, remote stopping of ................................................... 111.80-10(a)Ventilation:

Of generators ............................................................................................... 111.10-15(g)Of motors .................................................................................... 111.10-15(g), 111.25-1Of rheostats ................................................................................................. 111.30-10(a)Of storage batteries ........................ 111.15-10

Vessel, definition of .......................................................................................... 110.15-190Vessels subject to the requirements of Subchapter J .................................... 110.05-1Visible indicators ................................................................................................... 112.45-1Vital circuits, segregation of ........................................................................ 111.60-25(o)Voice tube system:

A pplication .......................................................................................................... 113.30-1Construction and installation ........................................................................ 113.30-15Drainage of .................................................................................................. 113.30-15(e)Existing vessels ................................................................................................. 113.30-90General requirements ....................................................................................... 113.30-5

INDEX

Voice tube system-Continued Subpart or sectionLim itations of ................................................................................................... 113.30-10Nam eplates for ............................................................................................ 113.30-15(g)Signaling system for ................................................................................... 113.30-15(f)

Voltages, standard ......................................................................................... 111.05-25(b)Voltage to ground:

Definition of .................................................................................................. 11.15-85(h)For dead front switchboards ....................................................................... 111.30-1(e)

Voltmeter:Definition of ............................................................................................... 110.15-100(f)Generator ..................................... 111.30-15(b)(3), 111.30-15(b)(4), 111.30-15 (c)(3)

WWashrooms, lighting of .................................. .............. 11 1.75-15(b)(2)Waste, baled, combustible flyings from. See flyings, combustible.W atertight door systems, electrically power-operated ................................. 111.80-45

Application ................................................................................................... 111.80-45(a)Cable .............................................................................................................. 111.80-45(f)Distribution ................................................................................................. 111.80-45(d)Existing vessels ............................................................................................ 111.80-45(g)General illumination for ......................................................... 112.15-1(f), 112.15-1(j)General requirem ents ................................................................................ 111.80-45(b)Overcurrent protection .............................................................................. 111.80-45(e)Power supply ................................................................................................ 111.80-45(c)

Watertight equipment:Definition of ................................................................................................ 110.15-65(d)General requirem ent for ........................................................................... 111.05-15(d)

W aterproof machine, definition of .......................................................... 110.15-175(k)Wattmeter:

Definition of .............................................................................................. 110.15-100(g)For generators ........................................................................................ 111.30-15(c)(6)

W eathertight equipment, definition of ...................................................... 110.15-65(f)W estern rivers, definition of ........................................................................... 110.15-195Wheelhouse:

Comm unication with ......................................................................................... 113.30-5Em ergency lighting of ......................................................... 112.05-10(b), 112.15-1(g)

Whistle Operator:Existing vessels ................................................................................................. 113.65-90General requirem ents ....................................................................................... 113.65-5Source of power for ...................................................................................... 112.15-5(p)

W histle valve, autom atic drain for ............................................................... 113.65-5(e)Wire, electric, fixture:

Applications of .............................................................................................. 111.60-5(g)Conductor size, m inim um ............................................................................ 111.60-5(d)Construction of ............................................................................................. 111.60-5(a)Current-carrying capacity of ...................................................................... 111.60-5(c)Designations of ....................................................................................... 110.15-15(b)(2)Standard for ...................................................................... 110.10-1(e)(10), 111.60-5(a)Stranding of .................................................................................................... 111.60-5(i)Tem perature lim its of .................................................................................. 111.60-5(g)Voltage lim its of ........................................................................................... 111.60-5(h)

W ire, electric, switchboard ............................................................ 111.30-5(e), 111.60-1Wiring, communication and alarm systems and equipment .................. 113.05-10(a)W iring m ethods and materials ............................................................................... 111.60Wiring methods and materials for hazardous locations .............................. 111.60-40Working space:

At switchboards ............................................................................................ 111.30-1(b)W orking spaces .......................................................................................... 111.75-15(b)(1)

193